The first Chapter.
¶The Preacher or oration of the ſon of Dauid, King of Hieruſalem.
THe tytle of Eccleſiaſtes, or Preacher,
The title of ye booke. I thinke, is rather to bée referred to the name of the booke, then to the authour therof, becauſe we muſt vnderſtand yt theſe wordes were openly pronounced by Salomon, in ſome aſſembly of his Lordes and others. For where he was a kyng, it was not his dutie or office to preach, but the Prieſtes, & Leuites. Wherfore I iudge theſe things were ſpoken by Salomon in ſome company and hearing of his counſellers and Courtyers, eyther at ſome banquet, or after the banquet, when diuers of his nobles, and men of honour were preſent, hauing long tyme before muſed and ſtudyed of the ſtate and condition of theſe wordly affayres, or rather vayne affections, and ſo as it fell out, when they were all preſent, ſpake and vttered the ſame. And that afterward, ſome of the rulers of the Cōminaltie, or clergie noted them
and gathered them togither: In ſo much that in the end of the booke, they confeſſe they receaued theſe things of one Shepherd or Paſtor, and digeſted them in this order. As if ſome one of vs ſitting at a table ſhould diſcourſe of mans affaires, other being preſent, writing what were ſayd.Why this booke is called the Preacher. So that this booke is a publike Oration which they heard Salomō
make, of the which Oration, they thought good to call this booke Coheleth, that is to ſay, the Preacher. Not that Salomon was any Preacher, but for that the booke maketh as it were a publicke Sermon.
¶All is but moſt vaine vanitie ſayth the Preacher.
HEtherto, after a ſort, we haue vnderſtand the ſumme & end of this booke. Now ye greateſt difficultie hereafter will be in the Hebrew wordes and figures, wherwith Salomōs bookes of all others doe chiefly abounde.Salomons phraſe and ſpeach. For Salomon hath a ſingular kynde of ſpeakyng, ſéeking to ſence more elegant then his father Dauid, as hauing his communication more beutified with flowers and figures then hys. He ſpeaketh not lyke the common
ſorte, but like a Courtyer. Dauids talke is more playne, and yet wanteth not all maner of vſuall figures. But Salomon vſeth none but a Courtly kinde of talke. And as Courteours vſe to corrupt the natiue ſpeach of their predeceſſours, ſpecially in writing: ſo Salomon, becauſe he would not ſeeme to ſpeake as the cō
mon ſorte vſe, differeth far from his fathers plainnes of ſpeach, and from Moſes, who of all others is moſt plaine, and yet hath many notable figures in him, as hath alſo Dauid, but they are common, and vſed figures.
Moſt vayne vanitie.
THis an Hebrew phraſe. For where the Hebrues haue no ſuperlatiue nor comparatiue degrée, they are conſtrained by way of compounding to make their ſuperlatiue and comparatiue degrées.The cauſe why one worde is doubled. So they vſe to call a moſt excellent and ſingular ſong, the ſong of ſonges, as Salomon hath done. A vanitie of vanities, that is, the greateſt vanitie that can bée, that is, nothing els but vanitie. All this he ſpeaketh not againſt ye creatures thē
ſelues, but againſt the hart of man, that
abuſeth the creatures to his owne hinderaunce. And this repetition, vanitie of vanities, and all thinges are vayne, is Salomons peculiar copiouſnes.
The theame and argumēt of this booke.In this beginning he placeth the Theeme, as it were an argument of hys whole booke, wherof he meaneth to intreat, ſaying: that he wyll ſpeake of the greateſt vanitie that is, how mē are moſt vaine in all their deuiſes, becauſe they be not ſatiſfied with thinges preſent, which they vſe not, nor can not enioy thynges abſent. They turne euen the beſt things into miſery and vanitie through their owne default, and not through fault of the thinges.
What hath a man of all the labour he taketh vnder the Sunne?
Mens deuiſes and enterpriſes are vaine.BVt vanitie. That is to ſay: men are led and drowned with their owne deuiſes, and in all their enterpriſes what get they? naught els but vanitie, becauſe their labour is vayne.
It auayleth nothing. For they neyther enioy things preſent, nor abſent, becauſe their mynde is not quiet, & ſo they are caryed betwéene heauen and earth,
and preuaile nothing. For this word vanitie properly ſignifieth that yt we cal nothing. They heape vp treaſures, riches, and ſéeke to be of power. &c. And all theſe are nothing. Golde in deede is a thyng, but to thée that canſt not vſe it, it is nothyng.
That he ſaith, of all his labour,
Of whoſe labour and trauel Salomō ſpeaketh. muſt be vnderſtoode as ſpoken with a kinde of vehemēcie. For hereby he declareth that he will not intreate of Gods workes, which are holy and wholeſome, as are all his creatures, but of mans workes, which are led and borne about with their owne wayes and deuiſes, meaning hereby to repreſſe their calamitie and toylefull trauels. Neyther ſpeaketh he of the labour of our handes, commaunded by God Gen. 3. In toyle and labour ſhalt thou eate thy bread:
but of our owne wayes and deuiſes, whereby we goe about to bring to paſſe, that ſéemeth good in our eyes. For the word Amal, ſignifieth miſery and calamitie, rather then labouring, euen ſuch a kinde a labour, as men afflicte and vexe themſelues with in vayne. For it is a moſt miſerable labour to be ſo buſily occupyed to bring our deuiſes
and enterpriſes to paſſe, and yet nothing to preuaile. He ſaith therefore: What getteth a man. &c. that is to ſay, in that he taketh ſo great paines to bring his deuiſes to paſſe. What hath he or getteth he, with all this labour and ſtudy of his but mere vanitie?
Vnder the Sunne.
He ſpeaketh of mēs enterpriſes, not of Gods workes.HEre he meaneth to deſcribe the kingdome of vanitie, and the place where this kyngdome is, callyng this whole kyngdome of vanitie, a toyle or trauell vnder the ſunne, by a kynde of ſingular phraſe, ſuch as we read is not vſed els where in the Scripture, bycauſe he will hereby exclude the workes of God which either he worketh hym ſelfe, or worketh in vs or cōmaundeth vs to worke, which workes are aboue the ſunne, and beyond mans deuiſe. For the ſunne riſeth to the end that mē may go forth to their worke Pſal. 103. that it may giue light to the world, to ſerue vs in our bodily affaires: vnder this ſunne I ſay, are theſe vayne deuiſes taken in hād, wherwith men afflicte them ſelues. This is to be noted agayne, to take away that vayne cogitatiō
of mē, that haue interpreted theſe things of the vanitie of Gods creatures. In deed all Creatures are ſubiect to vanity, as Paule teſtifieth, Rom. 8. but yet the creatures them ſelues are good. Otherwiſe he would haue ſayd the ſunne had been a vayne thyng, but he excepteth ye ſunne, bycauſe hee ſayth vnder the ſunne. He ſpeaketh not therfore of Gods workes, which are all good and true, and aboue the ſunne, but of thoſe workes which are vnder ye ſunne, which we doe in this bodyly lyfe of ours, in the earth.
One generation paſſeth away, and an other commeth, but the earth abydeth, or indureth ſtill.
THou ſéeſt he reciteth not the workes vnder the ſunne,Gods creatures are firme and ſtable, but men are caryed and vexed with diuerſe deſires. but the very Creatures of God them ſelues, ſuch as is the generatiō of men, the ſunne, the water, and the lād, compriſing almoſt the foure Elements herein. For the Philoſophers haue ſo deuiſed the foure elemēts, wherin all thynges lyue that are in the world. They haue placed the ſier aboue, ouer ye three other elements. And Salomon ſeemeth to take the ſonne, for this fiery element
ſo that in theſe wordes he expoundeth what he would haue vnderſtanded, by theſe wordes vnder the ſunne, ſo that the ſumme of his meanyng is this. The creatures of this world, the ſunne, the ayer, the water &c. Wherein men haue there beyng, abyde in ye rule and law appointed them: they go forth, they runne backe agayne, they are caryed &c. euen as they are ordeined, they haue their prefixed courſes, they chaunge not, they go not out of them, but do that they ought to do, as the ſunne goeth his way and certeine courſe &c. But men which haue their beyng in theſe foure elementes, creatures of ſuch conſtācy and ſtabilitie can not do the like, bicauſe they wauer and ſtagger, beyng moſt inconſtant by reaſon of the varietie of their diuers entrepriſes and deſires, not content within their owne boundes, buſineſſes, and vocations &c. Wherfore they expounde not the matter which vnderſtād the generation that paſſeth,Falſe interpretatiō blamed. to be the Iewes, and the generation to come, to be the Chriſtians, bicauſe Salomon ſpeaketh here of the perpetuall ſucceſſe of generations and ages.
The ſunne riſeth and goeth down, and returneth to hys place agayne breathyng, that hee may riſe vp a
gayn. The wynde goeth toward the South, and turneth to the North, fetcheth his compaſſe, whyrleth a
bout, goeth forth, and returneth a
gaine to his circuites from whence he dyd come.
SAlomon continueth in deſcribyng of this kyngdome & place of vanitie,Gods creatures abyde within theyr bondes, but men ſtray out of theirs. prouing the ſtabilitie of ye ſunne by his perpetuall and conſtant riſing, ſittyng, and courſe. Farthermore he ſignifieth that ye wynde and the ayer foloweth the force and courſe of the ſunne. For he maketh the ſunne the Lord and ruler as it were of ye elementes. This ſunne (I ſay) hath the winde at his pleaſure, and gouerneth all things by his adminiſtration, tempering the ayer, the water, and the wynde, by his race and courſe &c. When he ariſeth, he maketh (as we ſée) one ayer, whē he ſetteth, an other. And euen after a like ſorte he worketh an other tyme in alteryng the water &c. For when the ſunne ſetteth, the earth becommeth moyſt, the
water cold, the ayer dankiſh &c. Yea almoſt all creatures are diuerſly diſpoſed according to the ryſing and ſettyng of the ſunne.
And breathing againe to his place.
THe word Saaph. For the which our interpreter hath naughtely put returned,The ſunne rayſeth the wyndes with hys mouyng. ſignifieth drawyng of the breath. He meaneth therfore that the ſunne, by reaſon of his violent force, wherewith hee is caryed, is as it were the cauſe of all wyndes & blaſtes, as when one runneth, he moueth the ayer, & cauſeth a breath. To breathe therfore, is wt a moſt ſwift force to be caryed from the Eaſt vnto the Weſt, and thē to the Eaſt agayne, which commeth to paſſe euery day and euery moneth.
The wynde whyrleth and turneth about.
THat is to ſay: the ſunne when he turneth to the Eaſt agayne, there to riſe, caryeth the wynde with hym, and hath the wynde in his power. All this is Salomons peculiare copiouſnes, whereby briefly, he meaneth nothyng els, but that
the ſunne riſeth and ſetteth euery day, and that the wynde is rayſed wyth the force and violence therof.
All flouds runne into the ſea, and yet the ſea runneth not ouer. The flouds returne to the place from whence they flowed, that they may from thence flow out agayne.
ARistotle diſputeth from whence the fountaines and wyndes doe come,The cauſe of ſprynges and fountaines. and is meruelouſly troubled in finding out ye ſame, and diuers other with him, but yet none of them could finde out that that Salomon here ſayth, that all riuers come from the ſea, and runne into ye ſea agayne, making the ſea to be the origine and beginning of all riuers, from whēce by certaine ſecret drayninges vnder the earth, they ſwell vp & breake out, where notwithſtanding diuerſe of the Philoſophers imagine, that the ſpringes and beginninges of all Riuers come from vnder the earth. Howbeit Salomons ſaying is the trueth, namely, that all fountaynes & Riuers flow frō the ſea, & ebbe into it agayne. Theſe are very great wonders. Firſt in the courſe & moouing
of that huge light wherof we haue ſpokē already. Then in that the Riuers runne into the ſea, and yet the ſea is not filled therewith. For els if the Riuer Albis had flowed ſtill from the beginning of ye worlde, it might haue riſen ſo high, to haue filled the ayre, euen vp to ye Moone. And now although it hath runne more then fiue thouſand yeares, that it ſtill abideth within the bankes, and runneth not ouer.
All thinges are led with their own courſe and order.He ſaith therfore, that all things continue in their order, and perpetuall motion, as the Sunne runneth about euery day, and neuer ceaſſeth: ſo the ayre continueth ſtill in his motion: ſo the flouds dayly runne into the Sea. The Sea againe by certaine ſecrete conduites and vaines in the mountaines ſoketh & droppeth, as it were into ſpringes & Riuers, and the earth is a very ſtrainer, through the which the water is clarified.
Thus we ſée that Salomon in fewe wordes comprehendeth the meruelous diſpoſition and motion of the fower elementes within themſelues, naming the earth, the Sunne, the w
••
de & flouds.
I ſuppoſe Salomon meaneth by the
allegory of theſe naturall alterations,What the meaning of this compariſon is. to bring vs to the matter that he treateth of, and frameth this ſimilitude vnto vs. As if he ſhoulde ſay: Euen as all theſe thinges abide in their chaungeable courſes, ſo doe all our affayres likewiſe. The ſunne is neuer wearied notwithſtāding his continuall courſe, the waters runne into the Sea, and yet are not ſpent and conſumed. &c. Euē ſo fareth it wyth mē. They ſtill doe as their elders haue done, which gaue themſelues vnto vanitie. Euē as they nothing preuailed, no more doe we. No man amendeth by an others example, or taketh euer the more héede, by an others dainger. Iulius was moſt vainely occupyed. Cicero ſought to bee eloquent. But what was the end of their trauell? moſt vaine, becauſe they atteyned not to that they deſired. If he had vſed his eloquence not after his owne deuiſe, but as tyme and place had ſerued him, doubtles, he ſhoulde haue béene a moſt happy man. Theſe mens examples doe we follow. &c. Therefore, all mens deuiſes, riſe, fall, goe forward, & come backeward, and continue as they alway haue done. So there is in theſe wordes,
not onely a deſcription of the kingdome of vanitie, but alſo a ſimilitude and compariſon of mans deuiſes.
All thinges are hard to be knowen, neither is any man able to expreſſe them.
The errour of Sophiſters vpon this place.THis text the Sophiſters haue corrupted, while they thinke ye ſtudy of Philoſophie is here reprehēded, whereby mē ſearch out the nature & cauſes of things, as though this were an euill thyng, not able to be declared. But it is not euill to ſearch out the nature and properties of thynges. Moreouer ye cauſes of all things are moſt manifeſt, ſo farre of is it, that they be hard and difficult. This therfore he meaneth, that he wil ſpeake of the vanitie of mā, but that the ſame is ſo much and ſo great, that he thinketh he can not ſufficiently expreſſe the ſame.The vanitie of man greater thē can be expreſſed wt wordes. It can not be vttered he ſayth how great the vanitie of man is, which thyng Perſius the Poete declareth: ſaying, O what great vanitie is in the world. And an other writer ſayth: No man lyueth content with his eſtate. And euery man ought to lyue within his boundes and cōpaſſe: vanitie ſtretcheth
farther, than can be rekoned in all mens affaires. Therfore it is but litle that I can ſay of vanitie, if a man conſider the greatnes therof, It is to groſſe and to much. For ſo great is this worldes vanity, that I can not with any wordes expreſſe it. The thyng is greater, then either men can conceaue, or I am able to vtter. It is an hard matter to declare the varietie of mens deuiſes and deſires, what it is that Iulius coueteth, what Alexāder, what Salomon, what Cato, what Scipio, what Pompey. The affections of men are alwayes more, then the toung of man can expreſſe. And now he prooueth that he ſayd by an example.
The eye is not ſatiſfied with ſeyng, nor the eare with hearyng.
THat is to ſay mans eyes and ſenſes haue neuer any reſt.The inſatiable gulfe of mans hart. If I ſhould goe about to declare but onely the pleaſures we conceaue by ſeeyng and hearyng, I ſhould take an endles labour in hand. If the eye be not ſatiſfied with ſeyng, how ſhall I be able to vtter all the vanitie of man. To be ſhort, naught and vnſearcheable is the hart of mā. Such is the diuerſitie
of mans affections and deſires, that that the eyes haue neuer ſeene ynough. Now they deſire to ſée one thyng, now an other, & whē they haue their wiſh, yet is not their mynde contented. The hart is a gulfe alwayes gaping, it coueteth all things, and though it haue all it deſireth, yet ſtil ſéeketh it for more.Alexander Magnus. Cōſider Alexander Magnus, who being Lord almoſt of ye whole world, yet whē he heard there were innumerable worldes, ſighed, ſaying, and I haue not yet vanquiſhed one world. Thus in his hart hee coueted infinite worldes. What man is ſo eloquent, that he can expreſſe this moſt vayne affectiō of the hart? This vanitie and gréedynes of mans hart can not be expreſſed. That whiche hee hath doth not like hym, and wiſheth for that which hee hath not. The eye is not ſatiſfied with ſeeing: vnderſtand this generally, not as they haue expounded it: It is not ſatisfied with beholdyng of heauen.
What thing is that that hath been? euen the ſame that is to come. What is that that hath been done? euen the ſame that ſhall be done. And there is no new thyng vnder
the ſonne. Is there any thyng, wher
of it may be ſayd, Loe, this is new, for the lyke hath been in the times that haue been before vs. There is no remembraunce of thinges paſt. no more ſhall there be any remem
braunce of thynges to come here
after.
HEre do the Sophiſters trifle agayne, vnderſtandyng theſe wordes of the Creatures their ſelues, where Salomon playnely ſignifieth, he ſpeaketh of mens affections and deſires, ſaying: The eye is not ſatiſfied &c. Bycauſe hearyng and ſeyng are ſuch ſenſes, as ſooneſt perceaue things, & are moſt delighted with them. And thus he meaneth.
What is that that hath been?
THat is to ſay,Mans mynde is vnſatiable. after thou haſt prepared that thou deſireſt yet is not thy mynde quyeted, the ſame affection abydeth ſtill after thy deſire, yt thou haddeſt before. The mynde is neuer contented. Alexander, when he had ouercome the world, had no more, then he had before. For his mynde was neuer the more ſatiſfied. Iulius thought to eſtabliſh a common
weale, ſo thought Brutus too, but neither of them brought it to effect. This is it that hee ſayth, What is that that hath been? Verely euen the ſame that hath been downe afore, that is to ſay, the ſame affection ſtill remaineth, which will neuer bee ſatiſfied. That that hee deſireth or ſtudyeth to haue or bryng to paſſe, is euen the ſame hee hath all ready. To bee ſhort What a man hath to day of the ſame will he couet more to morow.
Vanitie of mans hart.For here is ſignified the reſtles, and inſatiable appetite and vanitie of mans hart, that cā not be ſatiſfied with things preſent whatſoeuer they bee. That I haue done this day is nothing, although I haue had my purpoſe, I am not content. I will ſtill prooue other wayes. Thus doe all mē, ſo did Iulius, ſo Pompey, ſo Alexander. And euen as they did, doe all other. They deſier things to come, and lothe thinges preſent. Remē
ber therfore that Salomō
ſpeaketh here of mans doings, and not of Gods, either already done, or to be done. For he ſpeaketh alway of the thynges which are done vnder the ſunne in this kingdome
of the worlde. It followeth therfore:
There is no new thing vnder the Sunne, neither any thing whereof it may be ſayd, loe, this is new.
THis place hath meruelouſly troubled the Sophiſters,In man there is no new thyng, but concupiſcence & naughty inclamtiōs dwell in all men. becauſe they read in the Scriptures many new thinges were done. For the natiuitie of Chriſt was a new thing. A Virgine to be a mother was a new thing. Againe: I will make a new heauen and a new earth. And agayne: I will make all thinges a new. Againe: The Lord wil doe a new thing vpon the earth. &c. Theſe ſentences haue cauſed them to trifle egregiouſly vppon this place, becauſe they would reconcile both Salomons ſayinges, & theſe other ſentences. But this commeth to paſſe through the ignorance of Salomōs phraſe, becauſe they marke not what he meaneth, when he ſaith, vnder ye Sun. For if thou vnderſtand theſe wordes of Gods creatures and workinges, it is no true ſaying. For God worketh alwayes newe thinges, and we doe nothing that is new. For there is but one old Adam in all mē. Our forefathers therfore haue abuſed theſe thinges euen as we abuſe
them. The ſame affection that was in Alexander, was in Iulius, and the lyke in all Emperours and kinges, the ſame is in vs alſo. Euen as they coulde not be ſatiſfied, no more can wée. They were wicked and vngodly, ſo be wée. We deſire to ſatiſfie all our ſences, but we are not able, becauſe our hart is inſatiable. Therfore we doe no new thing vnder ye Sunne. There are no new affections in men, but we abyde alwayes one, neyther refraine wee our curioſitie, no although we be wa
•
ned by their exāples. Mans hart ought to be content with thinges preſent, and to mortifie the affection of thinges to come, which thyng becauſe they doe not, it is iuſtly all togither vanitie. This it is therefore that he ſayth: There is no new thing vnder the ſunne, that is, in men there is nothing that new in. But God doth newe thinges euery day.
God worketh newe thinges in ſome men.And yet afterward in this ſame chappiter he ſayth, he ſaith, I haue paſſed all the kinges that were before me in wiſdome: was not this a now or ſtraunge thing. Yes truely. But this was the gyft of God. Ergo, a very new thyng.
And all men deſire euen the ſame, but thou ſhalt ſcarcely finde one that hath altered this affectiō. Others haue builded as we doe, haue made wars as we doe. And euen as they haue not by their deſires & enterpriſes attayned to that they deſired, no more haue wée. But God by his workes both many and great, doth alwayes new thinges.
There is no remembraunce of thinges paſſed.
That is to ſay:Men are not mooued with the examples of their predeceſſours. men follow their deſires, and ſet forward their owne enterpriſes, they will not conſider by example of their predeceſſours, how they nothing preuailed. No man marketh how Alexander and Iulius attemptes were but vaine. The example of Dion, that ſo vnluckely vrged his owne deuiſe in calling home Dioniſius againe, and in ſtabliſhing his cōmon weale, could not make Brutus take héede. Theſe are ye themes as it were of his whole booke, whereof he meaneth to ſpeake, that is to ſay of ye vanities of man, which goeth about diuerſe thinges, and can not bring them to paſſe, that is, of the inconſtancie and inſatiabilitie
of mans hart.
I my ſelfe the preacher was a kyng of Iſraell at Hieruſalem, and dyd apply my mynde to ſeeke & ſearch out the knowledge of all thinges that are vnder heauen.
WEe haue hetherto heard the generall theam and argument of the booke, wherein he purpoſed to treat of the vnhappy deuiſes and enterpriſes of men, ſtriuing to ſet forward and fulfill their owne wayes, which God doth fruſtrate, as one alwayes withſtāding ſuch attēptes. Now he beginneth to rehearſe certaine particulars, gathering by a dialecticall induction, that vniuerſall propoſitions, wherwith he began his booke, that is to ſay, that all thinges were but vanitie. And he increaſeth this miſery, or vanitie, that where mā ſéeth his forefathers deuiſes, and enterpriſes made fruſtrate, and how they wearyed themſelues in vaine, will not yet be learned. For the fleſhe is ſo fooliſhe, and the reaſon ſo blynded, that it can by no examples be amended.
He beginneth with him ſelfe, and ſetteth
him ſelfe for an example of this vanitie.He begynneth hys doctrine
〈◊〉
the exāple of himſelfe, which hee ſetteth out to all men to folow. I ſayth he went about to gouerne my kyngdome prudently and notably & could not bring it to paſſe, although I was a kyng appointed by God. For it is well knowen that this kyng was greatly commended for his diuine wiſedome and highly renowned in ye Scriptures. 3. Reg. 3. Bicauſe (ſaith God) thou haſt aſked this thyng, and not long lyfe nor riches &c. Loe I haue giuen thee a wife and an vnderſtandyng hart, ſo that there hath been none before lyke vnto thee nor ſhall be after thee. This is a ſingular teſtimonye of this kings wiſedome, & yet this prudent and wiſe kyng, could not bring his deſire to paſſe, his attēptes could haue no ſucceſſe & not without a cauſe. For god gaue him not this wiſedome, to the end hee might do all thinges. God ſayd not, I will giue thee ſuch wiſedome as all other ſhall obey &c. So that by reaſon of this wiſedome Salomon had more trauell and grief then good ſucceſſe. He ſawe it was the will of God, that hee ſhould well gouerne his kingdome, and giue and appointe good lawes for his people. But
no man followed him, neither his chief rulers, nor the people.
Of his owne example by an argument a maiore.He ſayth therfore, for aſmuch as my deuiſes haue not ſucceded to my mynde, nor haue beene obeyed, what ſhall happen to other of leſſe wiſedome? Firſt (ſaith he) I proteſt myne own experiēce. I that here ſpeake vnto you was king of the Iſraelites. All theſe wordes are ſpoken with a vehemencie of affection I am a king, and yet I can not preuaile. For who is able to reſiſt the kyng, which is Lord ouer all men? I am not a king onely, nor of euery people, but of the people of God, amongeſt whom haue been many holy men, Prophetes, and teachers of Gods law &c. To conclude, I am king of Hieruſalē, that holy place which God choſe to dwell in. If a kyng of ſuch power, ſo frée, ſo wiſe, of ſo holy a people, in ſo holy a Citie, where God and his word was continually, could not bryng his holy and good deuiſes to paſſe, what ſhall we ſay of others?
I did apply my minde to ſeeke and ſearch out the knowledge of all thynges, that are vnder the ſonne.
WE muſt abide againe in ye
Theme.
He ſpeaketh of hys owne workes & enterpriſes. He ſpeaketh not of Gods workes, which are not onely vnder the Sunne, but are euery where, but of thoſe things that are done by mē vnder heauē, which is the place and kyngdome appointed for vs. For Gods workes are aboue heauē, beneath heauen, and euery where. They are the workes therefore that we doe of our owne heades and power, wherof he ſaith, I purpoſed in my mynde to ſet all thinges well in order, to haue my kyngdome well gouerned. But looke how much God wrought, ſo much was ordeined. And where God dyd not put to his hand, there ſet I forward my counſell, wiſedome, and enterpriſes, to haue all thinges well ordered, but all in vayne. For I nothyng preuailed, but dyd miſeſerably trouble and vexe my ſelfe, as followeth:
Such trauell and labour hath God giuen to the childre
̄ of men, to ex
erciſe them ſelues therin.
THat is to ſay,Mē troubled wyth their owne wiſdome. God gaue me ſuch a cogitation and mynde for my puniſhemēt, that at length I ſhould learne, that
I ought not to truſt to myne owne wiſedome, and that any thing were it neuer ſo wiſely tokē in hand, was but in vaine, if God would not proſper it. I could not abyde yt there ſhould be any defect, or errour in any thing &c. It iuſtly therefore fell out, yt I ſhould be vexed with this cogitatiō, that I might learne to reſigne & giue ouer myne owne will. And ſée that myne own wiſedome was nothyng. And this is an euill vexation, bicauſe we will not giue place vnto ye wiſedome of God, but will ſeem wiſer then he, and not ſuffer thoſe thinges, which the wiſedome of God ſuffereth, nor commit our ſelues to his will.
The care of man to his vocation, ruled by ye worde of God, good and neceſſary.Howbeit that cogitation and inquiſition that ſeeketh to profite the common weale is not onely not euill, but good alſo. He is a good mā that is deſirous to doe the world good. He that is thus mynded and reaſoneth: Would God this Citie, or prince would vnderſtand and be wiſe, is not euill mynded. For to bee carefull for the well orderyng and gouernyng of a common weale, is an high vertue, and the greateſt that is amōg men. But this ſearch (I ſay) and enquire to benefite my
common weale, was vayne, it ſucceded not. But I was vexed therewith. Cicero, Demoſthenes, moſt prudent men, greatly deſired to haue their common weales to proſper, & yet were they cauſe of all their troubles & miſchiefes. Thus did God make their wiſedome of none effect. And ſo this booke condemneth the care and thought that we take to ſet forward matters either publike or priuate, by our owne deuiſes and wiſedome.
Marke Adam, Abraham, Iſaac,
Mās coū
ſels not ruled by gods word, are deceaued. and all the holy fathers. Aſſoone as they begā to truſt to their owne counſailes, beſides the word of God, all things went backeward with them. For vnles God by his word direct and appointe men, they can doe no good without Gods word, we can doe nothyng although we begyn. So Adam and Eue, ſaying: when their ſonne Cain was borne: I haue gotten a man of the Lord, were deceaued. Bycauſe it was a cogitation of man, without the word. They had conceaued great hope, that this ſhould be the ſéede. Well he is brought vp, made heyre of the worlde. Shortly after he ſleieth his brother: there all their vayne cogitation lyeth on the
grounde. So was Iſaac beguiled in his firſt begotten ſonne Eſau. Saules intent was vaine, to leaue the kingdome to his children. So was Dauid, when he preferred his ſonne Abſolon. Thus doth God vſe to elude and diſapoint all cogitations and counſels that ſtay not vpon his worde. And very well. For why wil we preſcribe hym, and adde any thing to his wiſdome?
We muſt abſtayne, & not truſt to our owne counſels, but to gods word onely.Let vs learne therefore to ſubmit our ſelues to Gods coūſels, and refraine our ſelues from ſuch cares & cogitations as God hath not commaūded. There is no ſurer way, nor more acceptable to God then to abſtaine from our owne deuiſes, and to ſtay vpon his worde: there ſhall wee finde inough to occupye our ſelues vpon. He hath commaunded vs to haue fayth, loue, to beare the croſſe. Wyth theſe I ſay, we may be occupyed well inough, other things let vs take as they fall out, leauing all care of ſucceſſe therof vnto God. For now, becauſe we contemne his wordes, god againe puniſheth vs with vexing our ſelues in vayne. For God will not haue the good or euyll, that wiſe men and Princes deuiſe wythout
his worde to come to paſſe, as it is ſayd Pſal. 32. The Lord bringeth the coū
ſaile of the Heathen to naught. &c. Therfore where greateſt wiſdome is,Where the greateſt wiſdome of man is, without ye feare of God, there is moſt fooliſhnes. & moſt diligence, there doth God moſt diſappoint mens deuiſes, as plainely commeth to paſſe in our dayes, where the Princes and Byſhops of Germany can bring nothing to effect for all their méetinges and Counſailes. And yet can not God with al this make vs to ſubmit our counſels vnto him. It is called therfore an euill occupation, that is, ſuch as vexeth & diſquieteth (not for that wiſdome, and counſayle be euill) by a common phraſe of Scripture, as in Mathew the vi. Sufficient for the day is the trauell thereof. Now this trauell or affliction hath God géeuen vnto man, not to deſtroy them, but to call them from their fooliſhe wiſdome & wayes, and to teach vs that our wiſdome is nothing. Cicero wrate many things wiſely, which when we that reade them go about to expreſſe, they go forward like the crabbe, and nothing ſuccedeth bycauſe we take in hand of our owne ſelues to doe them. For very true wiſedome can doe nothing, but
the will of God, wherfore we muſt pray Thy will be done &c.
I conſidered all the thyngs that are done vnder the ſunne, and lo, they are all but vanitie and vexation of mynde. Thynges crooked can not be ſtraight, nor the imperfection of thynges can be numbred.
THis is a cōfirmation of that he ſpake before: I haue not onely prooued this vanitie by myne owne example, but I haue conſidered all other men, and I ſée that their wayes & deuiſes be but vayne aſwell as myne. Euen as myne own deuiſes ſucceded not, no more haue I ſéene any other mens in the worlde ſuccede. Wiſe mens deuiſes are made fruſtrate and diſappointed aſwell as fooles. Therfore by theſe wordes is that affection called good or godly intētion beaten downe, when we ſay commonly, I haue a good intent or meanyng.
Vnhappy is ye good intention, that is not ruled by the worde of God, and fayth. But that good intēt is nothing that is not gouerned by the word of God, and ſpringeth not of fayth. And all other how beautiful ſo euer they appeare, are moſt hurtfull. Euen Cicero him ſelfe had the experience hereof as
he witneſſeth: The beſt deuiſes, ſpeede woorſt. And God doth very well in ſo fruſtrating our purpoſes. For if matters ſhould neuer ſo litle ſuccede as we would, then would we by and by be puffed vp with pride, and aſcribe the glory to our ſelues, which is agaynſt the glory of God, who alone is to be glorified &c.
Crookedneſſe can not bee made ſtraight, nor the imperfection in thynges be numbred.
HE addeth the cauſe why all thynges trouble men with vayne care and thought.The cauſe why all thynges cā not be ruled, by our counſell. Bycauſe ſayth he the defaultes and imperfection in thinges are infinite and can not be amended, their greatneſſe and multitude ſo farre paſſeth all mans deuiſes. This is that therfore he would ſay: I haue wiſedome and vnderſtādyng inough to perceaue what is méete and expedient. But what am I able to doe therein? There is ſo great crookednes & deprauation in all mens affayres, that they can neuer be amended. Conſider ye Empyre of Rome, which notwithſtanding it was prudently gouerned, yet it could neuer finde or ſtabliſhe any firme
peace with all their deuiſes. But when one enemy was ſlayne, there aroſe diuers other. And when they were wythout warres abroad, they had ciuile commotions, till the commō weale was deſtroyed. Euen ſo fareth it with all men. Let euery man marke the courſe of hys owne lyfe, and if all thinges ſuccéede according to his mynde all his lyfe long, let him reprooue this booke of lying.
All thinges muſt be cōmitted to God, and he deſired to order our deuiſes, and to geeue them good ſucceſſe.Wherefore it ſhall be beſt to commit all things vnto God, and to follow thoſe which ſay: let it goe as it goeth, becauſe it will goe, as it goeth. Which thing alſo the Dutch prouerbe teacheth vs: Thou art yet a great deale too Greene to make of an olde Knaue an honeſt man. Hereof wee ſée Princes which would beſt refourme and amende all things, many tymes doe much hurt. In this worlde nothyng can be ſo well ordered ye all thinges can be well done, & no imperfection remayne. Therefore it is beſt to walke in faith, which letteth God reigne alone, & prayeth that Gods kingdome may come. Enē as Chriſt did not commit himſelfe to men, but bare with all mens defaultes and iniquities.
When it was ſayde that Iohn Baptiſt was killed, an horrible offence, he ſayd nothyng, but went into the wildernes, and fedde the people, he makes no accompt of it, preached the worde onely, and did his duety. Therfore this a Chriſtian wiſdome for a man to commit him ſelfe to the kingdome of God, and all his matters to him that iudgeth iuſtly. A Chriſtian man may iudge of offences by the worde of God, but he may not ſet his hand to the puniſhing of them, vnleſſe God vrge him thereto, or that he be appointed by his worde. Therefore where thou art but one man, and art not able to correcte and amēde all that is amiſſe, leaue it to him that is of more power then thou, which alone is able to bryng all thinges to paſſe.
I communed with mine owne hart ſaying: loe, I am come to great e
ſtate, and haue gotten more wiſe
dome then all they that haue been before me in Hieruſalem: yea my hart had great experience of wyſ
dome & knowledge, for therunto I applyed my mynde, that I might
know what were wiſdome and vn
derſtanding, what errour and foo
liſhnes, and I perceaued that this alſo was but a vexation of mynde: for where much wiſdome is, there is alſo great trauell and diſquiet
nes, and the more knowledge a ma
̄ hath, the more is his care.
The wiſedome of kyng Salomon.THeſe wordes are euen ye ſame almoſt which he ſayde before. I (ſayth hee) haue muſed oftētimes, how it commeth to paſſe, that my deuiſes and enterpriſes could come no better forwarde, conſidering I am a man of ſuch authoritie, and excell all other in wiſdome. &c. For beſides that diuine wyſdome, wherewyth God had endued hym, he alſo wonderfully excelled in worldly wyſdome and pollicie, in ſo much that the order that was among his ſeruauntes ſéemed wonderfull to the Quéene of Arabia.
Wiſdome and knowledge.
What knowledge i
•
.BY knowledge he meaneth not ſpeculation, but a kinde of practiſe and experience, & diſcretion in doing of things which we call ſight & perfect vnderſtanding in matters, as is ſpokē of in ye Pſal.
Wiſedome is that knowledge wherby I perceaue how a common weale is to bee ſet vp and gouerned,What wiſdome is. which afterward is to be moderated and ordered, by knowledge and experience, accordyng to circumſtances fallyng out, and according to reaſon and moderation as tyme and matter ſhall beare it.
Errour and fooliſhnes.
VErely euē to put them out from me and my kyngdome, and to enhaunce and ſet vpon thoſe other. But what happened? I founde that this alſo was but a vexation of the mynde, and fruteles care, without end. Therefore the wiſeſt way is, for a man to frame him ſelfe to take all thing in good part: why?
For where much wiſdome is, there is alſo great trauell.
He that ſeeth much and knoweth how thynges will go, It can not be, but he muſt be wrath and thinke. Ah howe vngodly and how ſhamefully doth it paſſe ouer, whēce commeth this ſtomakyng and indignatiō, but of much wiſedome? For hee that hath knowledge in many thinges, hath many cauſes to anger
him, as ſeyng euery day many vnworthy thynges committed. He whoſe eyes are ſhut, knoweth nothing, & therfore nothing offendeth him. Wherfore learne to be ſtill, & to commit the kingdome vnto God, and to pray: Lord, let thy will bee done. Otherwiſe thou wearyeſt thy hart, and thy body & doeſt but loſe thy tyme, and thy life.
The ſecond Chapter.
Then ſayd I thus in my hart: go to, I will take myne eaſe, & haue good dayes. But loe, that is vanitie alſo.
The continuation of the former chapiter with this preſent.
BEcauſe in the Chapiter before, he ſhewed that care, & thought, and mens forecaſtes, ſpecially ſuch as we prouide for our ſelues by, are vaine & of no force, teachyng vs to be content, with the word of God, and his working, ſo that we ſhould preſume to do nothing, but that the word of God preſcribeth vs, or his working enforceth vs to doe, which yet many tymes is contrary to his word, as when hee oppreſſeth vs with ſome euill, euen when
we haue done accordyng to his worde, wherein we haue néede of faith and patience, that in theſe caſes we yeld not to our owne deuiſes & ſéeke to eſcape thereby, but cōmit our ſelues vnto him, & to ſuffer his hand in his owne worke: now he turneth him to an other deuiſe.
I ſayd in my hart, I will take myne eaſe.
AS though he ſhould ſay.Mourning companion vnto pleaſure. Seyng carefulnes, and myne owne deuiſes profite not, I will refraine from them, and and turne me to the right hand, and take to me a quiete and eaſie life, and delight in pleaſures: I will let all go as they come, and take my pleaſure. But this was alſo a vayne deuiſe, and proſpered no more then that firſt deuiſe of mans wiſedome and carefulnes. For euē herein alſo dyd God withſtād me. For quyetnes commeth not but of Gods word and working. And this doth experiēce it ſelfe teach vs. Many tymes banquetes and feaſtes are appointed to prouoke mirth. Fine iunkets, enterludes, & games are deuiſed to cheare the gheſtes, but moſt times the contrary falleth out. And ſeldome
doth any good collatiō or pittaunce come of it. For either there are preſent ſome ſad & ſeuere countenaūces, or els ſome other thing diſturbeth all the feaſt, and ſpecially when men deliberate to make ſuch mirth and paſtime long before. Many tymes it commeth to paſſe, that ſome caſualtie falleth out euen in the merieſt banquet, by Gods appointement. And ſo commeth it to paſſe alſo in other matters.
Loue is bitter.Some man ſéeketh his pleaſure in loue, but by and by he féeleth the bitternes therof, which thing S. Auguſtine alſo complayneth of in his bookes of confeſſions, how he was miſerably ſcourged in the middle of his loues. Euen ſo, when we take our pleaſures, by and by the ſauce therof is bitter. Therfore there is no better thing, then to abide in Gods word and working, ſo to frame our hart that it may be at reſt and quiet, and contented with his preſent ſtate and condition.We muſt vſe Gods giftes with ye acknowledgyng & fearyng of hym. If God géeue vs a wife, to take her as a preſent benefite, and to vſe her. If thou wilt paſſe theſe bounds, & encreaſe this benefite, thou ſhalt haue ſorrow & ſadnes in ſtéede of mirth and ioye. Wée
muſt therefore doe onely, that that God willeth and appointeth. If thou ſéekeſt for ioy and delight, thou muſt looke for it, at his hand. Therefore euen as God offereth thee ſuch occaſion, ſo take holde therof, and be meary with thoſe that are meary. And among thoſe that are meary, ſeeme not thou to be a father Sapience and ſeuere perſon, as doe theſe holy ones, which will daſhe and diſturbe that mirth that God geeueth vs. Onely acknowledge thou them to come of gods gifte, and receaue them of his hand, and vſe them as his giftes.
To be ſhort,As God ſendeth thē ſo muſt we enioy with feare, either aduerſitie or proſperitie. we muſt not take and enioy our paſtimes or pleaſures, or deuiſes, nor any other thing, but euē ſo vſe them as God ſendeth them. Let men yelde vp all vnto God. It is not our partes to preſcribe either place, perſon, or maner, for then we ſhall be deceaued. Therfore mirth is not condemned as any vayne or naughty thyng, but mans enterpriſe and counſell, whyle we wyll procure and ſéeke to be meary wythout the will of God, but muſt vſe them both as God ſendeth them. For euen as to procure ſorrow and care of our owne
heades and deuiſes, is an offence: euen ſo, when God ſendeth them, not to beare and ſuffer them, is likewiſe an offence. So to auoyde mirth, and not to receaue it when God ſendeth it,The vſage of hypocrites. is a damnable thing, as theſe holy men forſooth which put vppon them their Cato his countenaunce, appointing tymes, places, perſons, and other rules of ſeueritie, which is the propertie of hipocrites, and but a vanitie. They wil haue vs to mourne wt them that mourne, and they will not reioyce with them that reioyce. Sadnes, mirth, and all other like, both outward, and inward thinges, muſt not be meaſured by place, tyme. &c. but euē as God of his frée goodnes ſendeth them: ſo may we fréely vſe them. Therefore he ſayth:
I ſayd in my hart, I will goe, and and take my pleaſure.
THat is to ſay, I would haue meaſured the matter, by rule and by order, but this was nothing but vanitie. Here muſt we warne you againe,The errour of Hierome.
that you ſwarue not from the Theame, as Hierome did, which fooliſhly glorieth, that he learned out of this booke, the contēpt
of the world, and of all creatures, which afterward, the Monkes and Sophiſters imitated, being ignorant what thing it is to contemne the world, or what the world is. For this is ye very way to teach men to contemne Gods creatures, and to forbid mē the vſe of them, againſt the manifeſt wordes of holy Scripture.
Therfore to forſake the world,What it is to forſake ye worlde. is not to abſteine from Gods creatures, but from our owne deuiſes. Thus myght Hierome well haue taught his beloued Bleſilla: Contemne not the creatures of this world, but thine owne deuiſes, coū
ſels, cares, and affections, wherby thou ſéekeſt through thine owne wit to bryng all thinges to paſſe. Honour, and the delight we haue in thinges, is not euyll, but carefulnes in matters, and thyne owne wayes and fetches, are to bée ſet naught by. Neither is this to contemne the worlde, to goe courſely apparelled, to ſubdue the fleſhe with watchyng, to bring it vnder with faſting. &c. but to vſe theſe matters as occaſion offreth. If God ſend meate, to eate it: if none, to ſuffer hunger: If he call vs to honour, to accept it: if he ſend loſſe & hinderaunce to beare
it. If he caſt vs in priſon, to take it patiently. If he will aduaūce vs to a kingdome, to follow his calling. If he depoſe vs frō one, not to care for it. Euē as Dauid gouerned his kingdome, & tooke hys baniſhment both in good part: a true deſpiſer of this world. Such therefore are right deſpiſers of the world, as take all thinges in good part, as God doth ſend it vnto them, and vſe all things in this world with thankes geuing, while they haue them, and cā willingly want them, when God taketh them away.
I ſayd vnto the man geue
̄ to laugh
ter, thou art mad, and to the man geuen to mirth, what dooſt thou?
No pleaſure dureth with a man alwayes.VNderſtand all theſe thinges of mans wayes and intentes. Thus hee meaneth, I thought by art to deuiſe me good dayes, to ſéeke my pleaſure and paſtime: but this cogitation was a mere madnes, which two wayes troubled me. For firſt the trauell of deuiſing and ſearching vexed my minde. Then when I thinke I haue attained to my purpoſe, by and by ſome ſorrow or grief falleth out, that cauſeth me to loſe both my labour, & ioy.
This is it that he ſaith, the laughter that I ſeeke for, and the ioy, which I go about to procure, what auaileth it me? For I cā neuer attaine to it, but alwayes ſome grief or trouble happeneth betwéene. Therfore that ioy & mirth is beſt, which is not ſought for but which God ſendeth vnlooked for, without thy cares and deuiſes. So the outward mirth is good, but with thoſe yt vſe it well. The wicked although they liue in neuer ſo much pleaſure, yet theirs is no true ioye, becauſe, they acknowledge it not for Gods gift, but ſtraitway loth it, and inuent other delightes, being neuer content with that which is preſent.
And I thought in myne hart to ab
ſteine from wyne,
Agaynſt Monkiſh lyfe. and to gouerne my hart wiſely, and to comprehe
̄d fooliſhnes, vntill I might perceaue what was good for the children of men, to doe vnder heauen as long as they lyued.
HEre now the third tyme, he deuiſeth an other way, minding to prooue, if happely this way would ſuccede. For aſmuch as in this life, which I leade in the
world amongeſt men, neither the cares wherewith I breaking my ſelfe, to profite others, nor yet pleaſures ſuccede, but are all in vayne: I wil take to me an vnpleaſaūt, and auſtere life, vtterly to liue in abſtinence and hardely &c. I maruell that theſe falſe contemners of the world and the Creatures therin, haue not marked this place of Salomon, where hee calleth this auſtere and ſeuere kinde of life a vanitie. Here therefore he condemneth thoſe ſtraight rules of the Monkes, ſpecially of the Charterhouſe mē, which yet the worlde wondreth at, and holdeth for godlynes and holines. The ſentence is as it were a thunderbolte againſt all rules, and Monkiſh religions, whereby they make thoſe thinges in ſubiection to them and their deuiſes, whiche are not theirs. Not that abſtinence is an euill thing, but to ſéeke it of our own deuiſes, and to binde our ſelues to them as vnto thinges neceſſary. For tyme, creature, place &c. are the giftes of God, which yet theſe mē will captiuate with their rules and preſcriptions. Howbeit they get nothing therby, but ſorrow & miſery while they afflict their body, & vexe thēſelues
in vaine. For thus doe the Charthuſians preſcribe: Eate no fleſhe although thou ſhouldeſt dye therfore. But this is of all other thinges the worſt, that they ſéeke and ſet holynes in theſe doynges. As though the deuill him ſelfe could not on this wiſe bee holy. Whiche neither drinketh wine, nor weareth purple &c.
He ſaith therefore.Agaynſt workes of mās choyce and deuiſe. All theſe thinges would be good for me in déede, either to abſteine, either to eate and drinke, but then are they euill when I put myne owne deuiſe thereto. God appointed neither place, time, meate, nor abſtinence, & we fooles appointe them. One while, I will eate fleſh, an other while I wil not. God him ſelfe ſayth, when yu haſt meate, eate it, when thou haſt none abſteine. Wherfore, if thou wilt vſe abſtinence, abide the Lordes deuiſe. For hee can caſt thée in priſon, he can ſend thée hunger, & ſickeneſſe &c. Here vſe thou abſtinence, here haſt thou a rule not preſcribed of thy ſelfe but of God. Now through thine own deuiſes, thou counterfeiteſt a forme of abſtinence, contrary to Gods appointment. And theſe godly contemners of the world doe ſo refraine from thinges, that
they want no maner of thing, and ſo order the matter that they abſteine from nothyng. To be ſhort, euen as by their owne righteouſnes they aduaunce them ſelues aboue God: ſo by their owne conſtitutions, they aduaunce them ſelues aboue all his creatures.
And to gouerne my hart wiſely.
Wiſedome is to want, or be free from fooliſhnes.THat is to ſay, I thought to gouerne my ſelfe, by mine own counſell wiſely, and in abſteining to ſeme a wiſeman, that I might comprehend wiſedome (or fooliſhneſſe) for the Hebrue worde is of doubtfull ſenſe, ſignifiyng ſome tyme wiſdome, ſome time fooliſhnes, but moſt commonly fooliſhnes, ſo the ſenſe is, that I might comprehend what was fooliſhnes, namely, that I might know how to tell other what was wiſe, what fooliſh: that I might comprehend it, to ſhunne and auoyde it. For it is the part of wiſedome, not onely to knowe that that is good, but alſo to auoyde that that is euill.
Salomons exerciſes.He rehearſeth almoſt a whole beaderolle of his workes, that he exerciſed to teach others. I beganne (ſaith he) to aſſay many wayes, whereby to occupy my
ſelfe, in abſtayning from wynes & pleaſures, ſo that other by my exāple might learne to liue the better, and the wiſelyer to abſteyne, and to gouerne their houſholde. He ſpeaketh of a worldly and ciuile wiſdome, not of the heauenly & ſpirituall, wherby we vnderſtand what dutie we owe vnto God. I began to build, to plant vineyards, I omitted no labour and trauell. &c. but of all my laboures, I reaped nothing but vanitie. Becauſe I would gouerne my ſelfe after mine own rule and deuiſe.
And for a man to rule himſelfe after his owne deuiſe, is but a vanitie,It is vanitie for a man to gouerne hym ſelfe after his owne deuiſe. nay he two maner of wayes hurteth himſelfe. Firſt he troubled himſelfe with his own deuiſes. Secondly, he attayneth not to that he would, or if he attaine to it, ſome ſorrow fauleth out, that daſheth his deuiſe. Thus Nero buylded a princely Court of great magnificēce, but he could not enioy it. For thus it commeth to paſſe commonly, that one buildeth, and an other poſſeſſeth & enioyeth that that is builded,Princes deuiſes are vayne. and as the parable in the goſpell ſpeaketh, one ſoweth and an other reapeth. So our Prince Frederike of
famous memory, builded very much, but others haue it in poſſeſſion. He had a reſpect to tymes cōming, and was not content with thinges preſent. When he had builded one houſe, by and by hee ſought to builde an other. This Prince that now is, enioyeth not ye houſes builded, but buildeth other, fenceth Cities, and hath vtterly a diuerſe deuiſe. And his ſucceſſour will vndoubtedly be delighted with an other.
Ouermuch care to encreaſe ryches is reprehended.Theſe thinges therefore are ſurely a great vanitie and miſery, to be vexed in our workes, with ſorrow and care, vntill they be accompliſhed. When they are ended, to dye, or fall ſicke, or ſome other way to bee depriued of the vſe and commoditie of them. And he that ſuccéedeth vs oftentimes, not to vſe that we haue done, or to pull it downe. This is the whole courſe of mans life. God alwayes ſtriueth againſt mans deuiſes, and we agayne cōtrary to his. But it is eaſie for him to deſtroy whatſoeuer we beginne, yea ſo great is the vanitie of our hart, that it neuer agréeth long with it ſelfe, neither can it be ſo ſtable, to reſt & abyde in his preſent ſtate. When man hath aſſaied,
and brought his deuiſe to paſſe, yet his curioſitie in doing ſtill remayneth, he ſtraight wayes miſliketh that he hath done, and proueth an other way, euen as he ſayd before: what thing is that that hath beene. &c. Such is the mynde of man after his purpoſe gotten, as it was before, alwayes vnconſtant, and vnquiet. If a man haue one péece of golde,The more thou drinkeſt water, the more thou deſireſt it. he looketh and coueteth for tenne more. He that hath tenne, deſireth an hundred, he that hath a hundred, a thouſand. &c. If a Prince haue one Caſtle commodiouſly builded, he will haue two. If he haue one kingdome, he ambitiouſly deſireth an other. To be briefe, Alexander deſireth to haue many worldes.
So commeth it to paſſe in mens houſes, in mariage,A mās vocation muſt be applyed, and good ſucceſſe deſired and looked for of God. and bringing vp of children. Thou deuiſeſt to marry a wyfe, well manered, honeſt, for thy commoditie, a good houſwyfe: but it may chaunce thée to finde a naughty one, altogither of contrary conditions, or els though ſhée be very honeſt, that thou mayſt wāt many other good properties in her. Thou thinkeſt how to bring vp thy childrē that they may be honeſt, & profitable for theyr
countrey. But loe, otherwiſe then they looked for, they become murtherers, or otherwiſe wicked, and vnprofitable burthens of the earth. Shall we therfore forſake ye charge of houſekéeping? Becauſe I ſée nothing ſuccéedeth according to my diligence, nor aunſwerable to my labour and trauels? No. What then? Thou muſt gouerne thy houſe, inſtructe thy familie, bring vp thy children, rule thy wife, but ſo as it muſt be without thy appointment & meaſure, that thou truſt not too much in thine owne wiſdome. If thy ſonne be apte to his booke, let him learne it: if to ſome handy craft, let him learne it likewiſe. Onely paſſe thou not thy boundes, but committe the ſucceſſe thereof to God. Otherwiſe thou ſhalt perceaue the two incommodities ſpoken of before. Now by theſe premiſſes, may eaſely be vnderſtanded the thinges that follow.
I made gorgeous fayre workes, I buylded me houſes, and planted vineyardes. I made me orchardes and gardens of pleaſure, and plan
ted trees in the
̄ of all maner frutes. I made pooles of water to water
the greene & frutefull trees withall. I bought ſerua
̄tes and mayde
̄s, & ſome I had borne at home. I bought cat
tle and ſheepe & had more ſubſtance then all they that were before me in Hieruſalem. I gathered togither ſil
uer and golde, euen a treaſure of kynges and landes. I prouided mee ſingers and women that playde on inſtruments, to make men mirth and paſtime. I gat me Pſalteries & ſonges of Muſike, and I was greater and in more worſhippe, then all my prede
ceſſours In Hieruſalem. For wiſdome remayned with me, and looke what
ſoeuer myne eyes deſired, I let them haue it, and whatſoeuer my hart de
lyted, or had any pleaſure in, I with
held it not from it. Thus my hart re
ioyſed in all that I did, and thys was my portion of all my trauell. But when I co
̄ſidered all my workes that my handes had wrought, and all the labour that I had taken therein, loe, all was but vanitie and vexation of mynde, and nothyng of any value vnder the Sunne.
A rolle or regiſter of Salomons workes.
SAlomon reciteth in this place, a beadrolle, as I ſayd of his workes, that he did to procure hym mirth and pleaſure, and to well gouerne his houſe and familie. They are eaſie to vnderſtand by that is aforeſayd. I made great or gorgious workes. Which our interpreter ſpeaketh thus by Magnificacie, that is to ſay, I made notable and great workes, of the which we read the 3. of ye kynges, the 3. and 7. chapiters. &c. What profit had I therof? none but paine and trauel, and others the fruite and commoditie.
Paradiſes, or gardēs of pleaſure. The Hebrew worde ſignifieth A pleaſaunt garden, wherein bee faire plottes of floures and moſt noble rootes.
Seruaūts borne in their maiſters houſes.
Vernaculos, that is ſeruaunts borne at mine houſe. For the children of bondmen, which were borne at home, were called Vernaculi, which alwayes dyd ſeruice to that maiſter, whoſe bondman their father was, whether he were bought with money, or howſoeuer els he became bond. I bought ſeruaunts and maydens, that is to ſay, I was a notable huſband in gouernaunce of houſe & familie. I thought to rule my houſe according
to mine owne phantaſie and deuiſe. I gathered ſubſtaunce and treaſure. Whatſoeuer ornamentes and precious apparellings were to be gotten in any countrey, that I furniſhed my ſelfe with, to declare the pompe of my kyngdome, as great & rich kings vſe to doe.
I prouided me ſingers, and women playeng on Inſtrumentes, to make myrth and paſſe tyme.
HEre is a great variaunce amōg Grā
mariens what Schida, and Schidoth is. I trāſlated it, men and women daū
ſers, but I like it not. I folow them in ye meane ſeaſon, that thinke they are inſtrumentes of muſike, and that becauſe of that is ſaid before, where he thus writeth: I prepared me men ſingers and womē ſingers, and things that might cheare and ſollace men, that is to ſay, noyſes of inſtruments. He doubleth this word Schida, Veſchidoth, becauſe perhaps hee would expreſſe the mutuall conſent and ſingyng by courſe that is amōg Muſitians. I was in great auctoritie or worſhyp &c. That is to ſay, all theſe thinges were moſt commodiouſly ordered
and diſpoſed afterward.What wiſdome Salomon vnderſtādeth in this place.
And wiſedome remayned with me. He vnderſtandeth not ſpeculatiue wiſedome, but that wiſedome that conſiſteth in good ordering and gouerning theſe worldly affaires, wherein is included the diuine wiſedome. He confeſſeth that he had not onely abundaunce of thinges, but wiſedome alſo therwith, to adminiſter, rule, and gouerne all thinges well, which is the greateſt gift that God giueth man. But it had no ſucceſſe, becauſe he would haue all thinges, which he had ſo wiſely ordeined procéede after his owne deuiſe &c. where notwithſtandyng, this is the ſaying of all men in the world. It is not as it ought to be, becauſe they ſée many thinges wiſely appointed and ordeined & yet haue no ſucceſſe &c. The greateſt pointe of wiſedome therefore is to know this, that ſucceſſe foloweth not, but when God appointeth & that things are gouerned neither by counſell of the wiſe, nor by temeritie of the fooliſh.
And whatſoeuer myne eyes deſi
red, I let them haue it.
The impediments of pleaſures.THat is to ſay, I went yet farther, and thought to enioye all the thinges. I
had prepared, but I was not permitted. I ment to make this my portion in this life, but God would not ſuffer me to order theſe pleaſures after mine owne deuiſe, hee alwayes put many ſtumbling blockes in my way. Whē I would haue enioyed my deſires, my gardens, the affaires of the kingdome called me backe, I was faine to ſit downe and giue ſentence accordyng to law and right, I had matters in ſuite to arbitrement, and to determine and take vp &c. Thus I was not able to take my paſtime as I deſired. This ſame very thing happeneth in our Princes, that when they purpoſe to take their delightes, ſome heauy occurrēce falleth out that diſturbeth their ioy, and cauſeth them to ſorrow. Thus doth God alwayes, to ſtoppe and hinder our deuiſes and appointementes. He giueth vs inough to vſe and make mery with, but hee will therewith haue vs to kéepe his Creatures purely and ſincerely in their owne libertie.
Loe all this was but vanitie, and ve
xation of mynde.
IS not this a great vanitie, for a kyng that hath ſuch abundaunce of goodes,
and plenty of all things, and can not yet enioye any one thing of ſo many according to his owne deuiſe.We muſt enioye thynges preſent. And if he chaūce to enioye any of them, yet it is but by ſtealth. So vnable we are to gouerne, or comprehend thinges after our owne deſire. Let euery man therfore fréely enioy the thinges preſent euen as God ſendeth them. Let him ſuffer them to be taken away, and to be giuen him, to goe & to come, according to the Lordes pleaſure, when it is good. Let him thinke It may agayne turne to euill, and contrarywiſe, that hee wallow not and bee drowned in pleaſures, as the wicked vſe &c.
Nothyng of any value vnder the Sunne.
OF his own deuiſes man reapeth nothing but trauaile and miſery. The Creatures are good, but our deſires and deuiſes are vayne, which preſcribe vnto them boundes and rules, whereas they will not be ruled by vs.
Then dyd I turne me, to conſider wiſedome, errour, and fooliſhnes. For what is hee among men, that
might be co
̄pared to me the kyng, in ſuch workes? And I ſawe that wiſedome excelleth fooliſhenes, as farre as light doth darkenes. For a wiſe man hath his eyes in his head, but the foole goeth in darkeneſſe. I perceaued alſo that they both had one end.
BY an other experience he prooueth all thinges are but vaine,Wiſe mens deuiſes fruſtrated. I meane mans counſels and enterpriſes. Euen (ſayth hee) as it hath happened to me: ſo ſee I it happeneth to others alſo. My deuiſes, & wiſedome were fruſtrate & in vayne, and could not attayne to that ſucceſſe yt I wiſhed. The ſame I perceaued in others likewiſe. I looked vpon other mens wiſedome and folly, and compared them togither. I ſaw how ſome mē dealt very wiſely, & went about matters very prudently. I ſaw alſo fooliſh men and hare-braynes working without counſell, and yet their folly and temeritie was ſometime fortunate and had good ſucceſſe. Where the counſels of the wiſe came to no effect, and the wiſe men were moſt infortunate, in ſo much that this foole hardynes became a Prouerbe, Fortune
fauoreth fooles.
Examples.
Cicero and Demoſthenes were moſt wiſe men, & had notably appointed their common weales, and made very good lawes, they thought alſo, yt they ſhould haue had good ſucceſſe, but it fell out otherwiſe, in ſomuch that the one ſayd of him ſelfe: O I that was neuer wiſe, and ſometyme iudged in vayne to be that I was not. O Citizēs, how much hath your opiniō of me deceaued you. &c. The other broken and worne with age and trauell, ſayd, that he wiſhed death rather, then to bee combred agayne with charge of publike affaires, him ſelfe hauing well tried that matters goe not according to the good counſels of the wiſe. Cōtrariwiſe Iulius and Octauius Caeſars, not alway followyng wiſe, but bold counſels, were much more fortunate. Philip kyng of Macedonia procéeded againſt Demoſthenes deuiſes, beyng him ſelfe alſo more fortunate then wyſe.The ſucceſſe is not aunſwerable, to wiſe mens deuiſes.
Surely their deuiſes and counſels were good, but ſo to vrge thē, to appointe ſo certeine a ſucceſſe of thē, was a vaine deuiſe. For matters will not be taken in
hand by mans deuiſe. To be brief matters goe not according to the counſell of ye wiſe, nor according heddynes of fooles, that the counſels of the wiſe might bée prooued fooliſh, that we ſhould not glory in our ſelues. Thus in warre ſtraitway the victory is not gotten, albeit the army be neuer ſo well appointed, & all thinges moſt wiſely forecaſt and deuiſed. As not many yeares ago, ye Frēch kyng thought to haue had a great victory agaynſt the Emperour, but it fell out contrary.
This hee ſaith therefore?Deuiſes are of men, but ſucceſſe of God. Thou ſéeſt that matters ſuccéede aſwel with fooles, as with wiſe men, ſo yt it might appeare there were no difference betweene a foole and a wiſeman, as touching ſucceſſe, yea that it might ſeeme there were no God that ſuffreth matters ſo vnaduiſedly to paſſe. But Salomon aunſwereth, no, but that wiſedome farre paſſeth fooliſhneſſe. True it is that mans wiſedome bryngeth not thinges to paſſe, but God doth it. God by his wiſedome can bring to paſſe what he will, but man can not. For God hath not onely wiſedome, but alſo a power to doe it, ſo that the thing which hee commaundeth muſt néedes ſuccéede.
This man can not doe. To conclude: Gods counſell is not deceaued but mens coūſels how wiſe ſoeuer they be, are deceaued. Therfore he ſayth very well:
And I ſaw that wiſedome excelleth fooliſhneſſe as farre as light doth darkenes.
WIſdome is very good, but becauſe it lacketh power and ſtrength, it can not bring thinges about, nor rule the ſucceſſe of them.
A wyſe man hath his eyes in hys head, but the foole. &c.
We muſt not put truſt in our owne deuiſes, and commit the ſucceſſe of them to God.
I Sée verely that the lyke happeneth to them both. Our wiſedome deceaueth vs, our fooliſhnes deceaueth vs: yet wiſdome paſſeth fooliſhnes. To haue the eyes in the head, is an Hebrew phraſe, which wee commonly doe vſe to expreſſe thus. Hee that will playe at cheaſtes muſt not hyde his eyes in his purſe. Wherby we ſignifie that he muſt not onely be ſkilful in that play, but alſo haue a diligent eye and care to his play: So he ſayth here:
A wiſe man hath his eyes in his head.
THat is, they are not onely wiſe handlers of their matters, but alſo circumſpect and carefull about them, and ſée in déede how thinges ſhould be ordred, but can not perfourme and accompliſhe the effect. The foole hath not his eyes in hys forehead, becauſe he procéedeth raſhely, and at all auentures. Howbeit in déede on both ſides ye matter goeth by fortune, and chaunce, that is, God ruleth the ſucceſſe, & not according to our circumſpection or negligence. Sometimes they fall both, ſometyme they proſper both. But God will not that wee ſhall make any certayne rule thereof. For the creatures are not in our power, but in Gods, who graunteth vs the vſe of them, and by our meanes doth what pleaſeth hym. That we of our ſelues adde hereto, in going about to rule the vſe of them by our counſels and enterpriſes, is vayne. He ſchooleth vs therfore, not to truſt in our owne wyſdome and counſels, but to doe as occaſion ſerueth, and if it ſuccéede not, to commit it vnto God.
For what man is able to imitate the kyng that made him before. &c.
Hee that made vs, gouerneth vs.HEre by a goodly and apt paraphraſis, he deſcribeth god, as if he ſhould ſay: God is our king, he hath not onely made vs, but alſo continually gouerneth vs, ſo that all thinges happen to vs according to his will. He alone reacheth from the beginning to the end, neyther can any man hinder or ſtoppe his will & counſell. For this cauſe thought Salomon to call him a king rather then God. Some men haue wiſdome, ſome fooliſhnes, but no man can imitate his king, nor do that he doth. For what he appointeth commeth to paſſe, his will and counſell taketh effecte.
And made vs before (to ſay) that we were.
THe like phraſe hath S. Paule: Who firſt gaue vnto him, and he ſhal be recompenced? Euen therfore as thys kyng ruleth and gouerneth, all thynges fall out. Hereby therfore he ſheweth that our deuiſes are of no value, becauſe we be made, and be not the kyng. God will not haue vs and his creatures to be ruled by our ſelues, but contrariwiſe, or els we ſhould be kynges and rulers ouer
God. Nothing ſuccéedeth after our wiſdome, or fooliſhnes, but many incurre diſpleaſure by fooliſhnes, and more by wiſdome, as euen the wyſeſt of all other men, Dion, Cicero, Brutus, Demoſthenes. &c. Becauſe God doth fruſtrate and delude mans counſels and deuiſes, to prouoke vs by all meanes to feare him, and to learne to let him alone with the gouernaunce of all thinges, and in nothing to preſcribe hym.
And I ſaw that the ſucceſſe of both theſe men were alike.
THat is, I ſawe, they had both lyke fortune, that as little preuayled the wyſe man as the foole. That thinges are gouerned neither by wiſedome,Both wiſdome and temeritie, without Gods gouernaunce, is vnhappy nor fooliſhnes, although God ſuffer thinges to be done by them both, but no rule muſt be made thereof. For if our coūſell were of force, then ſhould it alway proſper. If fooliſhnes did hurt alwayes, then ſhould it neuer proſper. Marius, Antonius, & diuers other preuayled more by their temeritie and raſhnes, then Cicero dyd with his wiſdome. And a man ſhall no where finde more examples of mans fooliſhnes
and wiſdome, then among the Romaines and Gentiles. For among ye Iewes, warres were taken in hand for the moſt part, according as the prophets appointed, and God commaunded.
Then ſayd I in my mynde, if it hap
pen vnto the foole as it doth vnto me, what neede I labour then any more for wiſdome? So I ſayde in myne hart, that this alſo was but vanitie.
We muſt not truſt in our own deuiſes.ANd theſe wordes tende to this ende, that we ſhould abſteine from affiaūce in our owne deuiſes. I (ſaith Salomon) gouerned my kingdome moſt wiſely, & I had a Lieftenant or preſident, which gouerned not ſo prudently as I, and yet had he good ſucceſſe. Since therfore I ſée fooles haue as good ſucceſſe, or better then I, why truſt I to myne owne counſell and wiſdome, encreaſing but my labour and ſorrow.
So I ſayd in mine hart this alſo was but vanitie.
I Founde by experience, that neither wiſdome, nor raſhenes was to be truſted.
For before it was declared, that wiſdome paſſeth fooliſhnes, although things be gouerned neither by fooliſhnes nor wiſdome.Our affayres muſt be cōmended to ye kyng that made vs. We muſt holde therefore a meane betwéene both, we muſt commit our matters to the king which made vs. If he offer vs any commoditie, wée muſt vſe it: if he geue vs ought, we muſt take it: if he take ought from vs, we muſt ſuffer it. &c. Doe that thou art able, what thou canſt not doe, that let alone. Looke what thou canst not lift, let it lye. So my wiſdome ſhall be profitable vnto me, if I doe that I know pleaſeth God, and leaue to his ordering that he will doe by me. If we would thus doe, then ſhould we be wiſemen in déede.
For the wyſe are euer as little in re
membraunce as the fooliſhe. For the dayes ſhall come, when all ſhal be forgotten.
BOth that the wiſe man hath done and deuiſed by this counſell,All things through obliuion, are buryed & forgottē. and that the foole hath done through his fooliſhneſſe, whether it ſuccéeded well or euill, ſhal be forgotten. For neither they themſelues, nor other ſhall be the better for it, that
they may learne to committe all thinges vnto God, but their poſteritie ſhall follow their owne wayes, and not be content with the ordinaunces of their Aunceſtors, but ſéeke new deuiſes, lothyng that they haue, and ſéeking for that they haue not, dreaming thus. If it once ſucceeded well with me, it will doe ſo once agayne. If it did not before ſuccéede, it will now ſuccéede. We wil doe wiſelyer then they haue done before vs. &c.
Nothyng is of continuaunce in this world.Beholde the Romaines cōmon weale, how the Conſulles alwayes, and the Emperours afterwarde ſtill repealed their Predeceſſours Actes, diſdayning thinges preſent and paſt, and lookyng on thinges to come. Why therefore doeſt thou take ſuch care, as though thy poſteritie would like or allow that thou dooſt. It will not be. For that men haue, they reiecte as vnprofitable. &c. Therfore it is impoſſible, that thinges ſhould remaine in the ſame eſtimation wyth poſteritie, that they were in before.
Lycurgus.
Lycurgus thought he had geuen ſuch lawes to the Lacedemonians, as they would haue kept till he had come backe agayne, that is, for euer. According to
the which deuiſe, he went his wayes, mynding to returne backe no more, hoping by this meanes, that his lawes ſhould be alwayes obſerued, but he nothing preuailed.
Auguſtus ſayd he had layd ſuch foundations of a common weale,Auguſtus. as he hoped ſhould ſtand for euer, but they that came after, turned all vp ſet downe. The people of Rome wiſhed the death of Nero,
Nero. hoping they ſhould haue had a better cō
mon weale. But afterward it went neuer the better with their commō weale. Salomon ſo gouerned his Realme that he thought it ſhoulde haue ſo continued ſtill,Salomon. and by and by after his death it was deuided.Roboam. For Roboam which ſuccéeded him, not content with his fathers wyſe gouernaunce of the kingdome, rent it in two partes.
And it commeth not onely thus to paſſe, in externe and ciuile matters, where ſuch fooliſhnes is the more tollerable, becauſe there is but the loſſe of thinges corporall, but alſo in religion,Alteration of common weales and religions. and in the word of God, where poſteritie alway neglecting the puritie of the doctrine left by our predeceſſours, ſéeke
newe inuentions, euen as they, which now the Goſpell is publiſhed, not content with the puritie of fayth, & doctrine of the Goſpell, raiſe newe diſputations about the Sacramentes, which when it hath béene of any continuaunce, newe ſectes will ariſe without ende. For the fleſhe can not be cōtēted with one plaine and true doctrine.
Salomon ſpeaketh not of perſons, but of thoſe things that men doe.Thou muſt vnderſtand that Salomō
ſpeaketh not here of the perſons but of the things that men do, whether they be wiſe or fooliſh, becauſe they be neglected. The remembraunce of men indureth in bookes, but not in ordering of the commō
weale, and matters are regiſtred and put in Recordes, but no mā careth or taketh héede to them, neither is poſteritie moued with the examples of their predeceſſours. Still they deuiſe new wayes and faſhions. That lyeth before them, is lothed, that they haue not is deſired. Briefly, to be content with thinges preſent, is playnely a gift of the holy ghoſt, a thyng impoſſible to the fleſhe, which alwayes forſaketh thinges preſent for thinges to come, and whiles it purſueth the one, it loſeth the other, defrauding it ſelfe of the
vſe of both. A couetous man lacketh aſwell that hee hath, as that hee hath not. And as it fareth with the couetous in money, ſo fareth it with all mankind in pleaſures and deuiſes &c. that is to ſay, they haue nothing though they haue all thing. Let Alexander Magnus ſtand for an example, whoſe mynde was not ſatiſfied after hee had conquered all Aſia. If this be true in outwarde thinges, what maruell is it in matters of the Goſpell? That we haue we haue not, becauſe our affection is not ſettled, but are deſirous of other thinges. On the other ſide Chriſtians haue all things, though they haue nothyng.
And the wyſe man dyeth as well as the foole.
THe lyke ſaying is in the Pſalme 49. Wiſe men alſo dye and periſhe togither aſwel as the ignoraūt and fooliſh, and leaue their riches for other. &c. This alſo is to bee vnderſtanded of things that men doe. The wiſe mā dyeth for all his doynges aſwell as the foole. No man regardeth what they well ordeined. And when thou haſt done aſwell
as is poſſible, for thy reward, are all thy doynges diſdayned, or els thou art haniſhed or put to death &c. Yea many will contemne thine Actes and repeale them.
Wherefore I was weary of my lyfe becauſe I ſaw that all thinges done vnder the ſunne were naught. For all was but vanitie and vexation of mynde.
THat is, whatſoeuer was done vnder the Sunne did much diſpleaſe mee, foraſmuch as it was naught elles but vaine labour and vexation. Not that Salomon wiſhed his death, but for that hee thought it was a miſerable caſe to leade a mās life in ſuch doings. Thus he meaneth: I became weary of it and ouerladen therewith. For who can ſuffer to haue nothing but labour in diuiſing and contempt after he hath done.What this phraſe, to lyue, ſignifieth. To liue, or life, after the phraſe of Scripture, ſignifieth to liue well and at eaſe. To leade a perfect life. Pſalme 22. No man hath quickened his owne ſoule, yt is whoſe ſoule liued not well. Thoſe that liue euill and a hard lyfe, as poore men that are oppreſſed and in miſery, and appointed
to dye. Of theſe it is ſayd in the ſcriptures, they liue not. Therefore he ſayth not, he deſireth death, but that this trade of life wherein men are ſo wearyed and vexed with their owne deuiſes, diſpleaſeth him.
Salomon meaneth that wee ſhould ſtand in a readines whether life or death betyde,How we muſt lyue. and calleth vs backe to the vſe of thinges preſent, becauſe we ſhould bee content with them without care of hereafter, and commit all thinges vnto God, who will worke by vs, as it were vnwitting to vs. Euē as the Oxe that treadeth out the corne and eateth, knoweth not what he doth, nor is carefull for his liuing or labour: ſo muſt wee doe, that God offreth vs, and ſuffer that hee will haue done. Yet all theſe thinges muſt be but as a morſell of bread, which we haue here on earth, that we looke not by our owne deuiſes to garniſhe this life, for then ſhall we alwayes bee vnquyet, as foloweth:
And I was weary of all my labour which I had take
̄ vnder the ſunne, becauſe I ſhould be fayne to leaue them to an other man that com
meth
after me, who whether hee ſhal be a wiſe ma
̄ or a foole I know not. And yet ſhall he be Lord of all my labours.
The life of man is miſerable.THis ſentence is all one with yt aboue. Salomon floweth in wordes, & copiouſly treateth of this place. Thus (ſayth he) I am weary of my life: for albeit I haue ordered all thinges after the beſt way that can be deuiſed, yet know I not whether mine heyre ſhall be wiſe or fooliſh. If he happen to be wiſe, hee will ſet light by that I haue done, and inuent an other thyng, ſeeyng I my ſelfe many times miſlike mine owne doinges, & am deſirous of other. If he be a foole, he will deſtroy that I haue done, and take as much paynes in pullyng downe, as I tooke in ſetting vp, according to the Prouerbe, One buildeth, another pulleth down. So Octauius Caeſar beautified the Citie of Rome, Nero defaced it. Pompey brought great maſſes of money into the treaſure houſe, meaning it ſhould ſerue for the benefite of the common weale. Caeſar after that tooke it away, and it became rather a deſtruction then any benefite to the commō weale. Therfore whether
mine heyre ſhall be wiſe or fooliſh, in vaine haue I trauelled, and ſpent my lyfe in vayne cares, hauyng an eye to thinges to come, and not vſing thinges preſent, and therfore he addeth:
So I turned me to refrayne my mynde, from ſuch trauell as I had take
̄ vnder the ſunne. For ſo much as a man ſhould weary hym ſelfe with wiſedome, with vnderſtan
dyng, and induſtrie, & yet be fayne to leaue his labours to an other, that neuer ſwet for them. This al
ſo is a vayne thyng and great miſe
rie. For what getteth a man of all the labour & trauell of his mynde, that hee taketh vnder the ſunne, but heauines, ſorow, and diſquiet
neſſe all the dayes of his lyfe. In ſo much that his hart can not reſt in the night. This is alſo a vayne thyng.
I Ceaſſed (ſayth hee) to take any more care for theſe worldly affaires.we muſt not be carefull for to morrow. This is the ſaying of a wiſe man whiche calleth backe his minde from cares, to reſt and quyet. I will be content with things preſent,
and I will doe and ſuffer forthwith that God willeth me, neither will I care for to morow. This is the concluſion which afterward he amplifieth copiouſly, ſaying:
For when a man hath wearied him ſelfe, with wiſedome, vnderſtan
dyng, and diligence &c.
HEre you ſée what he vnderſtādeth by wiſedome, not ſpeculation, but the rule and gouernaunce of matters, induſtrie, or congruence of doing, Induſtry or dexteritie in doyng of thyngs. When all things are done in order and in time. Euē as he appointed twelue Captaines ouer the land, their dyet, and horſes &c. This hee calleth to weary him ſelfe in wiſedome. This wearyſomnes and portion he leaneth to a man that hath taken no paines in the ſame, yea that more vnhappie is, to a man that careth not for it, and forgetteth it. When I haue taken all this paine ſaith hee, I leaue it to one that contemneth it, or ſpoileth it, which thing ſurely is a great vanitie.
For what getteth a man of all hys trauell &c.
This is but copy &c. Nor can reſt in the night.
HIs hart is not at any reſt, no not in the night while he paineth him ſelfe, not onely in ye day time to bring his deuiſe trimely to paſſe, but when he hath finiſhed it, ſtudieth in the night, how to preſerue and encreaſe it.
Is it not better therefore for a man to eate and drinke, and his ſoule to be mery in his labour?
THis is the principall concluſion,The principall concluſion of the whole booke. yea the coūſell of the whole booke, which he often hereafter repeateth. And this is a notable place for the expoūding of that is gone before, and that that followeth. Thus he cōſenteth with that that is ſayd afore. Theſe pleaſures are to bee cōdemned that we of our owne heades and deuiſe prepare for the time to come. Thoſe trauels and paines to be condēned which we vndertake of our owne phātaſie and braine. But the pleaſures and trauels that God ſendeth are good, & to be vſed as they come without care of pleaſure, or vexation after to enſue. But who cā thus doe. It is very well ſayd, but we doe not that that is ſo wiſely proponed, we heare it as though we heard it not, and ſée it as
though we ſaw it not, and no man followeth it. For we are drowned in ye care of making preparation and compaſſing of our owne affaires. Our hart cā brooke no good counſell, but is vexed euery day more and more. The godly caſt frō them all cares. All other men leade a diſquiet life, euen till they dye. He ſaith therfore:
I ſaw that this was a gift of God.
True mirth or ioye is the gift of god.
A Notable ſaying & ſingular doctrine, but yet he leſſe vrgeth this ſaying thē that before. Which commeth to paſſe by reaſon the affirmatiue mooueth vs not ſo much as the negatiue, euen as this affirmatiue: I am the Lorde thy God which brought thee out of the land of Aegipt, it is quickly ſayd, but it doth not much mooue vs. In the negatiue there is greater force. Thou ſhalt haue none other Gods in my ſight. &c. So in this place, he briefely handleth this affirmatiue. It is good for a man to eate and drinke. &c. but in the negatiue, he is very long to ſhewe and prooue vnto vs our folly; namely, that we nothyng preuaile with all our trauels & deuiſes, becauſe we are troubled
with cares, and vſe not thinges preſent. So vnto theſe groſſe headed men, it is requiſite he ſpake groſſely, and at large. For vnto wiſe men, all might be ſayd in one worde: The Lord himſelfe is thy God. &c.
For who hath eaten, or done more thinges abroad then I?
HE alleageth his experience. For if I which haue done ſo great thynges, and haue ſo abounded in all maner of riches, haue not atteyned to my wyſhe & deſier, how much leſſe ſhall other doe ſo, if God geue not mirth and ioye?
God geueth to the ma
̄ that is good before him, wiſdome, vnderſtan
ding, and gladneſſe. But vnto the ſinner he geueth wearines and ſu
perfluous care, that he may gather and heape togither the thyng that afterward ſhalbe geuen vnto hym, whom it pleaſeth God. Wherfore, this alſo is a vanitie and vexation of the mynde.
THat it is the gift of God to be cōtent with thinges preſent, he prooueth.
Becauſe it is geuen without any merits of ours going before,The godly vſe their goodes wt peace and myrth: but the vngodly haue no peace. to that man whom God lyketh. He deuideth the world into godly and vngodly. Vnto the godly, beſide the giftes that they haue lyke vnto others, chiefly prudence and wiſedome, is geuen mirth alſo, becauſe they be content with thinges preſent, they are not troubled with thoughtes and deſires of the minde as the wicked are. That they haue knowledge, and are wiſe in doyng their buſines. &c. their knowledge is in mirth and peace, but the wicked haue trouble and vexatiō, alwayes gathering togither more and more, and neuer be ſatiſfied. Moreouer, although they haue wiſdome and induſtrye, yet it is ſo mixt with ſorow, that they are rather a paine to them, ſo that they can not enioy their trauell, but till the ground and buylde, and other receaue the pleaſure and commoditie of it. But that the wicked trauell in and buylde, none vſeth well but the godly. So thoſe thinges that Princes gather togither, are the goods of the godly, becauſe they onely vſe them mearily and with thankes geuing, although they haue but a litle. The wicked haue
much, and yet they vſe it not, but haue therwith great care and vexation. To be ſhort, the godly truely haue the whole worlde, becauſe they haue ioye and tranquilitie. The vngodly in hauing it, haue it not. This is the vanitie that the vngodly haue.
The third Chapter.
To all thinges there is an appoin
ted tyme, and a tyme to euery pur
poſe vnder the heauen.
ANd here Salomon (as hath béene declared before) ſpeaketh of mās workes, that is to ſay,All the workes of man haue a tyme to be begon, to be done, & to be finiſhed in. ſuch as are taken in hand of mans wiſdome and counſell. This the interpreters not marking, thinke that he ſpeaketh in this place of the corruptyng of Gods creatures. Thus therefore vnderſtand, that all mans workes and deuiſes haue their certaine and appointed ſeaſon of doing, beginning and endyng, beyond mans power & habilitie, ſo that he ſpeaketh againſt frée will, becauſe it is not in our power, to appoint ye tyme,
the meane, and the effect of our affayres, and that our enterpriſes and endeuours herein are vtterly fruſtrated, but that all thinges goe and come when God appointeth. This he proueth by the examples of mens workes, which are ordred beſide and aboue mans appointment, ſo that hereof he concludeth, that men are troubled in vaine with their owne deuiſes, and can bring nothing to paſſe, for all they can doe, vntill that time & houre commeth, that God appointeth. Hereto belongeth that ſaying in the Goſpell: The houre is not yet come. Agayne: A woman while ſhe is in trauell hath paine and ſorrow, becauſe her houre is come. Thus the power of God comprehendeth all thinges vnder their appointed houres and ſeaſons, ſo that no man can let or hinder them.
How we be rulers & Lordes of Gods creatures.But thou wilt ſay. How then is man made ruler ouer all thinges Gene. 2.
if he be not able to gouerne them at his pleaſure, and to vſe them accordyng to his deſier? I aunſwere: we be ſo made gouerners of theſe creatures, as to vſe thē for the tyme preſent. But we are not able to rule them with our cares and trauels.
No man with all his deuiſes, can compaſſe any thing for the time to come. For he that is vncertaine of thinges to come, how can he take order for thinges to come. Therfore God will haue vs to vſe his creatures fréely, as he geueth thē, without preſcribing of tyme, meane, or houre. For theſe thinges are in ye hand of God, ſo that we muſt not thinke it is in our power, to vſe thinges when wee will, vnles he graunt it. For this cauſe Ieſus the ſonne of Sirach ſayth: God left man in the hand of his counſell, but he gaue him preceptes and commaundementes, whereby to moderate his deuiſes and doinges. &c.
All thinges haue their tyme.
THat is, their appointed houre and ſeaſon, which if man paſſe and goe beyond, and will bring all thinges about after his owne wayes and deuiſes, hée ſhall reape nought but vanitie thereof. Many men labour to waxe riche, but they preuaile not. Other are enriched, yea without any labour. Becauſe God hath appointed that houre, for the one, and not for the other.
And euery purpoſe. &c.
IN the Hebrew it is Hephetz, which commonly is tranſlated pleaſure, or deſire. Me thinketh it may handſomely be tranſlated delight, as in the 2. Pſalm: his delight is in the law of the Lord. For Hephetz ſignifieth, that which a mā doth apply himſelfe vnto, & deliteth in. That deſire that a man hath to fulfil the law. But euen herein alſo, all ye things that men wiſhe and deſier, they labour and would faine haue thē, but they vexe thēſelues onely, becauſe they can not attaine to that houre & ſeaſon, which they goe about to preuent, and therefore they get nothing. Therefore thinges muſt ſimply and plainely be committed vnto God, and we muſt vſe thinges preſent, and abſteine from deſier of thinges to come. And if we deale otherwiſe, wee ſhall reape nothing but labour & trauell.
There is a tyme to be borne, and a tyme to dye.
Man is no Lord, but a bayliue of his lyfe.HE prooueth the thing he hath ſpoken by examples of mans deuiſes and occurrencies. Our birth hath his tyme, ſayth he, and likewiſe our death. And
euen as we haue not our birthes in our power, no more haue we our deathes, and yet nothing is more ours then our lyfe, and all our members, but onely to vſe them. But wee haue no power or Lordſhip geuen vs ouer thē, not for one minutes ſpace, and therfore in vayne we ſeeke to preſcribe them rules or lawes. The infant is in the hand of God, & can not be borne before his houre commeth. The women labour and are very carefull about the byrth of it, and tell when it will come, but there is no certainty in their ſaying. No more can we die, be we in neuer ſo extreame daunger and deſperation, but when our houre is come. Why then feare we death? Thou canſt liue no lōger then God hath appointed, nor dye any ſooner then he appointeth. For thus ſayth Iob. 14. Mās time is determined, and the number of hys monthes is with thee: thou haſt appointed hym his boundes, which he can not paſſe.
But thou wilt ſay,Euery mā is apointed his certein houre to dye in. many peariſhe wilfully, and through their owne temeritie, which might otherwiſe liue lōger. Some breake their owne neckes. &c.
Could they not haue ſaued their lyues? I aunſwere, No. God appointed that houre, thoſe meanes, and that kynde of death, as dayly experience teacheth vs. Some are deadly wounded, and are eaſely healed and liue, ſome other are ſcarſly ſcratched, and yet dye of it. The Aſtrologers aſcribe theſe thinges to the Planets, other attribute it to fortune. But the holy Scripture aſcribeth it vnto god, in whoſe handes are layde vp all the minutes of our liues and deathes, wyth whom it is all one, whether thou dye of a greuous wounde, or of a litle ſcratch, becauſe he will cōfound all mās wiſdom & deuiſes. But to ye true Chriſtians this is a great comfort, becauſe they know death is not in the power of Tyrauntes, nor of any creature, & becauſe they ſhuld not bee ouer carefull about death, but ſhould dye like children whē God ſo appointeth. Therfore as he pronounceth of the condition of our byrth and dyeng: euen ſo may we ſay of all other affaires of men, as it foloweth:
A tyme to plant, and a tyme to plucke vp.
THeſe be workes of mās lyfe, and yet no more in our power, then our lyfe it ſelfe. In the ſpring, we plant and ſet, in harueſt we pull vp againe. All things are to be done as God hath appointed & ordeined, and none otherwiſe.
A tyme to ſlea, and a time to heale: a time to breake downe, & a time to buylde, a tyme to weepe, and a tyme to laughe: a time to mourne, and a tyme to daunce: a tyme to caſt away ſtones, and a tyme to ga
ther ſtones: a tyme to embrace, & a tyme to abſteine fro
̄ embracyng: a time to ſeeke, and a tyme to loſe: a tyme to keepe, and a tyme to caſt away: a tyme to reape, and a tyme to ſow: a tyme to keepe ſilence, and a tyme to ſpeake: a tyme to loue, & a time to hate: a time of warre, and a tyme of peace.
TO this roll belongeth experiēce to be applied to the whole courſe of mans life. For here it cōmeth to paſſe,We muſt vſe ye goods that God hath geuen vs. that one ſoweth, another reapeth, one gathereth together, an other waſteth and ſpēdeth. To be brief. Euery worke of mans lyfe
hath his appointed ſeaſon out of ye which what ſoeuer man doth, hee laboureth in vayne & preuaileth not. There is a time to wéepe, & a tyme to laugh. Many times it chaunceth that when we meane to be meryeſt, ſome great trouble marreth all. Therfore myrth hath alſo her tyme and ſeaſon. Experience teacheth vs all theſe things, that we (I ſay) can do nothing accordyng to our appointementes, but as time ſerueth vs to do them. Therfore let vs not trouble our ſelues about thinges to come, but vſe thinges preſent.
What profite hath he that worketh of the thyng wherin he trauelleth?
THat is to ſay, vnles times and oportunitie ſerue him, he ſhal do no good. The maker of a thing hath nothing but his time and ſeaſon. Till this commeth, he can do nothing. If the houre be hit ſo doth he likewiſe hit it.
I haue ſeene the trauell that God hath geuen the ſonnes of men, to humble them therby.
THis is a declaration of the thinges gone before. In all theſe thynges
ſaith hee, I haue ſéene that men can doe naught of them ſelues, vnles their houre be come. And they that wil preuent their houre are troubled with ſorrow & care: ſo that their own experience teacheth thē to abſteine from care for things to come, and to vſe thoſe thynges they haue.
For God hath made all thynges beautifull in their time and ſeaſon.
THis now is ye other part.God appointeth all men a tyme and ſeaſon. They that wayte not their time are troubled & vexed. Agayne, they that abide it, finde much comfort therein. For euery thyng that God doth, and that is done by God, the gift is pleaſaunt in his ſeaſon. That is: whē the hart is voyde of cares, & then hath ſome commoditie or pleaſaunt ſight happenyng to it, that greatly delighteth it. Therefore ſuch men reape pleaſure, where other gather affliction and vexation, bycauſe they doe their things in the tyme that God appointeth.
Alſo he hath ſet the world in theyr hart, yet can not man finde out the worke that God hath wrought fro
̄ the begynnyng to the end.
Men cānot enioye the things that god geueth them.THis is a confirmation of the thynges gone before. Although (ſayth he) God hath ſet the world in their hart, yet are they not able to gouerne it through their own coūſels. This is an Hebrue phraſe, to giue or ſpeake to the hart, for to giue or ſpeake fayre or mearily. This is it he would ſay. God doth not onely ſet the world in their power, wherby they may vſe the thinges preſent, but alſo ſetteth in their hart, that they may vſe it with pleaſure and ioye. That they may haue both ioye and pleaſure of it. And yet man knoweth not when his worke ſhall begin or end, when or how long he ſhall enioy it. Therfore man muſt be content, that hath the world in his vſe.
They that are content with their ſtate, vſe their goods preſent.Paule ſpeaketh in a like phraſe Act. 14. And ſurely he lefte not him ſelfe without witnes, in that he dyd good, and gaue vs rayne from heauen, and frutefull ſeaſons, fillyng our hartes with foode and gladnes.
And in an other place: Which miniſtreth to vs all thinges abundantly. This ioy hath the Chriſtian and euery one might haue it, if he could be contented with things preſent. Well ſaith S. Hierome in his Prologue
vpon the Bible.The ſaying of S. Hierome.
To him that truſteth in God, all the world is in ſtede of riches. But a faithleſſe body hath neede euen of an halfe peny, accordyng to the Prouerbe: A couetous body wanteth aſwel that hee hath, as that he hath not.
¶ But man findeth not out the worke. &c.
THat is to ſay, man can not know, would he neuer ſo much vexe him ſelf there about, when God wil do him good,Thinges to come, muſt be commēded to God, & things preſent muſt be enioyed. when to begin, or when to make an end. Euen as no man is able to ſearch out, or declare ye houre when any ſhal be borne, how long they ſhall liue, or when they ſhall dye, ſtudy they neuer ſo much. We muſt therfore ſay: Lord, it is in thy power to giue thinges for the time to come, in the meane ſeaſon I wil reioyce in that thou haſt giuē me, and in that thing yt is preſent. Thus ye other actiōs of mās life, wherof he hath rehearſed a great many, are not in mans power. For if it were, ſome men would alway make warre, other woulde alwayes geue themſelues to gaming, other woulde alwayes bée occupied in buylding &c. Becauſe many
men giue thē ſelues hereunto. Therfore all the world is ours, onely we muſt not preſcribe God any time or manner how we will vſe them. I will not (ſaith God) be meaſured according to your deuiſes, for ſo ſhould all thinges be at your commaundement, and I alſo. He concludeth therfore as in the chapiter gone before.
And I know that there is nothyng good in them, but to reioyce and to doe good in his lyfe. And alſo that euery man eateth and drin
keth, and ſeeth the co
̄moditie of al his labour, this is the gift of God.
What is moſt pleaſaunt to a man.THeſe thinges are well inough vnderſtode by the premiſſes. For this hee meaneth to ſay. There is nothing better for a man in theſe miſerable caſes, then to enioye the thinges preſent, and to be mery at his hart, without care and ſtudy of thinges to come. But this is the gift of God that a man can ſo doe. I am able (ſaith he) to teach ye what to do, but to do it my ſelfe, or to giue the power to do it, I am not able. He ſheweth both what is to be done, & where yt we muſt doe is to be receaued. He declareth that our cares
doe onely vexe and moleſt vs, but he teacheth vs that we muſt call vpon God, to remoue away theſe cares, and to giue vs good ſucceſſe and peace of minde.
I know that whatſoeuer God ſhall doe, ſhall be for euer: to it can no man adde, and from it ca
̄ none di
miniſh. For God hath done it, that they ſhould feare before him.
THis is to ſay,Gods workes are ſtable, but mans fraile & vnſure. I ſaw that all thinges that God doth, endure for euer. As for our workes, they be vaine and vncertaine. And this antitheſis or coūterpoint is to be wel marked. God only (ſaith he) can bring his purpoſe to paſſe, & appoint them in their tymes. Looke to whom he giueth the gift to enioy thinges preſent, he hath it. He is faithfull and ſure. That he geueth, no man can take away. If he giue life, no man can bereue vs of it, although the world and Sathan rage and raue. For he is ſure and euerlaſting. If he giue me good eyes, I ſhall kéepe them notwithſtanding Sathan would throwe all the duſt of the earth into them. If he wil graunt me ſtrong, and whole armes and legges, no man ſhall be able to take
them from mee. All our workes haue their tyme and houre ordeyned, which we can not appointe. Who then? God himſelfe appointeth the houre, and not fortune and deſtinie, as ye Philoſophers ſuppoſe. When he ſuffreth the houre to come which ordeyned it, then it cōmeth.
Therefore will God haue the workes of men to be vncertaine, becauſe, he he will be feared.Why then doth he ſo trouble mē with this vaine cogitatiō, reſeruing all times and ſeaſons to himſelfe? Therfore (ſaith Salomon) becauſe he would be feared, becauſe we ſhoulde not be raſhe in our buſineſſes, nor attempt any thing proudly and preſumptuouſly as of our ſelues, as Paule alſo teacheth vs: Walkyng in feare, knowing that it is not in mans will and endeuour, becauſe it is hee that worketh both the will and perfourmaunce. Hee that beléeueth theſe thinges, that is, that our affayres lye not in our owne power, hee doth nothing raſhely. He attributeth all to God that worketh it, and looketh for it at his hād. If he graunt it, he enioyeth it, if not, hée can be contented to lacke it. If he take it from him, he beareth it. Thus remaineth the glory of God, the humbling of our ſelues, and the true worſhip of God
in vs. For this is the feare of God, to ſet God in our ſight, to know that he is the beholder of all our workes, and the author of all proſperitie and aduerſitie.
That that hath beene, is alſo nowe, and that that ſhall be, hath beene already, and God requireth the thinges that are paſt.
BEfore in the firſt Chapiter, he ſayde:The difference betweene the workes of God, and man.
What is that that hath beene? that that is to come. &c. Becauſe in that place, he ſpake of mens workes and doinges, here in this place, he ſpeaketh of Gods. Mans mynde can not content it ſelfe with the thinges it hath, but ſtill wiſheth for the thinges to come. And when thoſe thinges are come that it wiſheth, it is not contented neither, but againe deſireth other thinges, ſo that it is neuer ſatiſfied. For this is the condition of the hart of man, alwayes to gape after future thinges, and neuer to bee filled. But God procéedeth after a cōtrary ſort and maner. For that that hath béene with him, is yet ſtill: that is to ſay: bee turneth him not to thinges to come. For thus ſaith the Scripture of him. He behelde
all the thinges he made, & they were very good. God reſteth in the worke that he maketh, and doth not ſo hop and leape to the deſier of thynges to come, as mans mynde doth. And they ye walke according to Gods appointment, doe euen lyke: their heades ſtretch not to future thinges, conteining things preſent. The godly perſon laboureth & worketh after a conſtant ſort, and conſtantly enioyeth the thing that God ſendeth.
Becauſe God requireth the things that are paſt.
Gods workes & mans are not all one.HE compareth (as I ſayd before) gods doinges and maners togither wyth mans, by way of an Antitheſis, or coū
terpointing. Our ſtudy is to neglect and ſet light of the thinges we haue, and to beholde and waite for the things we ſhal haue. But God purſueth the thyng that is, and perſeuereth in his worke, that ye thing he doth, may be ſtable and cōſtant. In lyke ſort are the ſtudies of thoſe that are godly. This is it he would ſay. Euē when man goeth about to let or hynder Gods worke, yet God ſéeketh how to defend and maintaine that worke that mā
goeth about to hinder and let. &c. God appointed Dauid to be king: Abſolon perſecuted him, and went about to let it. But God agayne reſtored that that Abſolō
would haue letted. The things that God appointeth are not ſo inconſtāt and fickle as mans deuiſes. For God doth not abhorre and lothe hys owne counſels.
Moreouer, I ſaw vnder the Sunne, the place of iudgeme
̄t, where was wickednes, and the place of iuſtice wher was iniquitie. And I thought in myne hart, God will iudge the iuſt and the wicked: for there is a tyme for euery worke & purpoſe.
WHat ſhould I ſpeake of the vices & vanitie of mans deuiſes,Vnrighteouſnes in common weales. where as euen in the place of iudgement, that is, where iuſtice and lawe ſhould be adminiſtred, wicked men and vngodlines doe raigne. And Salomō
doth not ſo much complayne, that vngodlynes is in the place of iudgement, as that it can not in that place be amended and corrected: as though he ſhould ſay. All thinges are vtterly ſo vayne, that the care of correcting
this vnrighteouſnes of officers, doth no good. When I ſaw this wickednes, I thought to correct it, but I founde that I was not able, till God would correct it. So our Prince Frederike was wont to ſay:The ſaying of Frederike Duke of Saxony.
The longer I gouerne, the leſse I knowe how to gouerne. Againe: Where ſhall I at length finde him that I may trust? Sée in the courtes of all princes, how notwithſtanding there be diuers good men that wiſhe well to the common weale, and géeue good counſell thereunto, yet wyll there be alwayes ſome founde, that will daſhe and trouble all their counſels and deuiſes. Such therefore, and ſo great is the malice and naughtines of man, that man is not able to amende and correcte all men.
Salomons meaning therfore is, that if a man would breake his brayne to correct all men; he ſhould reape nothing but trauell and care of his doing. Therfore the matter muſt be committed to God, and ſuch ſtones taken and lifted vp, as we are able to reare and welde. That that will not be reared let it lye ſtill. I (ſayth he) that was a wiſe king, ouer an holy people, and a diligent ſetter forward
of righteouſnes, was compelled to ſuffer wicked perſons to bée in publike office. For although I had diſplaced and put certaine of them out of office: yet alwayes would ſome other proue the like. Then how will it fall out with other Princes. Therefore it is the beſt to doe that God appointeth, and the reſt to cō
mit vnto him, which in his tyme ſhall iudge both the righteous and vnrighteous. For men will not, nor can not, although they were neuer ſo willing.
There is a tyme for euery worke and purpoſe.
ALl things (ſayth he) haue their time. Vices can not be corrected, vntil that appointed time & ſeaſon come. In vaine therefore doe we goe about to preuent that time, by our amending of all things afore that tyme. In ſo much that my enterpriſe ſuccéeded not in myne officers. I did what I was able, I corrected as much as I could, the reſt I committed vnto God.
I conſidered in myne hart the ſtate of the children of men, that God
hath purged them: yet, to ſee to, they are in themſelues as beaſtes. For the condition of the children of me
̄, and the co
̄dition of beaſtes are euen as one. As the one dyeth: ſo dyeth the other.
A cōplaint of the confuſion of mans lyfe to the outward ſight, agaynſte which the worde of God muſt be ſet. For ther is a difference betwene the godly & vngodly.THis place is ſomewhat obſcure, not ſo much of it ſelfe, as through the default of the expoſitours, which greatly trouble themſelues, while they ſuppoſe for the moſt part that Salomō
ſpeaketh in the preſence of the vngodly: but thys is but a colde inuention and ſuppoſall, although a receaued. Mée thinketh the ſence is to be taken plainely. He maketh a maner of a Sermō or collation of mās wayes and deuiſes, that they are all but vayne. At length he commeth to ye trouble and vexation, that is in officers, how they which ought to be a rule & enſample to other, are alſo vaine them ſelues. So of ſpeciall propoſitions going before, he deſcendeth to generall. What ſhall I ſay or ſpeake of ſingular eſtates, of perſons, when we be all as beaſtes? Is not this a miſerable caſe among mē? Wherin differ they from beaſtes, which haue no remembraunce or féeling of God?
But here riſeth a queſtion. Wherefore he compareth men with beaſtes, whereas before he taught vs there was a religion and feare of God, and a life euerlaſting after this life. Which thing hath moſt troubled the expoſitours. The aunwere is ſhorte. The interpretours doe not here marke the ſcope and drift of the booke, neyther doe they remēber (which thing yet Salomon doth often repeate) that he ſpeaketh of the things vnder the Sunne, which in the newe Teſtament, and more commonly is ſayd, in ye world. For this booke maketh a difference betwen a godly life, & the life that is led in the world, or vnder the ſunne. To haue a chearefull hart, and to ioye in ye things that God géeueth vs, in the feare of god, is nothing of the worlde, but a gifte of God from heauen, and aboue the ſunne. But to be vexed with the care of worldely thynges, is a beaſtly ſtate and condition.
The ſtate (or faſhion) of the chil
dren of men.
IN the Hebrew toung this word is of a large ſignification, but as it is here
vſed, it ſignifieth a faſhion, māner, order, conuerſation, as in the Pſalme. 109. Thou art a Prieſt for euer, after the order, or faſhion of Melchiſedech. I thinke it ſignifieth properly a guiſe, or manner. The Epiſtle to the Hebrewes doth notably handle this worde of the Pſalme. For euen as Melchiſedech (ſaith he) had neither father nor mother &c: euen ſo and in like ſorte &c. It commeth of this worde Dabar, whiche is a thing or cauſe. It ſignifieth therfore a faſhion, or manner, ſo that the meanyng is: I conſidered in myne hart the mā
ner or faſhion of mans life. After what ſort men behaue them ſelues on earth. What ſucceſſe men haue in their doynges, and how they behaue them ſelues.
For the condition of the childre
̄ of men, and of beaſtes are all as one.
THat is the like things happen to mē, as doe vnto beaſtes. He meaneth mā paſſeth vp & down this life as the beaſtes doe, and getteth no more by his life, then doe the beaſtes.
As the beaſtes dye, ſo dye men.
HE ſpeaketh of the houre of death,The houre of death is vncertaine. not of the kinde. That is, as the houre of the beaſts death is vncerteine, ſo is the houre of mās. A beaſt knoweth not whē he ſhal fall ſicke or be whole, or when he ſhal dye, no more knoweth a man. Why therefore are we ſo proude? Since wee know no more when we ſhall dye, then doth the beaſt?
For they haue all one breath, and there is no excellency of ma
̄ aboue the beaſt. For all is vanitie. All goe to one place, & all was of the duſt, and all ſhall returne to the duſt.
THis place can not be wreſted to the mortalitie of the ſoule,It ſeemeth that men & beaſtes haue both one kinde of death, but there is yet a great difference: for ye ſoules are immortal, & the bodies of men ſhall be reuiued. becauſe he ſpeaketh of things vnder the ſunne. Certes the worlde can not perceaue, nor beleue that the ſoule is immortall. But if a man regarde the likenes that Salomō
ſpeaketh of, man dyeth lyke as the beaſt doth, & breatheth euen as the beaſt doth. In a kynde of likenes therfore we be all one. The Philoſophers reaſoned in déede of the immortalitie of the ſoule, but ſo coldly, that they may ſéeme to haue done nothyng but trifle, but Ariſtotle
chiefly ſo diſputeth of ye ſoule, that in all places hee taketh circumſpect héede that he reaſon not of the immortalitie therof, and would not expreſſe what his meanyng was. Plato reported rather what other men ſayd, then what him ſelfe thought. For the immortalitie therof cā be prooued by no reaſon of man, becauſe it is a thing beyond the ſunne, to beleue the ſoule is immortall. In the world it is not ſéene, nor vnderſtanded for a certeinty, that ye minde of mā is immortall.
All goe to one place &c.
All thyngs liuyng ſhall returne into duſt of ye earth.THat is, vnles the Lord gaue his ſpirite vnto man no man could ſay, that man differed any thyng from the beaſt. For man and beaſt are made both of one matter, of duſt, and returne agayne alſo into that duſt. And the returning agayne into the ſame thing or place, is an argument of likenes betwene man and beaſt. Not that it is ſo in déede, but becauſe the worlde according to the likenes falling out betwen them ſo ſuppoſeth, & can not ſuppoſe otherwiſe. Therefore to hold or beleue otherwiſe, is required an higher matter, then is the world.
Wherby he tryeth them.
THe Hebrew worde ſignifieth to purifie or chooſe. God ſayth he,Men in their miſeries are cō
forted with hope of eternall lyfe. ſuffreth both man and beaſt, all after one ſorte and faſhion to come into the world, and to goe out of the worlde. But this he ſuffreth to trye whether men will onely regarde theſe outward appearaunces, and be led with the argumentes of the wicked, & beleue none other thyng. The godly by theſe thinges are ſo exerciſed that their fayth is the more increaſed. They paſſe out of this world in déede, as doe the wicked and the beaſtes, but in their hart and ſpirite they are comforted and at quyet.
Who knoweth whether the ſpirite of man aſcende vpwarde, and the ſpirite of the beaſt deſcend down
ward vnto the earth?
TEll me plainely (ſaith he) of one mā,The vngodly doubte of the immortalitie of the ſoule. not of the godly, but of thoſe that are vnder the ſunne, or in the world, which can affirme that the ſoule ſhall liue after this life, conſidering he ſéeth the lyfe of mā and beaſt to differre in nothing. For aſſoone as their breath faileth them, they dye both. This no man knoweth. But in
that we know it, we know it not as mē, but as the ſonnes of God, and aboue the ſunne, as who haue our conuerſation in heauenly thinges, and belong vnto heauē. In the world this knowledge is not, neither is there any peace, but all things come to paſſe as with beaſtes. There were in Gréece moſt excellent wyttes, which yet neuer vttered any ſound learning touchyng this matter. Lucian a mā of a ſharpe and pleaſaunt wyt diſputeth earneſtly hereof, but ſcoffing onely at the Philoſophers opinions of the ſoule.
¶Therefore I ſee that there is no
thing better, then that a ma
̄ ſhould reioyſe in his affaires, becauſe that is his portion. For who ſhall bryng him to ſee, what ſhall be after him?
The opinion of godly men which beleeue the immortalitie of the ſoule.THis is the opinion of thoſe that be godly, for they haue taken holde of this doctrine. The vngodly are vexed with the likenes and ſimilitude betwene vs and beaſtes, and can finde nothing but vanity in their trauels. For this doctrine they neither know, nor beleeue, for reaſon can not perſuade it them. And by this place is all the whole heape of Philoſophers
conuinced, gathering many things together touching the immortalitie of ye ſoule, which they beleue not. This therfore is the portion of the godly, to enioy the things preſēt, and not to be troubled with things to come. But this commeth not to paſſe vnder the ſunne. They that doe otherwiſe clogge them ſelues with double incommoditie, they enioy not the thinges preſent, nor attaine not to the thinges to come, and it happeneth vnto them as vnto Aeſopes dog, that ſnatched at the ſhadow, & loſt his meate. So theſe men loth the thinges preſent, and ſéeke for other thinges. Thus hetherto Salomō
hath diſcourſed moſt in generalities of ye vanities of this worlde: now follow certein particulars.
The fourth Chapiter.
So I turned and conſidered all the oppreſsions that are wrought vn
der the ſunne: & behold, the teares of the oppreſſed, and none co
̄for
teth them, nor deliuered them out of the ha
̄des of their oppreſſours, to comfort them.
A cōplainte of the miſerie of mans lyfe from which wt
out ye helpe of God, hee can not be deliuered.
HEtherto Salomon hath rekoned the vaine deuiſes of men. By reaſon that God hindreth and letteth them, namely how thoſe things onely, which God doth and appointeth, atteine & come to their end, and can not be letted or hindred. Now henceforth he rekoneth the impedimēts of mens deuiſes, that is, the meanes and cauſes, whereby God vſeth to reuoke vs from our counſels and deuiſes, compelling vs to vſe thoſe thinges that we preſētly haue. I ſaw (ſayth he) that neither Princes nor Magiſtrates are hable to take awaye violence and iniurie from among men, yea God ſetteth naughty diſpoſed mē in their way, from whom they can not be deliuered. Dauid beyng a very good prince minded to profite and doe good to the commō weale, but Ioab and Abſolon did hinder & let him.Sclander, or reproche. He went about to make Ioab out of the way, but he was not able. Thus haue Princes their hinderers and diſturbers, whō yet they are compelled to ſuffer, and by whō God hindreth the deuiſes of the wiſe. I ſaw alſo how Iudges were corrupted & bribed,Oppreſſion of good mē. and how tyrantes oppreſſed the
widowes, and fatherles children &c. And ſurely greater is the violence and fearcenes of man, then any man is able to rule and correct, but God alone.
Wherefore I prayſed thoſe that are dead, aboue thoſe that are lyuyng, and I cou
̄ted him that yet was vn
borne better then them both. For he hath not ſeene the euill workes that are wrought vnder the ſunne.
HEre againe theſe fine witted mē diſpute,If ye godly had no conſolatiō, it were better not to be borne, then to lyue in ſo great miſerie. as though Salomon ſpoke like an vngodly man, that preferred the dead before the liuing. Albeit Auguſtine treating of ye place of S. Iohn: (It had been better for that man that he had neuer beene borne.) ſayth: It were better for a man to be in euill caſe, then to haue no being at all. Howbeit theſe men deale ſophiſtically. Damned & myſerable creatures thus thinke and iudge, as Salomon here ſayth: For vndoubtedly, they had rather not to be at all, then to be continually ſo tormented, and thys in déede were better for them. Therfore Salomon ſayth well in this place. If we conſider the miſeries & afflictions of mē,
and haue reſpect onely to this life, we ſhall praiſe the dead, rather then the lyuing. A man were better to be dead, then to ſée ſo great miſery and calamitie. He ſpeaketh nothing of ye iudgemēt to come, but of thinges done vnder the Sunne: where it is better not to be, then to ſée ſuch afflictions of men. Which thing alſo the Gentiles perceaued: which affirmed, that it was the best thing not to be borne, or being once borne, ſhortly to die. Therefore this place is to be vnderſtāded plainly by way of compariſon.
Alſo I beheld all trauayle and per
fectio
̄ of workes, that is in the en
uie of a ma
̄ againſt his neighbour: This alſo is a vanitie and vexation of the mynde.
An other kynde of mans miſery, enuie, hatred, cō
tention, vſed in this lyfe.HEre is another kynde of calamitie & impediment of mans deuiſes: Euen as among great men, and men of power raigne ſclaundering and oppreſſing. &c. So among the commōs is there nothing but enuy, emulation and hatred. &c.
Looke vpon the comminaltie, and conſider the artificers, there thou ſhalt finde how euill diſpoſed they are, what naughtines,
fraude, deceite, and backbiting is among them, and how they hate, and enuye one another to the death. If a man be cunning in any thing he is hated, and hath enemies. He that is a good workemā hath an hundred that hate hym: whereby it commeth to paſſe as the Poet ſaith, that the potter enuieth the potter, the Smith, the Smith, and the Poet the Poet. This is the caſe and courſe of all Artificers. Imagine there were one that woulde learne ſome craft or occupation,Men muſt not leaue their vocatiō becauſe of the euill will, or vnthākfulnes of others. wherby to get his liuing in tyme to come. If he ſhould learne it ſo exactely that he ſhould paſſe other therein, then would other a great many enuy and hate hym. What then: Shoulde he leaue of? Shoulde he learne nothing? No. But labour ſtyll to his power, and commit his worke vnto God. What ſhall we doe at our ſtudye and bookes? Shall we geue ouer, becauſe our Schollers perceaue not this, or that thyng? or becauſe learned men are deſpiſed? No: goe forward with that thou haſt in hand. Waite ſtill for the houre. For thou knoweſt it is well done to teach other. Regarde not therfore the worlde, or thine owne deuiſes: Whereto ſoeuer
thou applieſt thy ſelfe, thou ſhalt finde troubles.
We muſt follow our vocatiō although mē enuye, or hate vs.We thought in theſe dayes, to haue done many good by meanes of the Goſpell, and hoped that all men would haue embraced it, but euen they whom wée benefited, in deliuering them from the Popes tyranny, doe foulely bewray vs, and they at whoſe handes we looked for ayde and helpe, treade vs vnder theyr feete. What ſhall we now doe? Shal we take indignation thereat? Shal we ceaſe of from all our doing? No. Let them enuie, deſpiſe and perſecute: we will holde on as long as we are able, teaching, labouring, writing, learning, for ſo is gods will we ſhould. For without enuye, no man that meaneth well to doe, ſhal lyue in this world. We muſt not appoint the tyme when our trauell ſhall doe good. Let God alone therewith. Onely, ſée thou labour, and doe that God appoynteth thée. And thinke not that thou art able to redreſſe all thynges, to ſée that all Officers be good, and all Artificers and craftes men at peace and vnitie. Thus therefore he ſayth:
I ſaw the induſtrie and perfection
that is in workemen.
THat is,Warninges and comforted Euangelicall. I ſawe men well framed & diſpoſed to their duties and occupations, but they coulde bring nothing to paſſe according to their deſires, becauſe it was not in their power, the hatred of their neighbours was ſuch an hindrance to them. Therfore theſe be playnely admonitions and comfortes of the Goſpell, which call vs frō the eares of this world. For many are the heapes of mans vanitie and miſerie, and euery where at hand. When I firſt began to preach, I trauelled diligently to make all mē good, but it was ſayd to me, and that truely: he is to yong as yet to teach olde knaues to become honeſt men.
The ſame falleth out in all other profeſſions. This euill beſtyrreth it ſelfe in euery kinde of lyfe. The beſt is therfore to enioy the thinges we haue, and to goe forward with that we haue in hand, and to let euill paſſe by vs. And ſo ſhall we delude the worlde.
To be ſhort, he that will liue quietly,How a mā may lyue. muſt thinke with himſelfe, that he ſhall ſée nothing in the world but vanitie, and thē ſhal it not greue him, if any euil happen,
& he ſhall reioyce in thoſe goods that God hath geuē him. And if yu be driuen to ſuch neceſſitie yt thou art cōpelled to prouide for thy ſelfe, doe that is lawfull for thée, and then let God doe what pleaſeth him. But if thou wilt wittingly geue thy ſelfe vnto the worlde,All things can not be redreſſed. to correcte all that is amiſſe, and to remedy all incōuiences, and wilt driue Satan out of the worlde: thou ſhalt procure thy ſelfe trauell and ſorrow, and nought els, and ſhalt as little preuaile, as if thou wouldeſt goe about to ſtoppe the courſe of the riuer Albis from flowing. The affayres of thys world will not nor can not be gouerned at mās pleaſure, but he yt made them all, the ſame ruleth thē alſo as he ſéeth good.
This alſo is a vanitie and vexation of ſpirite.
IF for example thou wouldeſt remedye this enuie, and ſuch like euils. Let them enuie one another, lette and hynder one another, deale vniuſtly one with another: if God meane to vſe thy helpe and counſell, he will doe it in his tyme and place: waite thou for that. Euen ſo now, if it pleaſe him to preſerue ſtudies and ſchooles, he knoweth the tyme and perſons
by whom to doe it. They whome we thinke fitte for this purpoſe, be many tymes moſt vnhandſome and vnfitte.
The foole foldeth his handes, and eateth vp his owne fleſhe.
A Foole in this place ſignifieth not (as we commonly vnderſtand it) a dyſſarde or natural,Whom Salomon calleth fooles. but a wicked man and a naughty, whom in the Dutch toung we call, a lewde vngodly perſon: ſuch as are thoſe enuious bodyes, who beyng not able to doe any thing themſelues, doe yet diſturbe and hinder other. Such men being of no accompt themſelues, and without wit and induſtrie, doe no good whyle they liue, but be greeuous vnto others. Euen like thoſe yt teach or learne naughtely, fooliſhe and vnlearned preachers: ſo are there among artificers, ſuch drones, as we call pelters or counterfectours, which onely be impedimentes to other, and can doe no good them ſelues. Such there are among the magiſtrates, hynderers of the common weale, ſo that they moſt diſturbe the common weale, good ſtudies, and other vertuouſnes, who we hoped woulde moſt haue furthered the
ſame. So many fooliſhe preachers more hynder the Goſpell, then the profeſſed enemies of the ſame.
¶The foole therefore foldeth hys handes.
HE is no earneſt labourer, no wakefull perſon, but a ſluggard and ſleper, which careth not for his labour, but hindreth contemneth, and backbiteth other. This is to fold the hands: to doe nought him ſelfe, but to hinder and let other. The like phraſe is in the vj. of the Prouerbes. Fold thy handes, and pouertie ſhall come on thee as one that trauelleth by the waye.
To folde the handes together, a ſigne of ſome euill lucke. Hereof it ſéemeth to come that Pliny ſaith: It bodeth ſome euill lucke to fold the handes together, which was very well ſayd of them but not vnderſtanded. Contrarywiſe of a diligent and good houſewife it is ſayd: Her handes layd hold on the ſpyndle, that is, She doth earneſtly meane it. Such fooliſh and naughty men doth God raiſe vp to hinder and let our deuiſes.
He eateth his owne fleſh.
AGaine this is an Hebrew phraſe, for he conſumeth him ſelfe. The like is
in Hiob.
To eate ones owne fleſh, is to vexe hym ſelfe.
I teare my fleſhe with my teeth. This he meaneth. Such fooliſhe men profite not them ſelues, but hurt & withſtand other men. He enuyeth at other men, and fretteth him ſelfe awaye. Such a man in a common weale is lyke vnto ruſt and wormes, hurtfull both to him ſelfe and to other. And therefore do they likewiſe continue as patches.
¶Better is one handful with quiet
nes, then two handes full with la
bour and vexation of mynde.
THis may be vnderſtode to be ſpoken either of the foole by way of imitation,Men muſt be content wt meane eſtate. or els plainely and by way of affirmatiō of Salomon. If by way of imitation thē muſt it be taken as a wiſe counſell of a fooliſh man, which abuſeth a very good ſaying, after his doltiſh ſorte, as ſuch as he is vſed to doe. As if he ſhould ſay: why ſhould I take ſuch paynes, as doth this mā, wearyeng and toyling him ſelfe with ſuch labour and trauell? Why ſhould I weare my ſelfe away? I ſhal receaue aſmuch as an other, ſo excuſing his ſlouthfulnes, as a certeine Monke ſayd, affirming there was no reaſon why he
ſhould conſume him ſelfe awaye by ſtudying, conſidering he receaued as large a portion as the Doctour. Amongeſt ſuch felowes we haue to liue, although they be intollerable euen as when we are cō
ſtrayned to walke thorough woodes and thickettes, where we muſt ſtriue to get out, although the brambles and thornes ſtay and hinder vs neuer ſo much. For this worlde is nothyng but thornes. If thou wilt take them affirmatiuely as the wordes & counſel of Salomon, which ſence pleaſeth me beſt, then this is the meaning. Seyng in all affaires there be lettes & impedimentes, what ſhal a man doe? Freat not thy ſelfe, though ſuch fooles hinder thée. And if the foole will fret him ſelfe, yet hold thou on in thy labour, and enioye that thou haſt gotten mearily. If thou cāſt not haue both thine handes full, take in good part that God giueth thée, though it be but an handfull. And although thy gaine be but ſmall, yet content thy ſelfe, and liue chearefully therewith.
I turned my ſelfe, and ſaw an other vanitie vnder the Sunne. There is one alone, and not a ſecond, which
hath neither ſonne nor brother: yet is there no ende of his trauell, neyther can his eyes bee ſatiſfied with riches, nether doth he thinke, for whom doe I trauell, & defraude my ſelfe of pleaſure? This alſo is va
nitie, and an euill trauell.
SAlomon goeth on,The couetous are reprooued. in reckonyng the cares that follow the vanities of men, among the which he accompteth this couetous Euclio, which gathereth & hourdeth vp heapes, and yet can enioy none. All the worlde for the moſt part is entāgled with this vice. All men ſéeke that is their owne, and prouide for the belly, yet chiefely he reprehendeth ſuch as breake their braynes to enriche themſelues, and onely gather for others, neither abydyng a tyme to get them, neither to enioy thē.
There is one alone. &c.
THis vice the Poets alſo condenme, and worthely deride in their fables. For the couetous man enioyeth not hys golde, he onely looketh on it, and yet his eyes are not ſatiſfied, euen as the Poets fayne of Tantalus. For thus wryteth Horace:
The thirstie Tantalus doth ſtande, in water vp to chinne:
And faine woulde of the Riuer drinke, that glydeth by full thynne.
Laugh not (I ſay) for chaunge the name, and then the tale is tolde:
Of thee that heapſt and ſleepſt vppon, thy bagges of gathered golde.
Or as a man that feares to touch, ſome holy thyng, art fayne,
To looke and gape vppon thy golde, or els from it refraine.
It is better therefore there be two then one, for of their labour com
meth ſome profite. For if one fall, his fellow will lift him vp. Wo vnto him that is alone. For when he fal
leth there is none to lift hym vp. And whe
̄ two ſleepe together, they ſhall one warme an other. But how ſhal one becom whot. And though one may ouercome one, yet two may make reſiſtaunce: a threefolde corde is not eaſely broken.
THis is the counſel of Salomon commendyng ſocietie and fellowſhyp of goodes, and commaundyng vs to vſe
things preſent,A commē
dation of cōmunitie of goodes, for goodnes will communicate it ſelfe. and not to labour for our ſelues onely, but for others behoofe alſo. Fellowſhyp is profitable for the preſeruatiō of goodes. The couetous body will haue no partener or fellow and condemneth the communitie of goods gathering to him ſelfe onely, beyng a very dogge at the hey ſtacke. Theſe ſolitary perſons, and ſcrapers, no men but beaſtes, Salomon in this place condemneth. It is better ſaith he to liue in ſocietie and fellowſhip of goodes, for if one fall. &c.
This place they racked to ſinne and confeſſion,The deprauyng of this place. thus vnderſtanding and expounding this text. If any mā had fallen in ſinne, and had had no holy mā to haue made his confeſſion to, he had not béene able to haue riſen into the way of grace and godlines. Howbeit we haue declared that Salomon ſpeaketh of the courſe of mans life vnder the ſunne, agaynſt mās vayne vexing of him ſelfe. For he commendeth the ſocietie and fellowſhyp of mā in enioyeng their goodes, agaynſt the ſolitary life of the couetous. This is that he ſayth. The couetous mā profiteth neither him ſelfe, nor other. No man féeleth any commoditie by him, as he that liueth
not with any man, but kéepeth his goodes onely to him ſelfe, yea in hauyng them, hath them not. But who ſo leadeth not his life in ſuch ſolitary wiſe, of him commeth ſome commoditie, beyng profitable to him ſelfe, and receauing cō
moditie of others. For this ſocietie maketh to the preſeruyng and encreaſing of goodes. This is it, that he afterward addeth: hee hath none to helpe him. Agayne: how ſhall one become warme? He hath no helpe, no counſell, no comfort in affliction. What hath he when he alone gathereth for him ſelfe? he is onely a beholder of his money, as it were of ſome painted table.
¶ A threefolde corde is not eaſely broken.
Cōmunion of benefites is a band of humane cōſolation.HE entermedleth a feate Prouerbe, as he doth oftentimes hereafter, and that according to the manner of a good preacher. The meaning is, It is better to haue fellowes, and to enioye thinges in commune, then to be a couetous body, ſolitary, rapyng and reuyng onely for him ſelfe. In fellowſhip there is mutual helpe, ayde and comforte, where the couetous
mans life is miſerable, vayne & full of affliction, beyng at length compelled to dye like a miſer. This thing he cō
firmeth by a Prouerbe, borowed as it may ſeeme hereof. A certaine wiſe father ready to depart this worlde, called hys ſonnes vnto hym, deliueryng them a bundle of roddes to breake, which when they could not breake, beyng bounde faſt together, yet being taken in ſunder, they brake. Therby teaching his ſonnes, that their force and power ſhould be inuincible as long as they liued in vnitie together, and would one helpe an other. For thorough concorde ſmall thinges would grow & encreaſe, where through diſcorde they would loſe and fall in ſunder.
Better is a poore and wiſe childe, the
̄ an old and fooliſh kyng, which will no more be admoniſhed.
HEre is an other kynde of lyfe after theſe couetous perſons and vnprofitable to others.He reprehendeth ambition. Euen as he ſayd there was vanitie in couetouſnes, ſo now he ſaith there is the ſame in ambition. For many are borne to be kinges, and yet remaine not ſo. Many come out of the priſon
and become kinges and richmen. Other forgoe their kingdomes and become ſeruaunts, becauſe we ſhould know, that our deuiſes are nothing. Our counſell, our endeuour doth nothyng. Therefore ſome of captiues become kinges, and gouerne well, becauſe God proſpereth thē, and ſome that be borne kynges gouerne naughtely. I haue ſéene many children godlyly brought vp, and very well inſtructed, whiche when their tutor hath béene gone, and they come to their inheritaunce, haue prooued very vngracious and wicked graftes. And other without any education and inſtructiō haue made good men, what then? Shall we neglect our childrē? Shall we not inſtruct them? Shall we ſet all at ſix and ſeuen? No.
Labour is cōmaunded but care forbidden.This booke ſéemeth vtterly to teach vs negligence & ſlacknes in thynges, but it doth nothyng leſſe. It teacheth vs in déede to ſet naught by our owne deuiſes, and cares, wherewith we trouble & vexe our minde. So while the Goſpell reiecteth the righteouſnes of workes, it ſetteth not our hand at liberty, but our conſcience, becauſe God hath commaunded the worke, but forbiddē the care. So our
children muſt be inſtructed, but touching their profite therein the care muſt be cō
mitted to God. Euen as the huſbandmā muſt ſow his ſéede, but commit the care of his crop vnto God. Euen as God by his law that he gaue this people, omitted nothing that might belong to the gouerning of them, although it tooke not ſuch effect as it ought, and fell out euill wt a great many: ſo muſt the Magiſtrate haue a diligēt care, that the cōmon weale may be well gouerned, and defended, but yet not truſt to his owne induſtrie and counſell. He muſt do his diligence and take paynes &c. But he muſt put away cares and vexation of mynde. For we muſt not preſcribe God any meanes, place, or tyme. As the huſbandman throweth his ſéede into the grounde, afterwarde he goeth his way, and taketh hys reſt, nothing carefull for the encreaſe, for els he ſhould neuer haue any reſt. Therfore let no man thinke that Salomon cō
dēneth mēs labour. He forbiddeth cares & anxieties, but labour he requireth.
For out of the priſon he commeth forth to reigne, where he that is borne a kyng loſeth the ſame.
The affayres of man paſſe wōderfully and are not ruled by our deuiſes.THis ſaying agréeth with the premiſſes in this wyſe: therfore is a wyſe childe better then an olde foole, becauſe many tymes it cōmeth to paſſe, that ſome commeth out of the priſon to a kingdome, & ſome other of kings fal to be ignominius and fooliſh, as Manaſſe, Zedechias. But contrariwyſe Ioſeph being deliuered out of priſon, became ye chief ruler in Aegipt. And in our dayes Matthias kyng of Hū
gary being brought out of the priſon was made a mighty kyng. Such thynges many tymes come to paſſe in the world, as the Romaine hiſtories declare. Valerianus none of the worſt Emperours, being taken priſoner, ſerued for a ſtoole to the kyng of Perſia to get on horſebacke by all the dayes of his life. How happened it ſo vnto him? Becauſe his houre appointed of God was come. Wherfore then take we ſuch cares: Sufficient to the day, is the care and trauel therof.
The education of a kyng.Therefore a kynges ſonne muſt be enfourmed, and brought vp like a kyng, but to preſcribe him what he ſhall doe in tyme to come, and how good a kyng he ſhall be, is but an afflicting of the minde. This muſt be committed vnto the determination
and will of God, and we muſt ſay: Lord God I enſtruct and teach thys childe in déede, but make thou hym a kyng, at thy will and pleaſure.
I beheld all the lyuing which walke vnder the Sunne, with the ſeconde childe, which ſhall ſtand vp in hys place. There is none ende of all the people, and of all that were before them, & they that come after ſhall ſhall not reioyce in hym. This is al
ſo vanitie and vexation of ſpirit.
SAlomon calleth the lyuing, thoſe that lyue gorgiouſly, and as though they ſought for no other lyfe, but that ye world had béene created for their ſake onely, as the Gallaunts of the court vſe to doe. He cōtinueth in the example of a kings education, whether it be to gouerne at home, or in the fielde. Education (ſayth he) is a good thing, but mans will & ſtudie bringeth not to paſſe that he would. The deuiſes of education are deceitfull, the trauell is neceſſary, but the ſucceſſe and care oftentimes beguileth vs.Our deuiſes deceaue vs. Therfore he teacheth vs that our deuiſes are vayne. For if care and counſell deceaue vs in a kings
education, how much more wyll it deceaue in education of the cōmons, where is leſſe care, and ſlenderer education.
That he ſayth the liuing, or all ye ſtates vnder the Sunne, kéepe company wyth the ſecond childe, he meaneth not all ſimply, but the moſt part of the kingdome: ſo that the ſence is, all the company that be about the kyng, waite and attende vppon the kinges ſonne his becke. Euery one cleaueth vnto him, hauing cōceaued ſome great hope of him. For this younge Prince is the ſecond youth or ſpringall, which ſtandeth in ſtéede of another king, that is, which ſhall be kyng, and ſucceede in the kyngdome after his Father: Before whome, and behinde whom is there a great company of people, that is to ſay, he is waited on with a great multitude of people behinde & before, garding him, as though he were kyng. There is a great hope in this young man, that he ſhould paſſe his father in power and authoritie. All mē déemed and iudged very well of him, and yet they reioyced not in him. Why ſo? Becauſe he aunſwered not their expectation, becauſe he prooued ſuch a foole and dullard, accordyng to the prouerbe,
ſaying: eyther a king, or a foole borne.
Thus Nero in great hope and ioye of the people was made kyng,Nero. in ſo much as the firſt fiue yeares of his raigne is of great fame and renowne. But the yeares after prooued moſt vnlyke.Heliogabalus. Cōmodus. So Heliogabalus and Commodus alſo were choſē Princes and Emperours, wyth great expectation of the people that they woulde be good men, but they deceaued all men of their hope and looking. For one of thē degenerated into a moſt filthy man, yea into a beaſt, rather then a man: the other fell out to be moſt incommodious, and ye third prooued Nero.
Good princes are rare & ſeldeom. Wherefore a good Prince is a moſt rare Phoenix. For mēs counſels are deceaueable, in ſo much that he of whom we conceaued many tymes ſome ſingular hope, him we moſt repent vs of. So Roboam,
Roboam did degenerate. the ſonne of a moſt wiſe father, of whom ſurely ye people cō
ceaued a very good hope, as one brought vp godlyly vnder his father: yet prooued he moſt vnlike to his father. If therfore mens counſels ſo faile in the hyeſt degrée of lyfe, they will much more fayle in the life of priuate perſons, in thy houſe, in thine office &c. For euen there alſo thou
ſhalt haue thy childe eyther an artificer, and workeman, or a foole. &c.
In déede he ſpeaketh of kynges, for in honorable perſonages are honorable exploytes and déedes, that is, ſuch as are apparaunt. The déedes of priuate perſōs commonly are eyther neglected, or leſſe obſerued and marked: but according to the Duch prouerbe, A wiſe man committeth no ſmall follie. If a Commonner offende, or committe ſome fooliſhe facte, it is not much regarded. Otherwiſe, ye ſtate and condition of priuate men and kings is all like.
Labour & endeuour are not condemned, but mens owne deuiſe and carefulnes.Therfore Salomon condemneth not the paines taken in education of a kyng, in enriching of a childe, in gouerning of a familie and houſholde, but our deuiſes, whereby we will rule and order all the matter. He commaūdeth the worke, but he forbiddeth thée the care. Trauell thou inſtantly, but committe the ſucceſſe and effecte to God. Remember the example of the king diligently brought vp and enfourmed, & yet altered, that thou mayſt know how thynges goe not by our deuiſes and endeuours, but by the will of God, which hath appointed a tyme and
ſeaſon for euery thing, out of the which nothing can at any tyme ſucceede. Therfore if he aunſwere to his education, thankes muſt be geuen vnto God, not to our ſtudie and care, but vnto Gods bleſſing. If our corne grow well, we haue to thanke God for it, not our ſelues. For how is man able to defende his corne eyther from byrdes, or beaſtes, or wormes, or from the enuy of Satan. Therefore it lyeth not in our care and carke, but in the fauour and bleſſing of God, to the ende we ſhould thanke him onely, which worketh all in all, according to his good will and pleaſure. So falleth it out in the education of our children. If thou haſt a good childe, ſay the Lord hath geuen him and brought it ſo to paſſe: If not, ſay, this is the proofe and ſtate of mans life, I did my diligēce, the Lord would not haue it ſo: hys name be bleſſed.
The fifth Chapter.
Take heede to thy foote, whe
̄ thou entreſt into the houſe of God, and draw nere to heare: for that is bet
ter then the Sacrifices of fooles,
for they know not how much hurt they doe.
The abuſe of this booke.
HEre doe I beginne the fifth Chapiter, for it is a new place. By reading this booke, it happeneth to the vnwiſe, as vnto the vngodly, through the preaching of the Goſpell. For when theſe men heare the righteouſnes of fayth and Chriſtian libertie preached, and the righteouſnes of workes denyed, by and by they reply: let vs then doe no workes, but let vs ſinne on ſtill, for faith is ſufficient. Contrariwyſe, if workes be preached as fruits of fayth, ſtraightway they attribute iuſtification to them, & ſéeke ſaluation in them. So alway theſe two thinges follow the worde of God, preſumption and deſperation, ſo that it is an hard matter to holde the right way. The lyke falleth out by this booke. The vnwyſe when they heare this doctrine, that we ought to be quyet in hart and mynde, and to committe all vnto God, inferre thus: If all thinges be in Gods hand and power, then will we not labour at all. Euen as the other offende on the other ſide, in being too carefull,
while they will moderate and rule all things after their owne meaſure & deuiſe. But we muſt all holde the ſtrayght way to doe our diligence, and what we are able, according to the worde of God, but not to meaſure our doinges after our owne deuiſe, but to commit all the ſucceſſe of our doinges to Gods wiſdome.
It ſeemeth to me therefore, that Salomon in this place vſeth a kynde of preuention, and wholeſome exhortation to them that walke not in the right way, but either are too remiſſe & ſlacke of theyr labour, or els too carefull, counſelling them to be ruled by the worde of God, and yet in ye meane ſeaſon to take paines and doe their endeuour diligently.
Take heede to thy foote, whe
̄ thou entreſt into the houſe of God.
THe temple or houſe of God was ordeined not ſo much for ſacrificyng,Why churches and aſſemblies of people were inſtituted. as for preachyng, that the people of God might méete together, to heare the word of God. As a Prince calleth his houſe together, not onely to eate and drinke, but to heare his word &c. Therefore where the word of God is not heard there is no
aſſembly of Gods people or houſe.Why he biddeth thē to looke to their feete. He commaūdeth them to take héede to their féete rather then their hart, to the ende, they ſhould not be offended when they heare this doctrine, as Dauid ſaith in the Pſalme: My feete were almoſt gone. For after the worde of God, whether it treate of peace of conſcience, or outward peace, followeth offence. For it is that ſigne that ſhall be ſpoken againſt, for the fall and riſing agayne of many. Euen as Chriſt ſaith: Bleſſed is hee whiche is not offended at me. To be ſhort, the word of God is offence and fooliſhnes to the fleſh.Our doings & deuiſes muſt be ruled by the word of God. Thus he ſaith therfore: Thou heareſt when I teach thée, but take héede thou be not offended, or make my teachyng a ſtumblyng blocke to thée: that when thou heareſt, a man ſhould quyet his mynde, and that his deuiſes be in vayne, thou ſay not, then will not I labour at all, or thinke then thou haſt nothing to doe. Or contrarywiſe, that thou be not ouer carefull, and wouldeſt gouerne and rule all thyng after thine own reaſon. Mans cares, diſputations, and counſels, are as vneffectual as Plato his policie or common weale. But if thou
wilt auoyde all offences, geue thy ſelfe to the word of God, and to his workyng, and caſt thyne owne deuiſes and cogitations away. Open thine eares and bee perſuaded. Draw neare to harken. For in no wayes neither of Gods nor mans can we be in ſafetie, onles we giue ouer our ſelues wholly to the word and workyng of God, and ſtay vs therupon without any waueryng of mynde.
For this is better then the ſacrifices of fooles.
THis is added by way of a Prouerbe,To harken to ye worde of God, is better then the ſacrifices of fooles. to confirme this ſentence. It is better to harken to ye worde of God, then all the ſacrifices and worſhippings of fooles. This he ſaith, becauſe he would extoll hearing and obeyeng of the word, aboue all workes. For it is méeteſt of all, that we ſhould harken to the counſell of our God, as often as we come into the houſe of God. The wicked tyre and werye thē ſelues in their workes, forſakyng the counſell of God.Who be fooles. And here mayſt thou ſée what a foole ſignifieth with ye Hebrewes, not him that we call a dyſarde, but him that harkeneth not to the worde of God,
or beleueth it not with his hart, although otherwiſe he be neuer ſo prudēt, becauſe ſuch men know not God, neither the thinges belongyng to God, much leſſe care they for them, but are vexed and caryed about with cares, caryng for that is not worthy to be cared for. Their care is how to doe ſacrifice. But lay thou holde on the beſt part: harken to the worde of God, and beware thou be not offended at it.
For they know not how much hurt they doe.
Hypocrites know not how much hurte they doe.BY theſe wordes he expoundeth what fooles are. For ſurely there is no mā ſo euill, which would commit euill, if he knew it were euill in Gods ſight. Therfore he calleth thoſe fooles, ignorauntes, and blinde, which doe many thynges as though they were good, and with great earneſtnes, but yet are ignoraunt that theſe ſacrifices which they ſo buſily make are vtterly impious. Thus Chriſt calleth the Phariſeis blinde, which vſed to offer many ſacrifices, and to weary them ſelues in workes, but neglected faith and charitie, yea knew them not, calling that
good that was euill, and ſo contraryly. Truly therfore doth Salomon call them fooles.
Here thou ſéeſt that the higheſt,The fooliſhenes of hypocrites. and chiefeſt pointe in religion is called, euill. For he ſpeaketh of ſacrifice whiche they made with great good intent and earneſtnes, becauſe they did it, and regarded not the word of God. Abyde therfore in the worde, leaſt thou neglect the ſame, and follow thine owne wayes, and fall into ye ſacrifices of fooles, as they did which vowed chaſtitie, pouertie, obedience, and ſuch lyke, neglecting the worde of God. All theſe in this doing were offended, and their féete ſlipped.
Be not raſhe with thy mouth, nor let thyne hart be haſtye, to vtter a thing before God: for God is in heauen, and thou art on the earth. Therefore let thy wordes be fewe, for many cares breede dreames, and multitude of wordes decla
reth a foole.
THis is one parte of them which are offēded, and decline to ye right hand,He warneth vs to auoyde offences. which to much weary them ſelues and
reaſon of goddes counſelles. Euen as other ſay, if we ſhould doo nothing but only beleue, then let vs doo no workes: ſo theſe men ſay, if our counſelles be of no force, then what ſhall we doo? wherfore did God make vs on this wiſe? wherfore geueth he one man good ſucceſſe, and another none? Salomon therefore counſelleth vs in this place not to yelde to ſuch cogitations, or to follow ſuch diſputers, but to abyde in the woorde, and to doo yt God preſcribeth vs. Neither to regarde the ones ouermuch carefulnes, nor the others ouer greate negligēce, but to hold on in the ſtraight and high waye.
Before God.
THat is, in the houſe of God, in this place where God is woorſhipped & preached, there be not to haſty to ſpeak, that is, become not a teacher, but ſuffer thy ſelfe to be taught. The wicked after they haue heard the woorde, doo by & by barke and murmure at it, ſome on the left hand, other ſome on the right, both of thē being ſwift to ſpeake before God, while they will place their doctrines in
ſteede of Gods. Therfore follow not y• neither thine owne, nor their woordes, but harkē what ye Lord ſayth, as Iames teacheth thee: Be not many maiſters. The meaning is,The onely ſonne of God is to be followed as our teacher, & nothing muſt be taught contrary to Gods worde. be not a maſter of thy ſelfe, or of other, neyther harken to thy ſelfe, or to other, but onely to the woord of God. For one is your Maiſter and teacher which is Chriſt, who is in heauen, heare him.
Dreaming commeth through mul
titude of cares.
THeſe be two prouerbes which he applyeth to his ſaying:Oſtentatiō of wiſdome & ouermuch that reprehended. for it cometh to paſſe that where many cares and cogitations go before in the daye, that dyuers dreames follow in the night, euen by the iudgement of the Phiſitions. This generall prouerbe, thus he applyeth: If thou reaſon & be carefully buſied in thy minde how to order thinges, and wilt take care for all matters, there will enſue nothing but dreames, which will delude thee when thou art waked, that is at length thou ſhalt conclude but vayne matters. 1. Timoth. Knowing not what they
ſay, nor whereof they affirme. So where we & others appoint many ways, yet none of thē is followed, much more when we preferre our cogitations and counſelles before the word of God.
And multitude of wordes bewray
eth a foole.
THat is to diſpute of dyuers matters, to be to wiſe in our owne opinions, to teach and preſcribe all men argueth a foole. Therby is a foole to be knowen when he will ſeeme to be wiſe. Ouerhaſty wyſedome and righteouſnes commeth neuer to perfection as one ſayd: I hate that boy that is wiſe to ſoone. This therfore is his counſell, that we ſhould not be ſo ready to diſpute and reaſon, as to harken and doo. And this text might haue bene cōcluded in two words: Heare, and holde thy peace. For he that can geue good eare, we ſay in our Dutch prouerbe he will be a wiſe man. And he that with many wordes & much diſputing, wil ſéeme to redreſſe matters, is a foole, and ſetteth thinges the more backeward. Theſe are therefore notable prouerbes, for manners, and which may
be ſpoken agaynſt thoſe, which through their owne deuiſes will get their lyuing or which through their workes will preſcribe God a rule &c. Euen as Iudas calleth them dreamers, which will order & appoint the Church without the worde of God.
For God is in heauen, but thou art on the earth.
THat is remember thy ſtate or condition.God muſt be heard & obeyed. The greate maieſtie of God is in heauen, thou art but a worme on the earth. Thou muſt not talke of Goddes workes after thine owne iudgement, let God rather ſpeake: diſpute not of Gods Counſelles, nor goe not about to bringe thine own matters to paſſe through thine owne counſels. It is God alone that can diſpoſe, and bring all matters to paſſe, for he is in heauen. All this we thus expreſſe in the Germaine toung: fewe wordes, holde thy toung. Thou ſhalt appoint God no rule. Theſe men therfore offend on the left hand, which will not heare the word of God, but they will helpe matters to goe forward, and teach God what he hath to doe. Theſe men he thus beateth
downe: Heare, and holde your peace, and doe that which God commaundeth & appointeth you, which if you will not doe, you ſhall offende, and ſo become a dreamer and a foole.
When thou haſt vowed a vowe vn
to God, differre not to pay it, for he delighteth not in fooles. Paye therfore that thou haſt vowed. It is better that thou voweſt not, the
̄ to vow, and not perfourme.
The doctrine of vowing.THis place is greatly toſſed in the Church and kyngdome of the Pope, as the onely foundation whereon they buylde and ſet vp their Monkiſh vowes. We diſpute not whether vowes are to be perfourmed or not, but whether the vowes which they vaunte of, be vowes, yea,What things may be vowed. or no. Hierome and Lyra agrée both in this, that a vow ought to be ſuch as is poſſible for vs to perfourme, and concerneth the glory of God. This they call a fooliſhe vowe, to gather vp ſtrawes from the grounde, and to claw the head wyth one finger. And Moſes reciteth diuers kyndes of vowes, and what thyngs may be vowed, namely a fielde, an houſe,
meate, cloth, our owne bodye, all which are in our power. Thus the Iewes vowed their lyfe and body to the Prieſtes, to ſerue them for a certain time appointed. Furthermore,The vowes of the olde teſtament.
Moſes hath no perpetuall vowe, but one which he calleth Anathema, namely a vowe of death, in ye laſt of Leuit. that that muſt be ſlayne whether it were man or beaſt that was vowed, as did Iepthe in the eleuenth of Iudges.
Wherfore if Monkes will bragge of their perpetuall vowes,The vowes of Monkes. they muſt by & by be killed, if they will defende theyr vowes by Moſes authoritie. Otherwyſe all vowes be poſſible, and for a tyme, ſo that thou mayſt vow thy bodye to God, alſo thy fielde, thy medow, thy garment, for a certain tyme. &c. that the Leuite, or Prieſt may haue the vſe of it. This kinde of vow was very profitable for ye Leuits, for their better maintenaunce & finding. And God appointed this for their prouiſion. Our vowes are vtterly fooliſhe,What our vowes and wiſhes be. if (I ſay) not impious. For we vow poueruertie and obedience, which are cōmaunded in the Goſpell to all Chriſtians.To vowe virginitie is a thyng impoſſible. To vow virginitie is impoſſible, Ergo, by Hierome and Lyra his iudgement, they
are no vowes. Howbeit this place of Salomon ſéemeth to me, to pertain to thoſe that are on the right hand, who hearyng that their owne wayes profit them not, will afterward doe nothing at all. For thus the foole diſputeth: if by mine owne care and deuiſe, I can not bryng that I will to paſſe, then will I not perfourme that I haue vowed. &c. Againſt theſe contemners he ſayth: Doe that that God commaundeth: I quit thée not from labouring, but I appoint thée to doe that ye God hath commaunded. He commaundeth thée to pay or perfourme that thou haſt vowed. Conclude all theſe ſayinges thus: Harken, holde thy peace, and doe that thou haſt to doe, that is, that God commaundeth thee.
For he is not delighted in fooles.
God is angry wyth ſcorners & cōtemners.NOw confirmeth he his ſaying with a threatening from God, he ſpeaketh of ſuch fooles (after the manner of Scripture) as contemne and regarde not the worde of God: Be not reachles, make not light of it, for you ſhall not eſcape vnpuniſhed, but abyde ſuch payne as is ordained for them whom God forſaketh,
and is angry with.
Suffer not thy mouth to make thy fleſhe to ſinne, neyther ſay before the Angel, that this is ignoraunce, leaſt god be angry with thy ſaying, and deſtroy the woorkes of thyne handes. Many wordes are but dreames, and vanities, but feare thou the Lord.
THis is a confirmation of the ſame ſē
tence,Contempte of God cō
demned. admoniſhing vs that we be not obſtinate in refuſing to doe yt we ought, as he taught vs before, not to be too carefull, & to doe all according to our phāſie; & deuiſe. Speake not (ſayth he) ſo carnally, ſo raſhely, ſo fooliſhely, to harken to thyne owne fleſhe, but ſpeake accordyng to the wrode of God. And ſay not this is ignoraunce, or a trifling fault, if I labour not, or perfourme not that I haue promiſed, as men of light conſciences make light of ſinne, and thinke that God regardeth not ſinnes, or requireth not our good deedes. See thou excuſe thee not, or neglecte if thou offēde him. For hereof ſpring hereſies, when they ſet the word of God at naught, and ſhamefully defende it,
ſtanding ſo highly in their owne conceit, that they thinke they haue no neede of Gods worde.
What the Hebrew worde Sigaion ſignifieth.This ſecuritie or negligence, the Hebrew word Sigaion declareth, which is vſed alſo in the title of the ſeuenth Pſal. & in the title of ye ſong of Habacuc. For it ſignifieth ignoraunce, but not that that we call fooliſhnes or lacke of knowledge, but rather that which more truely we may call lacke of conſcience, or inconſcience, if that were a Latine word, that is, when one doth not know a thing, or maketh no conſcience of it: ſo that yu mayſt referre it not to the Angell, but vnto him that ſaith: I know no fault by my ſelfe, God will not reprooue me.
Before the Angell.
BEcauſe God gouerned this people by the meane of Angels as is ſayde in the epiſtle to ye Galathyans. The law was ordayned by Angels, in the hand of a mediatour. And Moyſes ſayth: to the people. The Angell ſhall go before you, commending to them the Angell yt gouerned them: after this maner Salomon ſayth: ſay not before the angell.
&c. whom the Lord hath appoynted to be our gouernour Before the Angell is all one, as if he ſhould ſay, before God: Leaſt God be angry with the ſame. &c. that is: See thou contemne not thy vow & ſo become infortunate in all thy waies and doinges.
Afterward he cōcludeth all this place,Where many cares be, there are many dreames & vanities. after ye ſame ſort, & with ye ſame ſentēce almoſt that went before: Dreames only & vanities &c. For where many cares are, there be many dreames, and where are many counſels, and diſputations, there be many vanities. Therefore feare thou God, be content with his worde, & ſuffer him to rule at his pleaſure. For he is in heauen, and thou on the earth, as afore is ſayd. Labour thou, but let hym gouerne thy labour & geue ſucceſſe. For what getteſt thou by all thy wordes, coū
ſulting and diſputing but trouble? For where many wordes are there are many dreames &c. This is the vniuerſall propoſition ſimply conuerted. Where are many cogitations & diſputations, there are many dreames, where are many dreames, there are many wordes & diſputations.
The ſūme of this doctrine.The ſumme therfore of all is to feare God, and in thyne harte to reuerence & worſhip him. So Paule commaundeth the wife to feare her huſband, that is, ſo to reuerence him, that ſhée committe nothing that may offend him. Euen ſo ſhall we feare God, that is we ſhall reuerence him, and doe or commit nothing that ſhall offend him. This he meaneth: Neyther conſent thou to them that are too carefull, nor to thoſe yt are too careles. Be thou neyther impious Deſpiſer, nor preſumptuous Counſeller & Searcher.
Here now is ye ende of this place and admonitiō, not to be offended at ye courſe of this lyfe, Neyther (fayth he) diſpute nor contemne, but reuerence God, and think that it is Gods doing. &c. For god thus doth all thinges, to confound our deuiſes, and our fleſh, and to declare that he is God. &c. For the fleſh is eyther to carefull, or to contemptuous. Thus Salomon in the myddle of his oration taketh care to put away offence, leaſt any ſhould be offended at his doctrine, and eyther neglect his buſines, or preſume to much of him ſelfe. Therefore he counſelleth vs to performe our vowe, that is
to feare God, and keepe his commaundement.
The Scripture vnderſtandeth by a vowe not onely Ceremoniales,What the Scripture vnderſtandeth by vowing. but the whole ſeruing of God. as Dauid ſayth: pſalme 49. Pay thy vowes to the highheſt, Likewiſe that the Iewes cried out: All the thinges that God hath commaunded, we will doo. This was a very great vowe: Euē ſo thou ye haſt promyſed to perfourme his will, ſtand to this vow, letting paſſe all other thinges, which God will not haue the to ſearche or care for. Now returneth he to the rehearſall of mens affayres.
If in a countrey thou ſeeſt the op
preſſion of the poore, and the de
frauding of iudgment and iuſtice, be not aſtonied at the matter. For he that is higher then the higheſt regardeth, and there be higher then they, and the King is ouer all the earth, ſo ſe the ground tylled.
AFter this treatye of godlynes,An admonition agaynſt the offēce takē when good men are oppreſſed. he returneth agayne trymly to his Roll of vanities, where he repeteth one thinge oftentimes as is vſed in Sermones.
This he ſayth. I bad you feare God, or els you ſhuld do no good, yea you would ſay, there is no God, onleſſe you were armed with the feare of God and knowledge of the truth. For when you ſée the poore oppreſſed and iudgment ſubuerted here you will murmure, what vnrighteouſnes will you ſay is this? where is god become? why ſuffereth he theſe thinges? againſt theſe cogitations and offences, Salomon confirmeth vs, feare thou God ſayth he, and thinke there is a iudge appoynted for it, he ſhall redreſſe it. If thou canſt not amend the Iudge, thinke this is the courſe of this world and howe no man is able to cauſe all Iudges to be iuſt, this onely is in Gods power, the high Kinge.
None vnderſtand theſe thinges, but thoſe that haue beene in office. I haue ſeene and prooued in the Monaſtery, how many vniuſt mē haue béene put in office, which thing yet coulde not be remedyed. So Doctour Sulpitius beyng very wylling and deſirous to put good men in euery office,The ſaying of Doctour Sulpitius.
and yet could not, was wont to ſay: men muſt goe to the plough with ſuch horſſes as they haue: he that hath
no horſſe, muſt goe to plough with Oxen according to the prouerbe.Good politike men are rare. So it fareth in worldly affayres: Sometyme there is a good Prince, but he is not able to ſée that all Preſidentes and Iudges be good and iuſt men, and yet he is compelled to haue officers. So wiſe men haue great care to make good lawes for the commons, that they ſhould be obediēt, but yet they murmure and complaine of the force, and vnrighteouſnes of the Iudges. &c.
When thou ſéeſt ſuch thinges,The offēce taken of naughty gouerning the commō weale. thinke theſe be the vanities of this worlde, and flye not out of the worlde as the Monkes doe into ye wildernes. For they fare like the huſbandman that hath fierce horſſes, and will geue them vp, where rather he ſhould vſe all kinde of diligence to tame and breake thē. So there be ſome ſo froward & wayward houſholders, ſo ſharpe exactors of worke, that they doe nothing but diſturbe the whole houſe with theyr vnreaſonablenes.The ſaying of Frederike ye third Emperour. This is a notable ſaying of Frederike the third which was Emperour: He that can not deſſemble, cā not be an Emperour. Adde this, he that knoweth not how to diſſemble, knoweth not how to liue. If thou wylt
•
liue in the world, learne to ſée this.
The doctrine of this booke is, that in the commō miſeries of this life, we ſhould keep faith faſt, & a good cō
ſcience, and quyet hart in God.Then let vs doe nothing. Not ſo: We muſt labour and be doing: but that thou canſt not bring to paſſe, diſſemble. Thus it behooueth a wiſe houſholder, to diſſemble, and make as he knew not of diuers thinges that offend him: For it is impoſſible that all thinges can be done well & rightly. This booke therefore teacheth peace and quietnes of mynde, in theſe worldly affayres, that when thou ſéeſt or heareſt of euils thou ſhouldeſt not vexe thy ſelfe, but ſay, this is the courſe of the worlde. It goeth none otherwiſe here. Againe, when thou ſeeſt thinges goe wel, to ſay: Bleſſed be God, which ſo ordreth theſe thinges, that not onely he ſuffreth euill to be done, but intermedleth good with euill. Doe thou that thou art able, the reſt commit vnto God, and according to the prouerbe: He that can not lyfte vp the heauy ſtone, muſt let it lie ſtill, and let him take vp the ſtone that he is able. Therfore when thou ſéeſt euill in Princes, Officers abuſe their authoritie, Iudges geue wrong iudgemēt, the commons murmure, and wiſe men diſpute, thinke God will redreſſe this geare.
Let not this matter trouble thee.
HE goeth about to quiet and pacifye our mynde: Maruell not ſayth hée, though thou ſée ſuch thinges but be conted. Thou art not able to remedy theſe thinges, for thou canſt not helpe or better them: wherfore feare God, and commit the matter vnto him, ſo ſhalt thou be quyet. He that will not thus doe, ſhall finde nothing but trouble.
For he that is higher the
̄ the high
eſt regardeth.
THat is, doe not thou vexe thy ſelfe,That God is ye reuēger of all wickednes. if thou canſt not redreſſe it, leaue it to an higher Iudge. That, that the inferior is not able to compaſſe, let him thynke it belongeth to the ſuperior. If the Prince be euill, complayne of it to an higher power, euen to God. So if I ſhoulde vexe my ſelfe much about the ſchiſmes and ſectes which diſturbe the Church, and contaminate the Goſpell, what ſhould I preuaile? Therfore I commit the matter to God that is the Iudge, in whoſe hand are all thinges. Notwithſtandyng I am ſory that the ſoules of men are ſo miſerably ſeduced and deceaued, but I cā
doe no more but according to myne office reſiſte them, and ſay leaue of, you haue erred long inough, repent. When thou haſt thus counſelled an other, then commit him to God, according to Pauls ſaying: Him that is an heretike, after one or two admonitions, ſhunne and auoyde. &c. Agayne: wicked men waxe worſe and worſe. For they ſhall not eſcape their Iudge. Euery one hath hys Iudge, if the Bailiffe doeth it not, the Sheriffe or Maior will doe it. And if he will not iudge them, the king ſhall, if the kyng regarde it not, the Emperour ſhal. If the Emperour will not, God wil not contemne or neglect it. This is it that he meaneth: The king is ruler ouer all the earth. Salomon had no higher office thē a kynges: Let the kyng bring to paſſe that thou art not able.
To ſee the grounde tylled.
Wherfore the Magiſtrate is ordeyned of God.THis ſéemeth to be as an adiection, or addition to a kyngly eſtate. Wherby is ſignified to what office he is appointed and what charge is of the ſecular power. To this ende (ſayth he) is he ordayned a Magiſtrate and officer, to ſée the earth be
tylled, to reuenge the iniuries & wrongs of inferiors. The kyng hath the ſworde, to defend the innocent, and to puniſhe the malefactour, and God ſuffereth no wickednes on the earth which he puniſheth not by the magiſtrate. If the inferior officer doth it not, yet the higher doth: It cō
meth at length to the power of ye ſworde.
This is notable that he calleth ye kyng a tyller of the ground:The dutie of kynges. which thing ſignifieth not onely the tyllage of the earth, but the whole maintenaunce of the common weale, which conſiſteth of lawes, iudgementes. &c. For it is a kynges duty aſwel to defend, as to make prouiſion for victuals, and other neceſſaries. Tyllage prepareth foode, warre, or the ſworde defendeth vs, kéepeth vnder the malefactor, that other may ply their tyllage, and doe that they ought. So it lyeth in the kyng, as well to make prouiſion for neceſſaries as to ſée them conſerued. For vnles he defend them, other can not follow theyr tyllage. Thus Salomon both armeth vs againſt offēces, and alſo teacheth vs that our deuiſes are but vayne. I (ſayth he) am a kyng by Gods appointmēt, and albeit I am not able to redreſſe all things,
yet I doe as much as I am able: the reſt I am cōpelled to beare and ſuffer, leaſt ye whole land ſhould be left waſte, cōmending all things in ye meane while to God the high Iudge, who hath all the power of the ſword in his hand. Thus let euery man in his calling doe what he is able, and commit the reſt to the higher power.
He that loueth ſiluer ſhall not be ſatiſfied with ſiluer, and he that lo
ueth riches, ſhall be without the fruite therof: this alſo is a vanitie. When goods increaſe, they are in
creaſed that eate them: and what good co
̄meth to the owners there
of, but the beholding of them with their eyes?
The vice of couetouſnes.THis belongeth to that he ſayd in the firſt chapiter: The eare is not ſatiſfied with hearing, nor the eye with ſeing. Here he treateth of the vanitie and deſires of mans hart. One worlde was not inough for Alexander. So fareth it in all other affayres, honours, ryches. &c. For ſo goeth the miſerable life of man, that a couetous man is an example to all men. He hath money, and yet
is he not ſatiſfied, yea he enioyeth it not being preſent,What a couetous man is. onely he thyrſteth after other that he hath not.
What els therfore is a couetous man, but an hart ſtretched out to that it hath not, and turned from that it hath? Therfore this is a vanitie of the hart: were it not better to be content with things preſent, and to caſt of the care of thinges to come? Souldiours are happier then couetous men, although they be the worſte of all other men, & liue moſt hardly. For els all men be couetous, except ſuch in whom other lyke vices put couetouſnes away. But the godly onely haue this benefite, that they are contēted with things preſēt, and can vſe them alſo with mirth and thankes geeuing. A couetous man hath no greater mouth, belly, &c. then a godly poore man, nor digeſteth no more then he, and yet is he contented with a litle, yea he is riche, where the couetous in the middle of his riches is a begger. Theſe things men are taught both holeſomly and godlyly, but the fleſhe is careles ſay we, or doe we, what we will.The goods of the couetous conſumed by others.
Where much goods are. &c.
THis is a notable ſentence: The couetous man is neuer filled, but ſtill gathereth. To whom? A niggard requireth a prodigall. For although he haue neuer ſo much money, yet is it conſumed either in his life tyme, or when he is dead, neither hath he any thing of it but ſorrow & trauell. Kyng Salomon hath his houſes full of ſiluer and golde, but who vſeth them? His Courteours. He onely is but fed & apparelled therwith. Who haue ye vſe of Princes goods, in princes Courts? Souldiours,What it is to gather riches. wryters, braggers, & other gay knaues. Therefore to gather riches together, is to gather together many waſters and conſumers. Why then vexeſt thou thy ſelfe with ſuch ſcraping all thinges togither? Be content with that thou haſt. For if thou wilt néedes gather riches, they wil not come without gheſts that will deuour them, if not in thy lyfe tyme, yet after thy death. Thou haſt naught els of all thy goods, but to fill thy mouth & thy belly, and to cloth thy back. If riches encreaſe, take thy part of them, leaue the reſt vnto others, and laye aſide thy carefull gathering and ſcraping. If thou wilt not ſo doe, yet ſhall it be done.
For thou heareſt here: Where much goods are, there are many to eate and conſume them.
And what good commeth to the Owners thereof. &c.
THis is an egregious mocking of Couetouſnes. Horace ſayth: Thou lyeſt gaping & ſleping ouer thy bagges rounde about thee, and art compelled to ſpare thē as though they were ſome religious ſtuffe, and haſt none other ioye in them, but as in certen paynted Tables. The ſame ſayth alſo: Amonges all thy hourds and heapes of riches, a very begger. The ſame ſaying hath Salomon: A Couetous man hath none other commoditie, but to behold his florens, as I behold a paynted table, any thing more he hath not. A couetous mā can not vſe his mony to that ende it was ordayned, namely to eate, drinke and clothe himſelfe, and to ſerue other mens turnes with the reſt. For to this ende groweth wyne, corne, golde, and ſiluer, yt we ſhould thus vſe it. But the fleſhe careth not, but foloweth her owne deſires. Wherefore this followeth
of it, that he leadeth a miſerable lyfe, without reſt or quyet.
The ſleepe of him that traueleth is ſweet, whether he eat litle or much but the ſacietie of the rich will not ſuffer him to ſleepe.
SAlomon procedeth in condēning riches, that is to ſay, the carke and care of gathering and keeping of riches. For the more a couetous body gathereth riches, the more his mynde is deſyred and enflamed. Alwayes a couetous body is in neede, and in the myddle of his goodes wanteth, yea couetouſnes is ſuch a monſter ſayth Saluſt, that neither with plenty, nor daintye it is diminiſhed. And as an other ſayth: The loue of money encreaſeth, euen as the money it ſelfe encreaſeth. Among theſe miſeries of a couetous man, he rehearſeth yet one other. Though a couetous man be neuer ſo full, yet he can not ſleepe. So that all maner of waies a couetous mans lyfe is miſerable, being at reſt neyther day nor night. For nature hath ſo ordeyned that the body being temperately dyeted and refreſhed, ſleapeth ſweetely and quietly.
For Drūkards neyther ſléepe nor wake, being nether deade nor alyue. And he ye laboureth moderately, ſleepeth quietly, although he eate but a lytle, as was ſaid: Man goeth furth to his labour vntill the Euening. The couetous continueth his labour, euen vntill midnight wearieng, and breaking his body. The body therefore of the couetous ouercharged with meate, and tyred with labour, and the mynde troubled with cares, will not let him to ſleepe, or take reſt.Moderate labour commaunded. Therfore ſeing Salomon ſayth to him that laboureth, he commaundeth to labour, & forbyddeth not to get goods. And where he ſayth: Sleepe is ſweete, he requireth moderate labour, ſuch as exerciſeth the body, but tyreth it not. Therfore he appointeth to labour, and forbyddeth to be couetous and carefull. For the bleſſing of the Lord maketh rich men, and not continuall toyle and labour, as is ſayde in the 126. Pſalme. It is but loſte labour that you riſe ſo early, &c. Againe Thus God geueth his beloued ſleepe. Thus Abraham, Iſaac, Iacob, Dauid, Salomon, were made rich through gods gyft and bleſſing. And they ſo vſed their
riches, that other were relieued alſo by them.
How we ought to vſe our goods.Wherefore riches are not to be caſt away, Offices are not to be geuen ouer, as Epicures haue taught, the wife is not to be caſt of, nor the familye to be forſaken, but we muſt take paine, and be content. We muſt be doing among others, and take in good part whatſoeuer God ſendeth. In what ſtate God hath placed thée, there remaine, onely ſée thou go not about, to rule al things after thine owne preſcription. In that ſtate, what hurte happeneth not to thee, take that for a vantage. For this lyfe is ſo variable, ye we may euery day looke for ſome euil or myſhap. As for proſperitie and good hap, commeth without our expectation. But when it commeth, we muſt geue God thankes for it, as for ſome ſingular benefit. If we chaunce of an honeſt wyfe: if we happen to haue obedient children, let vs thanke God of it. If the magiſtrate rule the cōmon weale well and orderly, if the fielde yeld his increaſe &c. we muſt take all for a vauntage. But if it happen otherwiſe, vexe not, frett not thy ſelfe. Thus Salomon will not take vs out of
the worlde, but ſet vs forward in it,A doctrine how we ought to vſe our goods, and to beare the common miſeries of this life. leaſt we ſhould imagine him to be like to Cratis or Diogines, which were fooliſh deſpiſers of the worlde, and of riches. For this is but an impious ſaying of ye Philoſophers,
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
. Lyue lyke an hydden and vnknowen man. For when they ſawe the world was ruled vniuſtly they thought it beſt to lyue ſolitaryly, & not to meddle with publyke affayres, leaſt they ſhould be compelled to ſée and ſuffer ſuch vnrighteouſnes. This ſaying of vſing and bearing with ye world was vnknowen and hidden from all the Philoſophers. But ſeing we haue Salomon to teach vs, let vs doo what we are able, and that we are not able to doo, let vs let paſſe.
I haue ſeene an euill ſicknes vnder the ſunne, to wyt, ryches conſer
ued to the owners for their euill. And theſe riches periſh by euell tra
uell, and he begetteth a ſonne, and in his hand is nothing.
THis alſo is a moſt vaine miſery in ye life of man, not come in deede to all men, but yet ſuch as is dayly ſéene, how
ryches are reſerued to the myſchiefe of ye maſter and gatherer.The goods of many are hurtful to ye owners.
Salomon complaineth that this is not onely a myſery in ſuch men, but alſo yt we ſee ſuch thinges come to paſſe in the world, though we be free from them.Examples. For how many haue ben priuely ſlayne in their owne howſes, in our dayes, bycauſe of their riches. Had not the Duke of Bauarie in our dayes a great maſſe of golde,George Duke of Bauarye. a tower ful of gold? But this golde purchaſed warre vnto ye Duke, and calamitie to the whole land. And ſcarſe any Princes haue left greate riches behinde them, but they haue bene the deſtruction of the whole Countrey, as Iulius Caeſar turned the Treaſurye of Rome to the deſtruction of the Citye. Our Byſhoppes gathered treaſure together, but onely for a myſchiefe, for none was the better for them, & that cauſeth the Burroes, and people of the Contrey to ryſe. Now alſo they hold on in gathering, and fleecing of the people, but they will not leaue, till ſuch come as ſhall take from them that they gather, with their owne deſtruction.
Shall we not yet caſt riches awaye? No rather we muſt prepare riches, ſpecially
Princes,We muſt get goods, but to our owne and others godly vſes. but to thende to vſe them and relieue others, which becauſe we do not, therefore God ſuffreth for a puniſhment thoſe riches wherein they put their truſt, to be the deſtruction of the owners. So Ezechiel prophecieth againſt the couetous and wicked Iewes. They reached not out their hand to the poore, therefore they ſhall be led into Captiuitye, and periſhe with their riches. The ſame ſhall happen to other rich mē, couetous Byſhops, and contempners of the goſpel,That that Chriſt will not take, the Chequere will. becauſe they will not lett the poore haue ye vſe of their riches, ye Souldiers and Checquere ſhall come, & take that that Chriſt receiueth not.
They periſh with great calamitie.
HE ſuffereth greate miſery. At home he is euery day in daūger of théeues, abroad of Robbers, he is takē and killed. This ſong marchant mē know ful well.
And his borne of hym ſhall haue no poſſeſſion of him.
THe reaſon is, becauſe Sodome & Gomorra haue riches, but they reach not their hand to the poore: therefore ye Lord
ouerturneth them &c. The couetous gathereth, and an other deſtroyeth that he gathereth. The couetous thinketh: my ſonne ſhall haue theſe riches, but lo God ſendeth théeues & Robbers, which turne him out of all he hath, ſo that neyther he nor his ſōne haue any thing left.Apply thy labour and aſke and looke for good ſucceſſe of God. Wherfore we muſt follow labour, but looke for the bleſſing of God, and reléeue the poore and néedy: yea all our labour muſt be yt in the harueſt, and at ye grape gathering, we muſt ſing and labour, and in the middell of our labour and ſweate be meary, and ſo affected, that we can be content to forgoe all with a good will, thinkinge thus: I will labour for me and my children, If God ſend vs any thing, we will vſe it. If any thing be left, let my ſonne haue it after me, If nothing, God will finde him & prouide for him, as he hath donne for me.
Euen as he came naked out of his mothers belly, ſo ſhall he returne naked againe as he came, and ſhall beare away nothing of his labour. This is a vaine and miſerable thing that in all pointes as they came
they ſhall goe againe: & what pro
fite hath he, that he hath trauelled for the wynde?
THis alſo is in Iob. the firſt chapiter:How we ſhould vſe our goods.
Naked I came out of my mothers wombe. &c. Againe in Paul 1. Tim. 6. We brought nothing (ſaith he) into the worlde, neither ſhall we carry any thing out of the worlde. The rycheſt man in the worlde, can glory in no more, but that he hath eaten and dronkē of his goods while he lyued. &c. Since therefore we carry nothing with vs, let vs beſtow it on other, and vſe our riches, as we vſe running water and the ayre. Let hym thinke thus: As when I dye I ſhal leaue my riches, euē ſo ſhall I doe while I am lyuing. Why then ſhould I ſo carefully gather goods, ſince I ſhal haue but a morſell of them my ſelfe. The water I vſe thus, I waſhe me therwith, ſo doe other. Looke what we doe not néede, the ſame doe we ſuffer to paſſe by vs. So vſe I fire and the ayre. And ſo ought we to vſe ryches, as Stewardes and beſtowers of them onely.
What profite hath he that he hath trauelled for the wynde?
To labour agaynſt the wynde.TO labour againſt the winde is an Hebrew phraſe, which Paul hath imitated. 1. Cor. 9. I ſo fight not, as one that beateth the ayre: And in ye 1. to ye Cor. the 14. You ſhall be as mē that ſpeake in the wynde. It ſignifieth as much as to ſpeake in vayne. So ſayth Salomon: A couetous man laboureth in the wynde, that is, in vayne: It is all l
•
ſt labour.
All the dayes of his lyfe he eateth in darkenes, with much griefe, ſor
row and anger.
What lyght and darkenes ſignifieth in the Hebrewe toung.AGayne, this is a phraſe of the Hebrewes. He eateth in darknes, for he eateth in ſadnes. It is taken from the geſture & countenaunce of men: for whē the hart is heauy, then the eyes are ouercaſt, as it were with a cloude. But when it is meary then is it lightened as it were with certeine beames, and a newe lyght. This phraſe is very often in the Pſalm, light for mirth, and darkenes for ſadnes, as in the 27. Pſalme: The Lord is my light, and my ſaluation. Againe: Lighten myne eyes. &c.
To eate therefore in drunkennes, is
to labour in ſadnes. A couetous Artificer findeth alwayes ſome matter to offende him and to chide at,What it is, to eate in darcknes. becauſe he is full of cares and heauines. he can not eate hys bread in mirth, he is alway chyding, he alway findeth ſomewhat in his familye that greueth him. So before the Prince and Magiſtrate are brought no matters but euill, there the vnwiſe magiſtrate vexeth himſelfe with care, becauſe he ſeeth his care and ſtudy taketh no better ſucceſſe. But the wyſe ruler ſayth thus: I doe and geeue the beſt counſell that I can, I ſuffer that I can not redreſſe, and am compelled ſo to doe, leauing it vnto God, which onely knoweth how to correcte all thinges at his pleaſure, and to proſper our counſels.
So it gréeueth vs to heare among ſo many preachers, ſo few faithfull & good, & which loue their charge with all their hartes. But what ſhall we doe? Shall we vexe and fret our ſelues away wyth ſorrow therefore? No not a whit. But let vs commit the matter vnto God. &c. We muſt therefore acquaint our eyes & eares to ſee & heare thoſs euils that we woulde not, and not thinke to heare and
〈1 page duplicate〉
〈1 page duplicate〉
ſée the goodnes, which woulde lyke vs. The worlde will not ſuffer this geare. He that woulde haue nothing to offende hym, ſhall finde more thinges than any other to offende him. Therefore let vs ſo fence our ſelues againſt all theſe euils, that we may know this is the courſe of this lyfe. &c.
Therefore I ſee it is good for a man to eate and drinke, and to be mea
ry in all his trauell that he taketh vnder the Sun, all the dayes of his life that God geueth him: for this is his portio
̄. But this is the gift of God, when he hath geuen man ry
ches and ſubſtance, and power to eate & drinke his part therof, and to reioyce in his labour.
The concluſion of the whole booke oftē
times repeated.THis is the concluſion of all this booke or diſputation, declared alſo before in the ſecond and third chapiters. And here thou ſéeſt that Salomō
doth not cōdemne riches, nor forbid vs to get riches, eyther meate or drinke, but calleth them ye gifts of God, to teach vs to caſt our cares away, to looke for all theſe things at gods hand by fayth, and when God will: patiently
to take the loſſe of them, as Abraham gaue his ſonne vnto God. Therfore riches muſt not be caſt away: for God doth not geue vs them to that end, to caſt them away, or to abſteyne from them, but rather to vſe and deale them to thoſe that néede. This ſentēce is the interpretation of the whole booke, that Salomon forbiddeth all vaine cares, that we ſhould vſe things preſēt mearily, being nothing carefull for things to come, leaſt we loſe our preſent benefite and commodity.
For this is his portion. &c.
THat is, the ſame is all that he hath of it. For he remembreth not the dayes of his lyfe. That is, his hart is not vexed with cares and heauines, neyther of thinges paſt, ne yet to come: becauſe God cheareth his hart. &c. Thus hath he ioye in his labour, and in the middle of euils entreth into Paradiſe. But the vngodly and couetous, and as many as after thys example vſe not theſe worldly goods, beginne here to be tormented, and throwen into hell. &c.
The ſixt Chapiter.
This is alſo an euill vnder the Sun, and much vſed among men: A ma
̄ to whom God hath geeuen ryches and treaſures, and honour, & wan
teth nothing for his ſoule of all that he deſireth, and yet God ſuf
fereth him not to eate thereof, but a ſtraunge man ſhall eate it vp. This is a vayne thing and a miſerable.
Of what rich and couetous mā Salomon here ſpeaketh.
AFter this doctrine and exhortation intermedled, he returneth to his rolle of the diuers deuiſes of mans lyfe, wherin vanitie and miſery raigneth. It ſéemeth lyke that he ſayd before of the rich man. But here he ſpeaketh of ſuch a rich mā as kéepeth much riches about hym, and a great family, liuing in reſt without loſſe of his goods, and yet in the middeſt of his honor and riches, is greeued, and can not enioye them, becauſe eyther he falleth ſicke, or is vexed with hatred & care how to kéepe and encreaſe his goods. So with that he hath he is moleſted, and periſheth. If he haue a ſonne, then cōmeth another care,
how he may leaue hym a rich man, whē he is of age. For as the prouerbe ſayth: for a ſmal childe there is but a ſmal care, for a great childe, great care. They gather for their childrē, they deſire to leaue them rich, to bring them to great honor. Theſe are the wiſhes and deſires of all mē, which yet are moſt vaine. For what is it for a mā in his life to haue al things, and yet to vſe nothing, but alwayes to gape after more, and that he hath not, not regarding that he hath?
He deſcribeth therfore ſuch a rich man as wanteth nothing to liue welthely and mearely with, and yet doth not ſo.What maner of riche man he deſcribeth in this place. Looke vpō many of our noble men which might liue commodiouſly vpon their owne, hauing aboundaunce of goods vppon theyr landes, yet not contented therewith, get them to Princes Courtes, and looke ſtill for more, lyuing moſt miſerablye. The lyke we may ſée in riche men and Marchaunts, who being able to lyue at home quietly, with great daunger of their life, and loſſe of their goods, make great vyages both by land and Sea. Is not this a vayne and miſerable trade? Therefore it followeth:
If he beget an hundreth children, and yet liue many yeares, and haue great riches al the dayes of his life, & yet his ſoule is not ſatiſfied with goods, and his body not buryed: I ſay that an vntymely fruite is bet
ter then he. For he commeth into vanitie, and goeth into darkenes, and his name ſhall be couered with darkenes.
The miſerable ſtate of couetous men.HE amplifieth ye miſery of a couetous rich man. Let no mā (ſaith he) thinke by ſparing, to enriche his heyres. For riches are the gift of God, and come not of our labour: for many labour carefully to get riches, & yet can not attayne to them. Againe many waxe riche, and haue takē no great payne for them, that a man may know riches are ye gyft of God. Neyther is it in thy power to leaue this or ye heyre riche: It is ment that poore men ſhal not be rich. Doe what thou wilt, thou ſhalt not enriche him whom God will haue to be poore. Furthermore it may come to paſſe, that this couetous rich man may dye, when he hath loſt all hys goods before.
And may want buryall.
HE holdeth on in exaggerating of hys myſery, that is, he may be forſakē of all his frendes, or dye in an other countrye, and not at home.
I ſay that an vntymely fruite is bet
ter then ſuch an one.
THat is, it were better he were not at all, then to be ſuch a miſerable man, and in ſuch great ſtore of goods, a begger. This is true without godlynes. Compare the lyfe of a couetous rich man, and a wretch with him that is not yet borne, and thou ſhalt perceaue it. And Salomō
ſpeaketh not as fooles vſe to ſpeake, as ſome ſay of this place, but ſetteth out the lyfe of fooles, in the outward body. There it is better not to be borne then to liue in ſuch ſort: that is to ſay, to haue ryches, glory, children, long lyfe, and yet not to enioye them.
This therfore is truely vnderſtanded of a miſerable riche man,A rich man couecous is a miſer. who hath the thinges pertayning to felicitie, and yet hys wretched mynde will not ſuffer hym to vſe them. Surely a poore man that taketh his condition in good part, is better
then a rich: for the wayfaring man with neuer a penny in his purſſe, will ſing as he goeth by the way: but the rich man is afrayde of euery buſhe, and in great felicitie is a very begger. Therfore ye world is altogether ruled by opinions, but God ruleth in déedes. We are vexed with opinions, and loſe the things their ſelues, lyke to that dogge of Aeſops that we ſpake of.
For he commeth into vanitie, and goeth into darkenes.
THat is, naked, deſtitute of all thinges and néedy he came into the worlde, ſo he lyueth, and ſo he dyeth: becauſe he enioyeth not his goods, but onely is troubled with care and deſire of more. Thys is nought els, but to haue nothing, and to be bare and beggerly.
And his name ſhall be couered in darkenes.
THat is, he doth nothyng worthy of name, or commendable in his houſe, but onely it is ſayde of him, he was neyther his owne frende, nor other mens. Such a miſerable man, as no man would deſire to follow.
Alſo he hath not ſeene the Sunne nor can be quiet in any place.
THis is an hebrewe phraſe,What this phraſe meaneth to looke on ye Sunne.
to ſee the Sunne, to enioy & reioyce in thinges. For this corporall lyfe eſtéemeth yt
〈◊〉
as a certain holy and ſacred power, very neceſſary for man, without the which all thinges appeare and be ſad and lumpiſh as Chriſt alſo ſayth: He that walketh in the darke wotteth not whether he goeth: But he that walketh in the daye, ſtumbleth not, becauſe he ſeeth the light of this worlde. &c. It is a moſt ioyfull ſight therefore to haue the ſonne to ſhyne, but the couetous mā looketh not on the ſonne, conſidereth not the ſonne, that is, he thinketh not how good a thing the ſonne is, nor any other creature to vſe and enioy it well. For wt him all conſideration of the benefites and creatures of God is loſt, by reaſon of
••
uetous deſires, he neuer ſeeth home goodly a gift of god yt ſun riſing euery day is. He myndeth nothing, he regardeth nothing, he ſigheth after nothing but money. So the ambitious man looketh after nothing but honours. The louer looketh
not vpon his owne wyfe, but alwayes vpon an other mans. That is, they vſe not Gods preſent goodes and creatures. Thus the vngodly beginne their hell in this lyfe, wherein they are depriued of ye vſe of all the creatures and giftes of god, ſo that they neuer ſee ye ſunne which yet we haue dayly before our eyes. &c. that i
•
, they reioyce not in Gods giftes, but ſtill ſéeke after their owne deſires.
Yea though he lyued two thowſa
̄d yeares, yet hath he no good lyfe. Come not all to one place.
The miſerie of a couetous man.SEe how he amplifieth this miſery of the couetous man: that is, he ſhall get nothing, but the
••
nger he lyueth ye more his myſeryes and comunities are diſcreaſed. This is the lyfe of man, more vanitie and myſery, eyther ſuch as thou
〈◊〉
be
••
thy ſelf, or
〈…〉
others. For euen the godly although they liue not after ye fleſh, yet the fleſhe
•
oubleth
〈◊〉
, and they are compelled to féele the
〈◊〉
of the fleſhe.
Doo not all thinges goe. &c.
HE repeateth that he ſayd before in the firſt chapter, The ſonne ryſeth and
ſetteth, and draweth to his place where he riſeth.All things that haue beginning ſhall decay. The Ryuers returne to ye place from whence they flowed. One generation paſſeth away &c. All thinges returne whence they came. At length all thinges periſh. Mans lyfe, kingdomes, and whatſoeuer els belongeth to man, returneth from whence it came, from ye earth to the earth, euen as the winde bloweth to and fro, and as the ſonne returneth to ye place where he aroſe. This therefore is Salomons meaning, yt we muſt let go care and thought for thinges to come, and enioye the thinges preſent. Therefore he goeth on.
All the labour a man taketh is for him
•
elfe, and yet his ſoule is ne
uer ſatiſfied acording to her deſire
IN the Hebrew it is, all the labour of man is for his mouth,A mouth wyth the Hebrewes ſignifieth a kynde of meaſure. by a a certen, phraſe peculiar to yt people. So Moſes, vſeth this worde mouth, for a quantitie or meaſure. Geneſ. 47. ſpeaking of Ioſeph. And he fedde them, and all his fathers houſe, geuing thē all meate, where in the hebrew it is: he had a care for euery mouth of them, that is, he prouided all
his fathers houſe of meate, as it had been litle children, which haue their meate geuen them and labour not. And in the 12. of Exod. You ſhall eate the Paſſeouer, according to the mouth of euery one, that is, according to the number of them that can eate a Lambe. So ſpeaketh Salomon here. Euery mans labor is according to his mouth, that is according to the meaſure and taſke of him, yt is, euery mā hath his certein labor. God graunteth to euery man his labour, according to his power, and according to his vocation, which we expreſſe in the Dutch toūg thus. Euery one hath ſoch parte as is appointed for hym. God hath meaſured to euery mā his portion. A childe muſt labour after one ſort, a mā after an other. A magiſtrate in one kind, a pryuate man in another. He will haue thee lyke an infant, exerciſed in infants doinges, and a Prince in highe & weighty affayres. Hereof commeth this Prouerbe. Such perſon, ſuch ſloppe or breeche.
Euery mā muſt apply his vocatiō.Thus he calleth vs frō ſtraunge cares to our owne vocation, not forbidding vs to labour, but declaring we muſt labour,
willing vs to goe chearefully forward wt our buſines, according to our taſke, and leaue other mens doings to themſelues. He will haue vs to take pleaſure, but in God, that we runne not at ryot with the vngodly, when we are in our pleaſure, nor he greued when pleaſure is wanting but to take all thing in good part. Reioice (ſayth he) in thy mynde, & take paine in body, ſo yet that yu kéepe wtin thy cōpaſſe, not lyke an enuious man, which ſéeketh after ye which is other mens. The marchaūt prayſeth the Souldier, ye Souldier recounteth his infelicitie & prayſeth the marchaunt. Olde men commend youth, we turne our eyes from ye pleaſures we haue of our owne, and with greate miſery, looke on other mens.Be content with thine owne eſtate No man can cō
ſider his owne goodes nor lyue content wt his eſtate, for if they coulde ſo doo, they would not couet after other mens as they doo. For if olde men coſidered the daungers that are in youth, they would not wiſhe for youth. Agayne, if younge men ſawe the manifolde incommodities of age, they would beare their owne incōmodities the more willingly, & would not enuy old mē for their cōmodities. &c.
Who lyketh an others eſtate, hateth his owne.But thus we can not doo, but looke alwayes vpon other mens commodities, & deſpiſe our owne. So the couetous rych man hath an eye & deſire to that he hath not, and that he hath he neglecteth. For the ſoule is not filled, that is, abydeth not within his compaſſe. No man contēteth him with his condition. A beholder of an Interlude, thinketh he could play better then thoſe that playe. When I heare another preach I thinke I could farre paſſe him. The ſeruaunt likewiſe thinketh, if I were a kinge, I would gouerne all thinges prudentlie. So that fellow that is in Terence ſayth: I ſhould haue ben made a kinge. And yet if hee had had a kingdome, none would haue ſhewed him ſelfe a more foole then hee. It is cō
monly ſayde: a morraine to him that doth better then he can. But the mind forgetteth his owne worke and is moſt buſie in another bodies, ſo doth he neither of bothe wel. For he that looketh not well to his owne charge, he will very ill looke to anothers. God hath geuen me occaſion to be occupied vpon mine owne, and in I leaue myne owne occupation, and buſye my ſelfe wt other mens. This
is truely
•
that he ſayd before. The eye is not ſatiſfied with ſeeing. &c. Euen ſo the ſoule or the harte, is not ſatiſfied with coueting, but is alway inconſtant and chaungeable.
For what hath the wyſe man more then the foole, or what profyteth it the poore, that he knoweth how to walke before the Lyuing.
THat is, couetouſnes,Of what wiſe men & fooles Salomō ſpeaketh. to haue more thē is appointed vs, troubleſh aſwell the wiſe men, as the fooles, & wyſe men herein doe nothing differ frō fooles. For both of them couet to much, and both of them couet that that other men haue. He vnderſtandeth ſuch men as be not wyſe in déede, but thoſe that be wyſe after a worldely ſorte. And by fooles, he meaneth wycked and vngodly men. The ſubtill craftie and reacheleſſe people.
Both of them (ſayth he) haue theyr trauel and labour appointed, beyond the which they ſhall be able to doo no good. The one will bring it as farre as the other. For one may thinke or ſay thus▪ if I were in office or auctoritie, I would doe many things, but if he were in deede
in office, he would doo as ly
•
le, as he y• is in office alreadye.
Or what profiteth it the poore?
HE vnderſtandeth by the lyuing, thoſe he ſpake of before: not onely thoſe yt haue lyfe, but thoſe that enioy the lyfe: that is, thoſe which liue welthely & well. He ſayth therefore yt it is a folyſh thing for priuate men, to preſcribe other how to order & gouerne all things, dreaming that they could doo all things better then other, where in déede there is nothinge donne, but that that ought to be.
The ſight of the eye is better then to walke after luſtes. This is alſo a vanitie and vexation of Spirite.
A looking glaſſe.ALl this is an Hebraicall kinde of ſpeech to vs vtterly vnknowē. The Hebrue worde properly ſignifieth a looking glaſſe, yt is a thing comming toward our eyes or ſyght. For thus we reade in Exodus. 38. He made the Lauer of braſſe, and the foote of it of braſſe, of the looking glaſſes of the womē, that watched at the doore of the Tabernacle. This ſhould thus be tranſlated in
the hebrewe. He made a lauer &c. in the ſighte of thoſe that watched before the doore of the Tabernacle of wytneſſe. For this people had certen women votaries, which contynued in prayers and ſupplication, watching and ſeruyng God day & night, as we reade in the firſt of kynges, and ſecond of Luke, that Anna watched. Of this watching,Women watching in ye temple of the lord. the women were called the hoaſt of the Lord, watching before the doore of the tabernacle of witneſſe. Afterward in proceſſe of time, the religion decayed, and as Iudas ſaith, was turned into wātonnes. So of Rachel ye wyfe of Iacob it is ſayd, ſhee was comly to the glaſſe, that is, to ſight, or to looke vpon: ſhée was fayre or pleaſaunt in ſight. The meaning therefore is:We muſt enioy thinges preſēt, & not ſeeke. after things away. It is better to enioye ye things in ſight, & before our eyes, thē to wāder after our luſtes and deſiers, that is, vſe the thynges thou haſt, and let not thy witte wander about coueting of that, lyke Aeſops dogge, who catching at the ſhadow, loſt the meate in his mouth. That which God hath ſet as it were before thée, that vſe and be content, and follow not the deſire of thine hart, which can not be ſatiſfied,
as he ſayd before. Vnderſtand therfore by the ſight of the eyes, not ſuch as thine eyes make to thée, but ſuch as is made to them of other thinges, a paſſiue ſight: that is, vſe that that God for the time preſent geueth thee. Thus of God it is ſayd in the firſt of Gen. God ſawe all that he had made. &c. that is, he reioyſed in his workes, he ſtucke vnto them, he ſawe them, they pleaſed him, they were very good.
He reprehē
deth vnſtable mindes, deſirous of other mens welfare.So he that is godly, cleaueth to that is his owne, and that that God hath geuen him for that tyme preſent lyketh & pleaſeth him. The vngodly doth not ſo, but is vexed with al he ſéeth, becauſe he vſeth it not as a glas, but wandereth ſtil in his mynde. Though he haue money, he is not delighted therewith, he enioyeth it not, but alwayes deſireth more. He hath one wyfe, and deſireth another: he hath one kingdome, and is not content therewith. Alexander looketh and deſireth for another worlde. All thinges ought to be as a looking glaſſe vnto vs, to delight in them, to fixe our eyes on them, to enioye them and geue God thankes for them. Therefore he forbiddeth vs to let our
ſoule wander about, (as it is in the Hebrewe) that is to occupie our myndes in the cogitations and opinions of worldly thinges, ſo that ye concluſiō of this whole place is: vſe the thinges thou haſt, and wander not about in diuerſe cogitations. for this is a vanitie, namely to let thy mynde wander and walke about.
What is that that hath beene? The name thereof is now named, and it is knowen that it is man: and he ca
̄
not ſtriue with him, that is ſtron
ger then he.
BY the thinges gone before,There ſhal be alwayes vnſtable mē, couetous, & deſirous of other mens goods. this is ſufficiently vnderſtanded, for we ſpake of this phraſe before: What is that that is. &c. In all theſe wordes are Hebrewe phraſes, which thing we thus ſpeake in the Germaine toung: As it hath beene, ſo is it now: and as it is now, ſo will it be hereafter. That is, there ſhall be alwayes moſt vaine men, deſirers and wyſhers for vanities, becauſe they goe beyond the word of God, and their appointed ſtate. For they harken not to ye counſels of God. God hath made a differēce of men, & appointed to all men their boūds,
when they ſhall be borne,Euery mās trade of life is appointed of God. when they ſhal die, by what name they ſhall be called, & what office they ſhall beare: & when they are borne, he offreth them thinges to vſe preſētly & out of hand. But mē being not contented with the ordinaunce and counſell of God, chooſe them moſte tymes other wayes, and couet other thinges but in vayne. For none but God alone bringeth that to paſſe, that he thinketh or deuyſeth.
The meaning thereof is: What is that that is, &c. That is what is man now lyuing, or that ſhall be borne hereafter. Since that, that man is ordeyned to, is all ready appointed, & what name he ſhall haue. Vnderſtand here, that name, that he hath by his déedes, whereof he ſhall be called, as ye name of Caeſar is to be a Conquerour, the name of Catiline, a Murtherer of his owne Countrymen &c. Theſe names I ſay are ſo appoynted, & ſo called with God before we were borne. Euen ſo it was appoynted yt one ſhould be a ſhowmaker, one a pariſh prieſt, another a preacher &c. If therefore theſe names & offices were appointed and knowen before, why doth man
wander about in his owne opinions why taketh he ſo many thinges in hande, and deſyreth ſuch exceſſe? Why meddleth he beyond his boundes and marke? For he doth nothing but trouble him ſelfe more and more.
For he can not ſtriue with him that is ſtronger then he.
THat is with the thing that is aboue his reach.All thinges ordeyned & appointed of God. For all thinges haue their foundation vpon Gods lawe and ordynaunce. The very heathens ſawe that thinge were not gouerned by the counſell of the wyſe, but attributed the doing to deſteny, or to fortune, and not to God. So Salomon in this place hath an eye to the courſe of this world. As thinges doe paſſe in the world. There he ſéeth, that mē can not compaſſe & bring to paſſe that they deſyre & take in hand. The reaſon is, becauſe the ſelfe ſame things withſtād them. They will not be in ſubiection nor be ruled by our coūſels, As if one would ſtriue to haue his owne deuyſe to goe forward he preuayleth not, the thing wythſtandeth hym, God ſtoppeth him. In vayne therefore we wince agaynſt the
prick, to as ſmall purpoſe as if we would runne through a wall with our head. For that that is ſtronger then he, and aboue him withſtādeth his deuiſe, as Anthony would haue braſt through his enemies, when he came into Italy, and made his two ſonnes kinges, one of the Eaſt, the other of the Weſt, but he was diſapointed thereof. Sée how Caeſar was put by his cogitations and deuiſe. Neyther hath the Popes enterpriſes ſuccéeded: becauſe their names were geuen them before and apointed, they went beyond their boundes. So they ſtraue agaynſt a ſtronger then they, and ſo gat nothing therby, but care, ſorrow, and calamitie.
Be content wyth thine eſtate.Becauſe therefore thou ſéeſt that all thinges are appointed by a lawe and ordinaunce, both thy name and office, and yet not contented therewith, ſtriueſt againſt it, thou roweſt againſt ye ſtreame, & ſhalt not preuaile, although thou counfell and dooſt many things neuer ſo wiſely, but onely multiplieſt words: nothing more will come of it ſauing that it may he talked of. Thus Plato wrott many thinges, ſo did Ariſtotle lykewiſe touching
the ordering & gouerning of common weales &c. but they are but mere words, and remayne wordes whereof nothyng followeth. Afterwarde when they ſawe they could not preuaile, they were deſirous to helpe ye matter with other lawes and deuiſes, and ſayd, would to God we had taken this way firſt, beyng wyſe too late.
Therefore the ſtories aſwel of ye Gentiles as of the Iewes teach vs, that men beyond their appointed ſtente & boundes can doo nothing,The doctrine comming by hiſtories. whether they be wiſe or fooliſhe, but the ſtories of ye Iewes were donne in the worde of God, and teach vs that all thinges are donne by Gods ordinance, and therefore it is good for vs to ſticke to them. Otherwiſe the ſtoryes of the Gentiles are as great and wonderful as they, but donne beſide ye word of God.
For who knoweth what is good for ma
̄ liuing in the dayes of his vaine lyfe, which is but a ſhadow? Or who will tell a man, what ſhall hap
pen after him vnder the Sonne?
THat is, no mā knoweth what is good for him in this lyfe. They know not
how to enioye their goodes,No man knoweth what is expedient for him in thys lyfe. nor howe to ſettle and quiet their mynde. Mens deuiſes are variable. One ſéeketh for rule, another for riches, and yet they know not, whether they ſhal haue. They enioy neither the thinges they haue, nor thoſe they wiſhe. Onelye they deſyre that cōmoditie and felicitie, that they neyther haue nor ſée. This is a generall concluſion vpon al men. None knoweth what is méete and conuenient for him. So Cicero and Demoſthenes, whē they had written much of a common weale, and would haue ſet ye ſame forward with their deuiſes, they moſt vnluckelie gouerned the ſame. The monkes alſo and Papiſtes would rule al the worlde, & lo they ſeduce it, & drowne it in greuous daungers & déepe darknes.
Or who ſhall tell a man what ſhall happen. &c.
The ſucceſſe of thinges is not in our power.HE ſpeaketh not of that that ſhal happen after this lyfe, but what is lyke ſhortly after to follow the vſe of thinges preſent. There no man knoweth what is to come, whether Antony ſhall lyue or not, whether Brutus and Callius ſhal haue the victorie or not, whē
Iulius came
to be Emperour, he deuiſed how to eſtabliſh and make ſure the kingdome to him and his, but he periſhed in the myddeſt of his cogitations, why then ſo trouble we our ſelues with ſuch thoughtes, ſeing thinges to come be at no tyme in our appointing and power? Let vs therefore be content with things preſent, and commit our ſelues to the handes of God, who alone hath knowen, and doth knowe to rule and gouerne both things paſſed, and thinges to come.
The Seuenth Chapter.
A good name is more worth then a precious oyntement, and the day of death is better then the daye of byrth.
THis place ſéemeth harde becauſe of ye ignoraunce of the Hebrewe tounge,Conſolations and exhortations, entermedled in the accompte of vanities. which hath her figures that cā not be vnderſtāded but after the vſe of the tounge: and it ſéemeth no maner of way to agrée with the thinges that are gonne before. Me thinketh that this is the ſumme and meaning of the place, that Salomon will
comfort men that are impatient in theſe vaine deuiſes, as hetherto he hath done after he hath recited a ſort of worldly vanities, to intermire ſome conſolation and exhortation to the feare of God, that our hart might reare it ſelfe vp vnto God to harken to his worde, and not to be to ſwift of our toung. &c. So here againe he intermedleth a certaine exhortation after his reherſed Roll, meaning afterward to returne to his Roll agayne.
An exhortation to patience.Let this place therfore ſerue for a place of exhortation or conſolatiō for the impatient man, inſerted and ſet in the mydle of the reherſall of vaine deſyres and deuiſes. For in this life the hart of man findeth nothing but offences, and impatiencie ſpecially thoſe that are good men, becauſe as he ſayd before: He that ioyneth knoledge to him ſelfe, ioyneth to labour. He that heareth and ſéeth many thinges, hath occaſion to take much indignation, and ſorrow, Becauſe he ſéeth and findeth that it vexeth his hart. Looke vpō
Timon who did degenerate into a beaſt, and became a manhater, and enemye of mankinde, after he perceaued he had nothing but enuye and perſecution, for the greate
benefites he beſtowed vpon his countrye men. The lyke might happen againe to an other, ſéeing of all his labour and trauell, he reapeth naught but vnkindenes. For his harte may be ſo broken, that he he will leaue of and trauell no more.
Theſe thinges Salomon ſpeaketh of good mē which deſire ye all thinges ſhould doo well.Many wearyed with ye malice and ingratitude of men, leaue their vocation. Such as are magiſtrates & gouernours ouer houſholdes, not of fooles which regarde not wiſedome, nor care not how the world goeth. For they that are gouernours of the cōmon weale and Rulers of families fynde great deceite & falſhode in men. This thinge hath frayed many men from intermedling with publyke Offices, So that olde man in Terence counted it an happy thing to be without a wyfe. An other againe ſayd: I haue maried a wife, what miſery haue I founde therein, children come, cares encreaſe. &c. Mans mynde is offended with all theſe things, vnleſſe it be armed aforehand with the worde of God. Therfore they that ſaw theſe things, ſayd: He lyueth well that liueth cloſe and hid. &c. But Chriſtians muſt be exhorted to liue in ye middle of theſe troubles, to marry
wiues, to rule their familie. &c. And if their purpoſes ſhall be interrupted through the naughtines of man, to take it patiently, and not to leaue of a good worke. Forſake not thy ſtanding, but abide in it. Be not diſcouraged with ſorrow or impatience, nor ouercommed of anger. This is therefore a ioyfull & very godly exhortation, but ſuch as none géeueth eare to, but only ye true Chriſtians.
A good name is not gotten, but with great labour, and bearing of many troubles.He beginneth this conſolation with a prouerbe, ſaying: Better is a good name. &c. after his accuſtomed maner: for Salomon is full of prouerbes. This is it he meaneth: I haue now rehearſed ſo many vanities in mās lyfe, that a mā might deſpaire & wiſhe rather to die, thē to ſée & ſuffer ſo many miſeries & calamities, or els to geue ouer all paines taking, and to doe nothing: but not ſo, geue not ouer, but holde on. Fare not as one that looketh for no name & fame: thinke that thou ſhalt purchaſe thy ſelf a name, if thou continue in thy ſtāding, whether thou be publike or priuate perſon. Beholde what a ſluggiſhe life they leade, which liue for themſelues alone. Therfore be not ouercomē of theſe aduerſities
but ſtand againſt them. For it is better thou prooue a man of great name, an example to other, or cōmoditie to thy ſelfe, then to be an idle & ſinggiſhe drone, profitable to no body: for a good name happeneth not to idle perſons & ſluggards, but to ſtoute and couragious men: Such as be couragious & wreſtle, thorow.
S. Hierom reprehēded.
&c. S. Hierome, becauſe he would ſeeme to flie the worlde and company of people, fled frō Rome and came to Bethlehem, becauſe he would liue here a ſolitary mā, and yet he was deſirous of a name, but his hart was not firme & ſtrong inough. For he was very impatient, and had nothing leſſe then a manly courage.A good name compared to an odorifecous oyntment.
He ſaith therefore that a good name is better then a precious oyntment. Name in this place againe ſignifieth fame. And this prouerbe muſt be vnderſtoode after the vſe of thinges in Iury. In this kyngdome onely groweth that precious oyntment called Balſamum, or balme. And oyntmentes among this people were eſteemed for the preciouſt thinges of the kingdome, as we may ſee in the bookes of the kynges. Wherfore this was a fit & apte prouerbe among the Iewes, but not
among other nations, with whom perhaps precious ſtones are in more price. This is therfore a metaphore. As a precious odour and ſmell delighteth ye noſe, ſo doth a good name delight the ſpiritual ſmell and fauour. This metaphore S. Paule commendeth 2. Corinth. 2. ſaying: We be the ſweete ſauour of Chriſt &c. For Paule was a good teacher, and ſincere preacher, and in his conuerſation faultles.
The meaning of this place.The meaning therfore of this place is: Be not ouercommed of anger. As I haue taught thée to ſtand in feare before God, ſo I teach thee to continue in good workes before men. For what though ſome be offēded and enuy at thy labours? continue thou ſtill on, and the good ſauour and good name, thou ſhalt get therby, ſhall allure thee more to apply & follow thy labour.
Better is the day of death, then the day of byrth.
An exhortation to beare patiently the incōmodities of this life.
I Thinke this alſo is ſpoken prouerbially. It ſéemeth to taſte of gentilitie, & the fleſhe, to preferre death before lyfe. But he ſpeaketh not ſimply of lyfe and death, but of ſuch thinges as are to be
done, and are done euen of ye wyſeſt mē. Shew me a man in office, or ruler of a houſe and familie, and let him ſay, if it were better to wiſhe death, then to liue in ſo many daungers and toyles? Salomō
therefore compareth this life to himſelfe, and not to the lyfe to come, & ſaith: If we ſhall conſider the lyfe of man, then it is true that the day of death is better then the day of byrth. For what greater euil can happen to a man, then that thoſe which are in office, and doe all they can with all their hart for the behoofe of the common weale, and ſuffer whatſoeuer thinges for the common weales ſake, yet at the length finde nothing but all kynde of ingratefulnes, contempt, loſſe, baniſhment. &c.
Thus the texte is not ſimply to be vnderſtāded as it ſoūdeth, that he ſpeaketh not of Gods workes, nor of the lyfe that is after this lyfe, but of worldly matters as we vſe and handle them, whereof we receaue nothing but occaſions of anger & impatiencie. For the day of our byrth bringeth vs into theſe miſeries, & death deliuereth vs frō them. Mans byrth is a good thyng, and a creature of God: neyther
doth Salomon ſpeake thereof, but of the vſe of it. For as my natiuitie is the creature of God, and as I vſe it, they are thinges different. We of our natiuitie haue nothing but cares: not through our natiuities default, but through our own, and by reaſon of the naughtines of the worlde, which abuſeth the creatures of God. Euen ſo our lyfe, as it is the creature of God, belongeth not to this booke. For of it to ſay, death were better then it were a moſt impious thing, conſidering God hath made vs men, and would haue vs to liue. This therefore is but an exhortation, that we ſhoulde not diſpayre: but be of good courage, to beare out theſe miſfortunes, euen as he ſhould ſay: Suffer, beare, yelde not to theſe aduerſities, but rather reſiſte and withſtand them.
It is better to goe into a houſe of mourning, then into a houſe of feaſting. For there is the ende of all men.
Suffrings are inſtructinges.THis is ſpoken by way of a ſentence. For of theſe two prouerbes, he maketh his ſentēces & exhortations. A foole would affirme the contrary. Buſye not
thy ſelfe with mourning, and meddle not with any heauynes of lyfe (as Hierome followed the ſingle lyfe for a pleaſaunt thinge) but Salomon ſayth otherwiſe, to beare the croſſe and to goe into the mourning houſe is better. For in this houſe we beholde what the ende is of all men, and of the world. All thinges are full of gréefe and ſorowe, as well in publycke gouernment as priuate regiment, but it is better to beare this croſſe, then to flye it.Trouble bringeth vnderſtanding. For he that is occupyed in mourninge and mortification, acquainteth him ſelfe to dye, he deſyreth to liue no longer, but dyeth with a good will. He that is not acquainted herewith, but will alwayes be at feaſtes, without the croſſe, his mynde is not enured, and he dyeth with great ſorowe and ſtandeth in extreme daunger. But he that is occupied and enured and exerciſed herewith, he can well awaye with it. Such a one will be a man.
He ſayth therefore:Aduerſitie muſt be ſuffred wyth good courage, and petition and ſeeking of gods helpe. although the foole doth and deſireth the contrary hereof, yet leaue not thou of thy holde, content thy ſelf although thou haſt more trouble then ioy. It is better to beare out miſfortunes then to yelde to them. For in that thou
ſuffreſt thē, thou ſhalt get ye a good name for it ſhall be ſayd: this is a ſtoute & valyaunt man, he hath ſtand faſt in the middell of aduerſities. This fellow is able to vanquiſh all the aſſaultes of the worlde and the dyuell. For in the mydle of theſe myſchiefes, man learneth to contemne them as Ouyde ſayth: That that thou canſt not beare, if thou vſe thee to it, thou ſhalt beare, & away with it well inough. Euen as the woman that dranke poyſon dyed not of it, becauſe ſhe vſed to drinke it. And as the prouerbe ſayth: knowen miſchiefes are beſt. We muſt not therefore ſo flye, and abhorre aduerſities, conſidering we know that the ende of all mē is to haue enuye, flaunder, myſeryes and death. Therefore if yu wilt wade through them all, thou muſt learne theſe things by continuall vſe. Such griefes come vpon fooles vnlooked for, but to the Godly by reaſon of long vſe they ſéeme light, as vnto whom this worlde is counted but as donge, and death ſéemeth pleaſaunt. And in that they lyue, they lyue onely for gods ſake, which will haue them ſo to lyue.
And the liuing ſhal lay it to his hart
THe lyuing is he that liueth in wealth and pleaſure. The naturall lyfe,What this phraſe, to liue, meaneth among yt Hebrwes the Hebrewes cōmonly call the ſoule, and ye vſuall and pleaſaunt lyfe, they call to liue. He truely expreſſeth what the experience of aduerſitie doth, namely that he that lyueth in pleaſure, layeth it to his hart, that is, yt he is compelled in mynde or harte, to learne by ſuch aduerſities. And he that wil not ſuffer aduerſitie learneth nothing, and ſo remayneth ſtill a foole.
Anger is better then laughter, for by a ſad looke, the harte is made better.
THis is all one ſaying with that afore.Why ſadnes is preferred before laughter: for the mynde of man ryoteth in proſperitie. But how agreeth this with that he ſayd afore? We muſt not be angry, but reioyce in all our labor. And here he ſaith anger is better then laughter? I aunſwere. He ſpeaketh rather of ſadnes then anger, not that fooliſh ſadnes which men counterfet. But euen as he ſpeaketh of the houſe of mourning, ſo he ſpeaketh of anger, ſo that anger is a kinde of ſadnes, or gréefe, yt cauſeth a kinde of heauynes, as when it was tolde Dauid that all the
kinges children were ſlayne, he fell ſadd. There is the ſame worde, that is in this place, which ſurely can not there ſignifie anger, but heauynes, ſo that it is all one with that we ſay in the Dutch tounge. He was abaſhed and much troubled. Aduerſities duſken the countenance, and make it heuye. So he that is in office publicke, or pryuate, Such a one can leaue his laughing, ſo that he be a good man and will doo his duetye truely, there ſhall he finde ſuch gréefe, that he ſhall be compelled to ſaye. The deuyll be a burrow maſter or gouernour, for there is nothing but more ſorow & trouble in it.
Such ſorowes cauſe ſadnes in the countenaunce of thoſe men as wiſh all thinges well, in ſo much that they thus reaſon and thinke: ceaſe of, geue ouer, thou nothing preuaileſt, but getteſt thy ſelfe griefe and enuie. Here Salomon withſtandeth theſe thinges, counſelleth, and warneth thée, ſaying: yelde not, but goe thorough with it. For it is better thou take indignatiō & be ſad, that thou muſt bite away the ſame laughing, that thou ſhewe heauines in thy countenaunce and behauiour, and that thou be
compelled to ſhewe it (namely by reaſō of griefe) then to laugh. The reaſon is:
Becauſe thorough a ſadde counte
naunce, the hart is made better.
THis may be vnderſtāded two wayes: firſt, through a ſad countenaunce,With grauitie men are amended, wyth leuitie they are offēded. the hart, to ſay, of others is amended. So Paule in a Byſhop requireth grauitie in manners and cōuerſation, that he offend not men by reaſon of lightnes. &c. So Salomon would haue him that is in auctoritie, to reioyce in hart, but to ſhew himſelfe graue outwardly, that other might thereby be amended. For if a mā behaue himſelf in ſuch wiſe, yt his hart be meary, and his countenaunce graue, ſo that he ſhew no lightnes in his apparell and geſture, him will other feare and reuerēce, and his familie will be of no diſſolute demeanour.
Secondly it may thus be expounded.A mā may be meary at hart, & yet graue in countenaunce. In an heauy countenaunce the hart goeth well, that is, there is no cauſe, but ye hart may be meary, although the countenaunce outwardly be heauy, ſo that the meaning may be thus: It is better to leade a graue and ſeuere lyfe, thē a lyght
and diſſolute. The Hebrewes call laughing ſuch a kynde of lyfe as our Papiſtes lead, which liue moſt diſſolutely, contemning and deriding all thinges. And thys meaning pleaſeth me better, then that whereby it is thought that the hart of a foole or godles body can be corrected by any mās ſadnes or grauitie. It may ſéeme that a wicked body feareth the grauitie of an other, but his hart is all one ſtill.
A meane muſt bee kept betweene myrth and ſadnes.I take this ſaying therfore to be vnderſtanded of thine owne hart, that in the middle of troubles it may be good. It is an Hebrew phraſe, a good hart, for a pleaſaunt and meary hart. And Salomon ſpeaketh after this ſort to dyrect his hearer to the marke of his meaning, that is, to teach them to be meary, howſoeuer ye world goeth. But where before he ſayd: It is good to reioyce. &c. here he ſéemeth to affirme a contrary: Sadnes is better then laughter. Surely theſe two ſéeme not to agrée: but godly matters are alwayes difficulte, they are alwayes wreſted to a contrary ſence. If we teach that nothing iuſtifieth but onely faith, then ye wicked neglecte all good works. Againe: if we teach, that faith muſt be declared
by workes, then they attribute iuſtification to workes. A foole alway ſwerueth too much on one ſide. So hard a thyng it is to kéepe the highe way. So here Salomon requireth neither ſadnes alone, nor mirth alone, but will haue a meane kept betwéene them bothe. The mynde muſt be meary, at libertie ſettled, bearing it ſelfe euen in worldly matters, betyde whatſoeuer, aduerſitie or proſperitie.
In the ſadnes of the counte
naunce. &c.
AS if he ſhould ſay: I diſtinguiſhe betwéene ſadnes of countenaunce, and ſadnes of hart. I will haue all mē meary in hart inwardly: for it can not be, but outwardly ſome ſadnes will happen. As the Apoſtle ſaith 2. Cor. 6. As ſad, and alwayes meary. &c. ſo that the one muſt be referred to the outward ſadnes, the other to inward.
The hart of the wiſe is in the houſe of mourning, but the hart of fooles is in the houſe of myrth.
ALl theſe things ſeeme cōtrary to that he hath ſayd before, except we make
a difference betwene theſe two, ye inward myrth and the outward, and inward ſadnes and outward. He contynueth on in cōforting & exhorting, ſaying: follow not thoſe fooles, which chaunge their mindes with euery chaunge of thinges, & in hart cleaue to them, they be meary in proſperitie, but when aduerſitie commeth, they mourne and are ſad.
In the houſe of mourning.
Fooles geue themſelues to myrth, but wyſe men ſtudy how to auoyde aduerſitie.THe Hebrewes call a houſe, not that building onely which is made of tymber and ſtone, but what place ſo euer any thing is donne in. So with their Grammariās, euery letter is a houſe of words that beginneth with the ſame letter. But why is the hart of the wiſe in the houſe of mourning? Becauſe wiſe men are not ouercomed of aduerſitie, neither chaunge with euery alteratiō. Fooles follow outward myrth, and flye aduerſytie, a moſt troubleſome kinde of men, taking many things in hande with great raſhenes and feruencie, and when neuer ſo lytle trouble appeareth, geue ouer. Where things ſuccede with them, they goe through the ſtiche with it, where not, their hart is in
their hoſe, and away they runne? Wherfore they are neyther good to beare office publicke, nor yet to haue any priuate regiment, foraſmuch as in no kind of life, men can lyue without incommoditye and griefes. But the valyant mynde & harte of the wiſe beareth out all bruntes, and paſſeth through ye pikes of all aduerſitie. It is to be noted where he ſayth: the hart of the wiſe, and the hart of the foole. For he iudgeth according to affections, & not the thinges their ſelues. The hart of the foole looketh alway to myrth & pleaſure, the harte of the wiſe to aduerſitye and myſhap: notwithſtanding the wyſe man many tymes hath proſperitie, and the foole aduerſitye. Therefore theſe are confirmations and exhortations of good men.
It is better to heare the rebuke of wiſe men then the ſong of fooles. For the laughing of fooles is lyke the cracking of thorns vnder a pot. This alſo is vanitye.
HE calleth the opinions of fooles,The rebukes of ye wyſe muſt be patiently borne. a ſong, by a trimme figure. Neyther muſt it be tranſferred or vnderſtanded of Muſicke, no more then that which goeth before of outward banquetting, but of the
whole conuerſation of mans lyfe, after the maner of the Hebrewes, & according to their figure. And rebukes are doctrines and exhortations towching thinges to be donne. This therfore he ſayth▪ Although thou ſéeme to preuaile nothing, yet muſt thou goe forward with that thou haſt in hand, & not ceaſe frō rebuking, although fooles will geue no eare: to the which thinge Paule. 2. Timoth. 4. thus vttered: Reproue, rebuke, be inſtant in ſeaſon, & out of ſeaſon. I haue taught and doe teach that this worlde is vayne, and that thinges can not be ordered after our counſels and deuyſe. &c. When a foole heareth theſe rebukes, he draweth them an other way. Let vs then doe nothing ſayth he. But we muſt not ceaſe for all this, neyther from doing, nor from rebuking of vanities, neyther from teaching and preaching, howſoeuer we ſéeme to be contented, but muſt burſt through all impedimēts and rebuke the vngodly. If I ſhould haue left of preaching of the worde, becauſe I ſee ſmall fruite of the worde but amonge a very fewe, & great peruerſenes and ingratitude of all the worlde, I ſhould long ſythens haue helde
my peace. But God doth wyſely which letteth vs not ſée or perceaue ſuch things before we are in the middle of our courſe, when we can not come back agayne. And much better it is to be enuyed with theſe euils, then to leaue of. Therefore it is more profitable to heare the rebukes of the wyſe, which wiſhe vs well, then the ſinging of fooles: that is thoſe thinges which the fleſhe heareth willingly, and which are pleaſant to fooles. For onelye they deſyre of vs, to ſpeake to them all thinges that may pleaſe them. To be breefe, Salomon treateth with vs to this ende, that we ſhould not waxe ere the ſlacker, or ceaſe from doing, through occaſion of this foreſayde doctrine.
For lyke as the cracking of thornes vnder a pot, ſo is the laughing of a foole.
LAughing ſignifieth the whole lyfe of a foole, wherein he delighteth,What laughing meaneth. but it is but an outwarde viſure of myrth, no true Ioye of ye harte. But there is a merueilous lykenes betwene the laughing of fooles, & cracking of thornes. The Iewes abound in ſimilitudes, which they take
from thinges among thē. For they were ſtill occupied in baking and keeping of
•
ier by reaſon of their continuall waſhinges and Sacrifices &c. For their prieſts were very butchers and Cookes. Hereof ſprang that prouerbe of the cracking of thornes in the fyre, both here and in the Pſalmes. This ſéemeth to vs an harde thing, becauſe it agréeth not with our vſage, euen as our prouerbes ſeeme harde to them, as when we ſaye. Copper money, copper ſoule maſſe, although it be in vſe with vs, and taken from our religion, yet woulde not they at all vnderſtand it.
Therfore all this place almoſt, is as a certeine allegory taken from the fier of thornes, which is a fier by and by, and ful of crackling, but is ſoone done. There is more flame and blaſe in it then fier. It threateneth a great fier, but as ſoone as ye blaſe and ſounde is done, the fier is out. So in the Pſalme: They are extinct as the fier among the thornes. And Virgil in the third booke of his Georgikes: As ſometime a great fier in the ſtubble without any force, maketh great adoe. &c. Therfore the fier of bryers or
thornes, geueth no heat, it pearceth not, and yet it hath a greater ſhew then a fier of coales, which hath not much blaſe in it, but very great heate. So the myrth of fooles hath a ſhewe as though it woulde endure continually, and to haue as much force in it, as it hath flame: but there is nothing leſſe, becauſe they ioy but for a ſeaſon: for whē aduerſities come, they are daſhed, and all thinges lye in diſpayre. Thus I thinke the ſentēce is cleare, and very wel agréeing with that which goeth before, and that which followeth.
This alſo is a vanitie.
BEcauſe after the ende of myrth, griefe and trouble remaineth in the mynde. After this ſort is all carnall myrth, it endeth in trouble, and leaueth behinde it a king ſtinges.
For a ſclaunderer troubleth a wyſe man, and deſtroyeth a liberall or bountifull hart.
THis alſo ſerueth for a place of conſolation.A comfort ye we ought not to be wearied wt the ſclaunders & vngratefulnes of men. This is ſpoken by way of conceſſion or graunt: that is, it may come to paſſe that a ſclaunderer may trouble a
wiſe man, and deſtroy the hart of ye gifte (for ſo it is in the Hebrew) that is, the bountifull and liberall hart. For where a wyſe man goeth about by his counſell to prouide the beſt he can for the worlde, and doth all thinges very well: yet fooles ſpeake ye worſte they cā of him, & he hath nothing but vnkindenes for his paines. The hiſtories both of the Gentiles and of the Iewes declare the ſame, yea dayly experience. Thus Antiochus filthily put to death a man that had done very much for him, hauing firſt ſlaine his two childrē before his face. This verely was the rewarde that he had for his good deſertes. Iuſtinian the Emperour moſt vniuſtly ſlew Belliſarius a very good mā and a wyſe. All writinges are full of like hiſtories.
Wherfore he that will couet to beare rule eyther in the common weale, or in ye houſe, muſt looke to loſe his benefite, as well as God that loſeth his benefite of ye ſonne, & all other his giftes vpō vnkynde and wicked perſons. Math. 5. So ſclaunder deſtroyeth a liberall hart, in ſo much that impatiencie cauſeth him to thynke to leaue of his doing, and maketh hym
through ingratitude to become a foole, vnles his hart be inſtructed in the worde of God. Thus wiſe men ſometyme doe, as Hierome ſaith: Patience oftētimes offended, rageth. And man cā doe none other, but God can. God hath geuen the ſonne, kingdomes, and principalities to wicked men. &c. What doe they agayne? how requite they him? They crucifie hys ſonne. Here is the thākes he hath. This can he ſuffer, but mē can not. For it happeneth to them as Salomon here ſayth: Sclaunder troubleth the wyſe man, & deſtroyeth a liberall hart. But be not thou ouercōmed of ill, but hold on: For:
The ende of a matter is better then the beginning.
THat is, perſeueraūce to the ende getteth the crowne.We muſt continue to the ende, & bea
•
e out all aduerſitie. Waite for the end: and it conſiſteth not in the beginning but in continuance to the very ende. It is much better to attaine to the ende, then to geue the onſet. For no man ſhall haue praiſe before his laſt day. Not he that beginneth, but he that holdeth on ſhall be ſafe. That I ſpeake in matters of religion, the ſame is to be ſayd of
all other thinges, according to that commō ſaying: A hott beginning, a warme middle, and a colde ending: So doth it lie euen among the aſhes. We Germaines ſpecially are reprooued for thys faulte, becauſe we are deſirous of new-fanglednes. We take many thinges in hand, we goe forwarde, and continue in none, and ſpecially this falleth out wyth vs in doctrine, where euery day we embrace ſtraunge opinions. But this is the inconſtancie of mans hart. Therfore we muſt not thinke ſo much of ye begynning as of the ende. Wherefore ſee that thou hold on: thy wiſedome ſhall be ſclaundered, thou ſhalt finde ingratitude, men ſhal forget thy benefites & good deſertes, they ſhall backbyte thy counſels and deuiſes, & requite thée euill for good. Wherin, if thou be a ſhrumpe and white lyuered, thou ſhalt geue ouer. But goe thou on couragiouſly, holde out, for God at length ſhall geeue fruite and encreaſe to thy labour.
The Patient in ſpirite is better then the high minded.
HE continueth ſtill in his exhortation. In mans affayrs it is alwaies required
to conſider the ende.Haſtines muſt be auoyded. To this purpoſe the proude mynde is not beſt, which by & by is chaunged and will haue all thinges done at once, and vppon the head & ſpur, but the méeke ſprited, which by patience and bearing can ouercome all impedimentes, that lye in his way, which thing we are taught by theſe ſayings of ye wiſe. Make not to much haſte. Suffer and endure. &c.
Be not haſtyly angry in thy mynde, for anger reſteth in the boſome of fooles.
THis is a copiouſnes of Salomon exhorting vs to holde one in ye we haue begonne,Anger muſt be brydled. howſoeuer our deuiſes goe not forward. He ſpeaketh of the anger of the mynde as before he ſpake of outward anger. Be not caryed away hedlong with anger, although occaſions of anger happen, Let fooles be angrye Fooles haue anger both in hart and outwardly. But kéep thou thy minde meary, though outwardly thou ſéeme ſeuere.
¶ Anger reſteth in the boſome of fooles.
THis is an hebrewe phraſe, which we thus vtter in Dutch: Anger is proper vnto fooles, that is, they will eaſely or ſone be angry.
¶Saye not thou, why is it that the daies of olde time were better then theſe? For thou dooſt not enquyre wyſely of this thinge.
The dayes are alwayes
〈◊〉
, and ye worlde ſet on naughti
•••
.THis thing the harte of man goeth about to ſearche when it ſéeth the vnkindnes of the worlde, It is worſe then euer it was before. Say not thou ſo, for this is no wiſe queſtion or demaunde. Thus vſe olde men to ſay: When I was a boye, all thinges were better then they be now, as ſayth the Poet: A prayſer of the tyme paſſed. But Salomō
ſaith it is falſe. It went not well to worke. For ye reaſon why thou dyddeſt not ſée it, nor perceaue it before now is, for that as our yeares increaſe, ſo experience of thinges, and occaſions of anger increaſe. For a chylde careth not, nor is not enuyed, though one man deceaue an other or kill an other &c. but holdeth on his playe, rideth vp and downe, hunteth and thinketh it a great fault, for one to ſteale an others
ball or bowle away, then he is angrye. But when he commeth to kéepe houſe, there he findeth gréefe, vntruſtines of his ſeruauntes, their if his horſe breake his legg, and his oxe be not well fatted, he is angry in déede.
Therfore ye world was alway naught, but we were not alwayes in ye world, nor be not. When we were children, we felt no trouble, we were in a quieter kinde of lyfe, but the worlde was alwayes lyke it ſelfe. This in déede is true, that naughtines burſteth out in one age more then an other, but this commēth ſo to paſſe, becauſe there are many tymes greater occaſions and chaunces thereof then at other. But the naughtines of the worlde is alwayes one. Iulius Caeſar, made all the world to ſhake, becauſe occaſion and time ſerued him, which occaſion, if Eſau or Abſolon had had, they would haue done the lyke. Therfore the ſame naughtines is alwayes in the worlde. Wherefore ſee thou ſettle and quiet thy minde that thou be not angry, when thou ſéeſt theſe euils. It is not in thée to alter the worlde, but take thou héede, that thou be not altered into an other man.
Wyſedome is good with an inheri
taunce, and excellent to them that ſee the ſonne. For wiſedome defen
deth, and ſo doth money. But wiſe
dome is much better, for it geueth life to him that hath it in poſſeſſion
We muſt diſcharge the duties of our vocation, and commit the ſucceſſe vnto God.
SAlomon laboureth chiefly here, to improue that doltiſhnes that ſome alledge when they heare religion taught. If (ſay they) all our indeuour and ſtudyes be cō
demned, then let vs doe nothing, let vs ſit ſtill lyke ſluggardes. But Salomon replyeth ſaying: I condemne not riches, neyther allow I ſluggiſhnes, yea I allow both riches & wyſedome, but I preferre wyſedome before riches, becauſe ſhée geueth lyfe vnto man. Howbeit mens deuiſes in compaſſing of riches & other things I condemne. Neyther be thou (ſay I) too buſy, nor too idle, neyther be thou a foole, nor yet wiſe: Nether preuaileth, that is, bring not thine owne fetches & forecaſts, nor follow them not in getting of riches, or wyſedome, but haue a care to that, yt God would haue cared for, & caſt away thine owne deuiſes which are naught but vanitie. For the wyſedome of God is not
ſet before thée to ye end thou ſhouldſt doe after thine owne wyſedome, but looke vp into heauen, that God may worke theſe righteouſneſſes and wiſedomes. &c. Thus therefore he both condemneth mans deuyſes in compaſſing whatſoeuer thinges: and yet, he exhorteth them to be doing forthwyth in ruling and gouerning of thinges, and to wayte for Gods ayde and helping hand, where they perceaue they ſucceede not &c. For if thou wylt follow and ſet forward thine owne deuiſes, thou ſhalt receiue naught but vanity and trouble of mynde. &c.
Wiſdome with inheritaunce is bet
ter then they that ſee the Sunne.
TO ſée the ſunne,Wyſedome muſt be preferred before riches. is to be meary & reioyce in this lyfe, or to liue pleaſaūtly. This he meaneth: wiſedome with inheritaunce paſſeth all the pleaſaunt lyfe in the worlde. And he maketh a compariſon: wiſedome defendeth, and ſo doth money, as we ſay: Goods doe encourage, that is, they that haue riches, haue truſt, they that haue wiſdome haue truſt (theſe be things graunted) but yet make I a difference betwene them. For herein
wiſedomo paſſeth riches or money, that wiſedome bringeth lyfe to the owner. This is not money able to doe, it neither kéepeth lyfe, nor deliuereth from death. This he ſaith, becauſe he woulde not ſéeme vtterly to condemne riches, but onlye the abuſe of them. Then he preferreth wiſedome, becauſe it ſaueth the owners life.
Beholde the workes of God. Who can make ſtraight, that he hath made crooked?
Mens affayres can not alway be redreſſed by our deuyſes.HE concludeth all this place, which he tooke in hand for the comfortyng of impatient and angry mē, with a trimme ſentence. Why ſaith he, art thou angry? why art thou ſo impatient with ingratefull mē? Beholde ye workes of God, how no man can make that ſtraight, that he hath made crooked, let this comfort thée. For by this argument thou mayſt know that God gouerneth all thinges, and that it is not required of thée yt all men ſhould be good and kynde, nor is not in thy power to make them ſo. Therefore be contēt, and let it goe as it liſteth. It is not in my power to ſtraighten things crooked. I benefite
many, and I receiue reproche and vnkyndnes for my labour. This is no maruaile, nor any newes. For vnles god geue man an vnderſtanding and kynde hart, thou ſhalt loſe all thy good turnes. Therfore this place hath in it ſingular good doctrine: that it is mans arbitremēt to make the hart of man ſtraight, or to correcte any kinde of griefe. Thou mayſt in déede teach & admoniſhe men. &c. But none but god cā amēde it. To know this is the onely remedy againſt ſuch ingratitude and ſclaunders. Wherefore, when thy rebuke and inſtruction helpeth not, take Paules rule: A man that is an heretike, after once or twiſe admoniſhing auoyde. Whē thou haſt done thy part, God will doe his. For not to leaue of before yu haddeſt corrected ſuch things, were to place thy ſelfe in Gods roome, which were openly to be mad. Therfore:
Vſe well the tyme of proſperitie, and remember the day of miſfor
tune. For God hath made this as well as that, ſo that man can finde nothing after hym.
THis is the other part of his ſentence.
Thus ſhalt thou doe:It fareth well wyth no man alwayes. If yu haue wealth, be meary, and vſe it as thou haſt it: Lay thy cares aſide and thy deuiſes, moderate thine affections. Let God be thy wiſedome, commit vnto hym bothe thinges paſt and thinges to come: And ſo reioyce preſētly, that thou alſo remember aduerſitie. That is, ſo frame thy ſelfe, yt thou mayſt alſo be ſad. Enioy the things preſent, but ſo as thou put not thy confidēce in them, that they ſhall alway indure. Be not careles, alwayes looking on proſperity, but prepared alſo for aduerſitie, bearing a ſtedfaſt mynde and an vpryght betweene both ſtates. Thus he putteth away the affection and affiaunce of fooles, which are drowned in ioyes preſent, as though they woulde alwayes continue. We muſt ſo ioy, that we be not drowned therein, but kéepe a parte of our hart for God, wherewith we may alſo ſuffer aduerſitie. So ſhall it come to paſſe, that miſchiefes forſéene, ſhal leſſe diſquiet vs.
For as God made this, ſo made hee that alſo, after his manner and cuſtome.
HE fetcheth all our cogitations to god,
and pulleth them from the things of this worlde.We muſt take proſperitie and aduerſitie bothe in good worth God (ſaith he) made all theſe thinges, the good day aſwell as the badde: he ioyneth the good lucke by the euill, and that after his vſage & cuſtome, (where againe there is an hebrew phraſe in this worde Dabar, as was before in ye third chapiter, and in the Pſalme, according to the order of Melchiſedech) that is, as it is writtē and ſayd of hym, according to his manner, as he was wonte: this conſider thou, then ſhalt thou eaſely ouercome all temptations. But we are eyther drowned altogether in proſperitie or aduerſitie. But when the godly ſée the entercourſe of good and euill, they ſaye, thys is Gods order or vſage, and are ouercommed of neyther.
That man can finde nothing after hym.
THat is, that he may be taught,All thinges are appointed of god. that he can haue no more proſperitie then God will geue him, although he ſéeke it. Man ſéeketh further then God appointeth, but he findeth not. God hath geuen thée myrth, and thou ſéekeſt more myrth, but thou ſhalt not finde it. For no man is
able to add any thing vnto Gods workes When our Lorde hath made an ende, then canſt thou add nothinge to it. When the hart is meary, it can not be ſory, and contrarywiſe. God ſo appointeth all thinges, that thou maiſt learne to be content with that that he ſendeth, and to vſe it ſo moderately that our ioy may bée in the Lorde.
I haue ſeene all thinges in the daies of uanitie, there is a iuſt man that periſheth in his Iuſtice & a wicked man that contynueth long in his naughtines.
He returneth to hys roll of vanities.NOw hauing ended his exhortatiōs and conſolations, he returneth to his Roll, looking roūd about him. When I had vewed and conſidered (ſayth he) all thinges, among other vanities, came this alſo to be rehearſed.
There is a iuſt man & he periſheth.
We muſt not be too preciſe in executing iuſtice.HEre againe we muſt ſo marke Salomon, yt we thinke him not to ſpeake of Gods iuſtice, or of the iuſtice of fayth, but of ciuill iuſtice, ſo that by a iuſt man, muſt be vnderſtāded an exactor of iuſtice,
He that will make the people honeſt. Such as is a man in office, or maſter of a familie. I ſaw ſayth he, a iuſt man that had notable lawes & ordinaunces, which when he beganne to vrge, and to exacte them all to the vttermoſt, he nothing preuayled, but all went backwarde. Much lyke a rertaine foole which bowing and crooking him ſelfe againſt the Sunne, founde faulte that his ſhadow was crooked, and yet woulde not lifte vp himſelf. Such be we lyke. We ſée a mote in our neighbours eye, but the beame in our owne eyes we conſider not. To be ſhort, Extreame lawe or right, is extreame iniury. He that will right all thinges perfectly eyther in ciuell affayres or domeſticall, ſhall haue much labour and littell profit. On the contrary ſyde, an other wil doe nothing, careth not for the executing of iuſtice, neyther doth any good. But a man muſt neither be wyſe, nor a foole, neyther iuſt nor wicked. What thē muſt me doo? This ſhall be a meane.
Be not iuſt ouermuch, neither make thy ſelf ouerwiſe, leaſt thou periſh. Be not ouermuch wycked, neyther
be thou fooliſh, leaſt thou dye be
fore thy tyme.
What it is to be too righteous.THat is let goe all extremitie of ryght. Meaſure thy ſelfe by thine owne foote and ſinge Knowe thy felfe. Then ſhalte thou finde in thine owne boſome a long roll of vyces and ſhalt ſay: Behold I my ſelfe am yet vniuſt, & yet ſuffred of God and not driuen out from amonge men. Why then am I ſo haſty, to exact of other ſo rigorouſly that I my ſelfe perfourme not? This is to be too iuſt. The world wil not away with this. Obſerue therefore the lawes, teaching and preaching, and giue thankes to God, if at any tyme thy family, or hearers confeſſe thy lawes to be right & holy, although they perfourme them not, according to the preſcript. So art thou in déede a iuſt and a wiſe man. But thē art thou too wyſe & too iuſt, when in authoritie, or in thyne owne houſe, thou haſt good lawes, and wilt haue them ſo ſtraightly vrged and folowed that thou wilt not haue one Iote of them broken. For this is Extreame right, extreame rigour.
A wyſe Magiſtrate, and houſeholder muſt make a difference betwéene ye goodnes
of lawes, and the obedience of Subiectes.We muſt vſe moderation in gouernance rather the
••
rigour. It is better we beare and ſuffer a little rebellion, then the whole common weale ſhould periſh, as commeth to paſſe where there are ſuch ſeuere Exactours of lawes. Therefore lawes muſt be vrged and ſet forward, as thinges will beare, & not farther. Thus doe Phiſicians alſo, they iudge not, nor heale not dyſeaſes, according to the preſcript of their bookes onely, but many tymes are compelled to take an other way according to the quantitie of the bodyes they haue in cure. So mens myndes are ſo diuerſly affectioned, that many tymes lawes muſt be moderated. To this purpoſe we haue neede of moſt wiſe men, whereof there are but fewe in the worlde. Therefore we ſhould chooſe all Magiſtrates and howſeholders lyke vnto Dauid, Abraham, Salomon, Ioſua, and ſuch like, if they could be had, which could vſe lawes aright. So expedient it were to haue the common weale well gouerned.
¶ Be not thou too wicked. &c.
THis is the other parte of the concluſion. Sée ye as thou art not too iuſt, ſo
〈1 page duplicate〉
〈1 page duplicate〉
thou alſo be not to wicked,Some things muſt be winked at in gouernaunce, and yet muſt not gouernance through negligence be corrupted. that is that thou cōtemne and neglect not all gouernment geuen thee in charge, and that thou ſuffer not all things to runne to hauock. It is good to diſſemble ſome thinges, but not to neglect all thinges. If thy wyſedome procéede not, thou muſt not therefore rage in Ire and deſyre of reuenge. Againe, giue not thy ſelfe to Idlenes, as one that careth not which ende goe forwarde. Doo not lyke the wicked ſeruaūt, that hid his tallent in the grounde, and would not put it to vſaunce. Sée thou bée iuſt, & other with thée, ſet forward Godlynes, and continewe ſo doing, howſoeuer thinges fall out. Why ſo? leaſt thou periſh, and dye not in thy tyme. For it is to be feared leaſt thy Lorde come, and call thée to iudgement, as he did the rich mans ſowle, in a night when he leaſt thought of it.
This life is full of ſinne & errours.If this were an heauenly and Angelicall lyfe, nothing ſhould be done vniuſtly but this ſinful nature can doe naught els but ſin, and play the foole. He that knoweth not this, knoweth not the worlde as yet. We muſt imagine that we be here as it were in a ſhipwracke, or in the middle
of a great fier, where we muſt labour to take ſome brandes away, ſéeing we can not ſt
•
nt, or put the fier cleane out.
Wherfore, if thou be an houſeholder,As thou mayſt, whē thou canſt not as thou wouldeſt. be content if thou canſt pull but one out of the common fier of naughty men: If thou be a teacher of children, labour to teach and bring vp well, though it be but one. &c. If thou be a preacher of the Goſpell, ſo preach, not as thou wouldeſt win all men vnto Chriſt (for all wil not obey the goſpell) but if thou canſt bring and conuerte but two or thrée ſoules, as it were ſmokye brands endes vnto Chriſt, geue God thanks: for we muſt not therfore geue ouer, becauſe ſo fewe amende through preaching of the Goſpell. But as Chriſt did, ſo doe thou. He deliuered his elect, the other he let alone. So did ye Apoſtles: thou ſhalt be able to doe no better. Thou art a foole, if eyther thou preſume to doe all thing, or contrariwyſe, if thy doinges ſuccéede not, deſpayreſt of all thyng.
It is good for thee to take holde of this, and not to let that goe out of thy hand: for he that feareth God, ſhall come forth with them all.
He ſpeaketh of iuſtice to bevſed in gouernment.
A Lyke ſentēce vſeth Chriſt, Math 23. ſaying: Theſe thinges it behoued you had done, and not haue omitted or left vndone the other. So here alſo he requireth bothe iuſtice, and not exacte iuſtice, ſo that thou ſhouldeſt be neyther too remiſſe, nor too preciſe. Sometimes diſſemble the lawes & equitie, as though thou were wicked. Sometyme agayne, lay holde on the lawe, and ſhew thy ſelfe iuſt. But remember that Salomon ſpeaketh not here of ſuch iuſtice as is requyred of euery perſon, as was ſayd before, but of ciuile and politike iuſtice, which is not before God, but in gouerning of others, and before the worlde. For in perſonall and particular iuſtice there cā not be too much.
He that feareth God ſhall come forth of them all.
A rule to be obſerued of gouernours of common weales.THat is, the feare of God ſhall iudge what is beſt in both to doe. If I feare the Lord, my hart ſayth: oftentimes I haue lyued thus, and as yet I lyue filthely. Therefore I will vſe compaſſion towarde thoſe that offende. If I can kéepe thē vnder by moderate diſcipline I will,
if not, I will let them goe, till they incurre the daunger of the ſworde. And if they eſcape all theſe, yet ſhall they not eſcape the iudgement of God. Thus he ye feareth God walketh vprightly in theſe things, when he ſéeth he cā not preuaile, he calleth vpon God. Wherfore doe that is thy duetie, admoniſhe, exhorte, ceaſe not. He that will not harken vnto thée, ſhal fall into puniſhment, although thou puniſhe him not. There ſhall be one that will puniſhe him. As it chaunced of late to the Bowers,The ſeditious bowers An. 1525. who when they woulde not harkē to our rebuking of them, were puniſhed inough by others. &c.
Wiſedome ſhall comfort the wyſe man more then tenne myghty men in the Citie.
THis is a commendation of the wyſedome he ſpake of before,Force wt
out coūſell falleth of his owne ſway. that is to ſay, of iuſtice and equitie. Thinges are not preſerued by force, but all things are done and procéede through wiſedome, in the kingdome, in lawes, in adminiſtrations, in occupations. So we are made men, to doe all thinges by reaſon, and to preuaile more therby then all beaſtes, by
their ſtrēgth.Wyſedome is the gouerner of commō weales, and not lawes and power. Therfore, though lawes be neuer ſo well made, common weales neuer ſo well ordered and appointed, yet if wiſdome lacke, all things goe backward. For when a wyſe man maketh lawes, it is impoſſible that he cā foreſée all caſes & circumſtaunces. Wherfore many things are left to the order of thoſe that execute lawes. So ye lawyers call ye Emperour a lyuely lawe, becauſe he is ſet in place to moderate lawes, as he that ſitteth at ye charrette to rule it, & diſpoſeth all things according to place, tyme, and perſons. &c. For a foole doth more hurt by his preciſenes in ſéeing lawes obſerued, then a wiſe man doth in diſſembling ſome lawes. All theſe thinges as yet are ſayd by way of exhortation: Be not angry (ſayth he) though thinges ſuccéede not accordyng to thy deſier. Let it ſuffiſe thée to kéepe lawes, ſo farforth as all thinges be not trod vnder foote. For this is the greateſt wiſedome, not to know what lawe and equitie is, but to know that wiſedome is not followed nor obeyed in this worlde. This lyfe will not abyde to haue all thynges done right. The ſumme therefore of this place is, not to put any truſt
in our ſtrength, but to rule by wiſedome, which oftentymes kéepeth all things vpright in a kyngdome, where force and violence marreth all. Why ſo?
Becauſe there is no ma
̄ on the earth that doth good and ſinneth not.
MArke this alway,The beſt gouerners are ſometyme deceaue
•
& faultye. ye
Salomon ſpeaketh of things vnder the ſunne, and of ſuch thinges as may be donne. Neyther informeth he here mens conſciences chieflie, but teacheth quietnes of mynde in difficulte matters of this world. Therfore he addeth expreſſely (on the earth) vnderſtanding, worldly iuſtice, and ſuch offēces as we make one againſt the other as if he ſhould ſay: Why goeſt yu about to haue all thinges donne ſtraightly according to lawe? It ſhall neuer be, that all thinges ſhall be aright. If thou wilt lyue in the common weale, thou muſte winke at many thinges, thou muſt not knowe many thinges, to the ende thou mayſt obſerue ſome iuſtice.
Looke vpon thy ſelfe, and thou ſhalt ſée how many tymes thy ſelfe dooſt vniuſtly,Againſt too ſeuere exactours of iuſtice. & ſo not without a cauſe offendeſt many. Therfore ſéeme not too iuſt, becauſe thou
ſinneſt and offendeſt in many ihinges. So Chriſt in the ſeuenth of Mathew ſayth: Thou ſeeſt a mote in thy neighbours eye, and conſidereſt not the beame in thine owne, although there he ſpeaketh of heauenly iuſtice. If we would looke on our ſelues at home, thē ſurely we ſhould fynde theſe defectes that iuſtly offende others. This thing ſurely ought to admoniſh vs, not to be ſo ſeuere Iudges towarde others, nor to iuſt exactours of others Iuſtice. For hereof it commeth, that ſuch rigorous exactours, are manye tymes moſt vitious men. They haue no affection of mercy and compaſſion, they are greuous and intollerable both toward them ſelues and others.
Gouerners muſt beare and winke at many thynges.
Salomon therefore meaneth, that we ſhould not be angrie though we ſée things donne that offende vs. For we our ſelues alwayes doe not that we ought. At many thinges we muſt winke and beare with them. For as it is the propertie of the righteouſnes of fayth and ſpirituall Iuſtice to beare with the weake, and gently to enfourme them, ſo it belōgeth to ciuile iuſtice (wherof he ſpeaketh in this place) to beare with others defaultes, ſo that
there ought to be a mutuall bearing and ſuffring one with an other. Cicero in his booke of frendſhip, will haue nothing diſſembled in frendeſhip. And Eraſmus in his Moria, will haue all the faultes of our frendes corrected. There be alſo ſpeculations of moſt paſſionate men. Fooles will gouerne the worlde with bookes, not perceauing how no man is able to perfourme that is preſcribed. So ye Stoikes fayned moſt fooliſhly a wyſe man without ſence, being themſelues greuous to all men. It remayneth therefore that we winke and beare one with an other. For there is no man but offendeth, and doth that, that greueth an other.
Take not heede vnto euery worde that is ſpoken, leaſt thou heare thy ſeuau
̄t curſe thee. For thine owne hart knoweth, that thou thy ſelfe alſo haſt often tymes ſpoken euill by other men.
EVen as I ſayd to thée touching the experience of thine owne ſight: ſo ſay I alſo touching the hearing of other men. In déede thy familye muſt be gouerned, and the wicked muſt be puniſhed. If thou
canſt amend or redreſſe no farther let it alone. The wicked ſhall not goe vnpuniſhed. For this is a true prouerbe or ſaying: thou doeſt not clerely runne from the hangman, for God is the hangeman him ſelfe.
Leaſt thou perhappes here thy Ser
uaunt curſſe thee.
We muſt not harken after euery mās talke.THere are ſome ſo curiouſe in them ſelues, that they will hunte out all mens ſayings and ſignes in ſo much that they will harken at the windowes, and péepe in at the creueſſes of the walles to heare what euery body ſpeaketh of them. To whom it iuſtly falleth out, to heare that of their owne familye that gréeueth them. Therefore if thou wilte geue eare to euery bodyes taulke, looke to heare euen thine owne houſeholde to ſpeake euill of thée. Yea perhappes when thou thinkeſt not of it. For as thou ſhalt trye and proue many thinges: ſo ſhalt thou heare many thinges that thou wouldeſt not, ſo that thou ſhalt not néede curiouſly to harken what euery body ſayth. Neyther be thou therfore by and by angry, & take weapon in hand, but make light of
them, coſidering that thy ſelfe alſo haſt offended others in many thinges. If Iupiter ſhoulde throw foorth his thunderboltes, as often as men deſerue them, he would in ſhort ſpace be left weapōles, as Horace ſayth.
Therefore theſe two thinges are neceſſary in the gouernaunce of the world,Two thinges neceſſary in gouernement. The lawe maker, and the Qualifier of the lawe. The lawe maker to order and gouerne the comon weale by wholſome lawes: The Qualifier of the lawe to applye them rightly, and to vſe them prudently, according to tyme, place, and perſons, &c. And a Moderator of the lawe is more neceſſary in the comon weale,Moderatiō of lawes neceſſary in all gouernment. then a lawe maker, as we may ſée by ye example of our owne howſes. A wyſe houſholder appointeth euery ſeruaunt his dutie, his tyme, and place to doe it in, moreouer he appoynteth meate, drynke, and clothing, for men ſeruaunts and mayde ſeruauntes. But it chaunceth that his ſeruaunt falleth ſicke, Here the lawe muſt be broken, and tyme muſt be ſerued. He will not require his taſke of the ſicke body. He prepareth for him better meate & drynke, and more handſome lodging,
then for the reſt. &c. And he is diſcharged of his taſke. For els his maiſter ſhoulde be a foolyſhe man, and an vngodly. So here the appointment of the lawe is daſhed, becauſe the perſon is chaunged. Therfore if we many tymes depare frō the lawe, and offende in our ſayinges & doinges, let vs beare with the ſame in others.
All theſe thinges haue I proued by wyſedome, for I thought I would be wiſe, but it we
̄t the farther from me. It is farre of. What may it be? And it is a profounde deepenes, Who can finde it?
He ſetteth his owne example before gouernours.HE alleadgeth his owne experience declaring what heretofore hath happened vnto him, while he wente aboute to ſearch theſe things. I inſtruct thée (ſaith he) by myne owne example. I teach y• to leaue of this preciſe wiſdome, & that wiſdome & a wiſe man be not all one. I was cōpelled to learne theſe things by experience, when I would go about to be wiſe, and bring all the worlde to be ruled by my ſtraight lawes. But nothing ſucceded leſſe. Therefore theſe two as I ſayde are
neceſſary for the lyfe of man, a lawemaker and a moderator of lawe, this one aſwel as that other. Euen as it is not inough for a wagener to haue good horſes, and to knowe what waye to goe, vnleſſe he gouerne well his wagen in the way as he goeth. Therefore the lawe muſt haue adioyned to it moderation, which will ſay thus. Thou haſt done well to ordeine ſuch and ſuch lawes, and they muſt be obſerued, but thinges excepted, alwayes to be excepted.
¶It is a profound deepenes. &c.
SO before he ſayde. All thinges are harde. &c. They ſhal make & write lawes, they haue an eye to general things as they muſt haue. But they yt are Magiſtrats muſt come downe to particulars, & ſée whether it ought ſo to be. There they ſhall finde infinite caſes and circumſtances. And this is a bottomles depth. The ſūme therfore of the ſeuenth chapiter and this exhortation is: Mainteyne the lawe,A ſumme of ye ſeuēth Chapiter. as farre as thou art able, and moderate ye lawe as much as yu mayſt, ſo yt thou looke not to haue all thinges to preciſely obſerued, neyther be thou diſcouraged with te
•
iouſnes, but onely feare and ſerue the
Lorde, and he ſhall teach thée to doe all thinges well. For they which are without this feare, are eyther too iuſt, or too impatient.
I applied my minde alſo vnto know
ledge, and to ſeeke and ſearch out ſcience, wyſedome and vnderſtan
ding, to know the fooliſhnes of the vngodly, and the errors of doting fooles.
THis is an Addition to his forſayd exhortation and doctrine, as though he ſhould ſay: I haue wel marked what happeneth to ſuch as will doo, and haue all thinges donne iuſtly, and in exacting of iuſtice, are too iuſt, how thinges ſucceade not with them, and how while they will be too wyſe, they become fooles. I haue founde,To play ye foole ſometime, is an high pointe of wiſdome. that ſometyme it is the poynt of great wyſedome to dote. Agayne I haue conſidered all kindes of lyfe to know how the wicked went to worke, & how fooles ſuccéeded wt their matters, whether were better to caſt from me all care (as fooles vſe) or to be too iuſt. For he ſpeaketh agayne of thinges donne, or to be donne, by fooles and vngodly, as he ſpake before
of thinges done politikely by iuſt men.
And I finde the woman more byt
ter then death, whoſe hart is as nettes and ſnares, and her handes as bandes. He that is good before God, ſhall be deliuered from her, but the ſinner ſhall be taken by her.
A Monge the affayres of fooles I ſawe this alſo, that procéedeth of women.An other kynde of vanitie, the rule and gouernance of wyues. For ſince he wrot a Regiſter of vanytie, this was not to be omytted, neyther it chaunceth vnto fooles, that will not ſett their handes to woorke, but doo nothing, that they fall into the handes of women, and are compelled to doe ſeruice to them. He ſpeaketh of ſuch a woman, which taketh vpon her to be wyſe, & to beare rule aboue her huſband not of ye anger of women, although this is true, that a womā is more paſſionate then a man is.
Neither is womankynde here condē
ned, which is the creature of God. For the kinde muſt be ſeperated frō ye faultes thereto belonging, as before he ſeperated the workes of God from the deuiſes of man. Man is the worke of God, but beſide this worke of God, he will followe
his owne deuiſes, and will not be ruled wholy by God, who onely was his creator and maker. So muſt the kinde be ſeuered from the faultes therto incident.
A wife ordeyned to obey, and not to haue rule ouer her huſbād.A woman as ſhée is the creature of God, muſt reuerently be conſidered. For ſhée is created to the ende to be an helpe to her huſband, to féede her children, and to bring them vp honeſtly and godly, to be in ſubiection to her huſband. And men are commaūded to haue the rule and gouernment of their wyues and houſhold. If now a woman leaueth her dutie, and challēge the maiſtry of her huſband, now ſhée diſchargeth not the worke ſhée was created for, but doth according to her owne naughtines. For God created not this kinde to beare rule ouer the huſbād, but to be in ſubiection vnder him.
Amazones womē bearyng rule.Againſt theſe thinges might be obiected the hiſtories of the Amazones greatly extolled of the gréeke writers, who are reported to haue beene great rulers and warriours, but I thinke it but a
••
ble yt is tolde of them. And where the Aethiopians thoſe women to be kinges & Princes:Candace. (as we reade of Candace Quéene of Aethiopia in the Actes) they doe it after
their peculyar manner. As many tymes fooliſhe mē are made princes and rulers: It was neuer permitted by Gods ordinaunce, that the wife ſhoulde gouerne. Thus it may be, that a woman ſhall be appointed in ſteede of a kyng, but alwayes ſhee ought to haue a Senate or counſell of noble men, by whoſe deuiſe all things muſt be ordered. And although a woman yet be choſen on this wiſe to ſit in gouernement, yet this confirmeth not the gouernement of women ouer theyr huſbandes: for the texte is cleare: Thou ſhalt be vnder the obeyſaunce of thy huſband, and he ſhall haue the rule of thee. A woman is created to her vſe, namely with wiſdome and diſcretion to bring vp her children. For euery one in the thing whereto they are ordeyned is beſt occupyed. A woman ſhal doe more in the griping of her childe wyth the leaſt finger, then a man with both his handes. Therfore let euery one abyde in that buſines and worke, whereunto God hath called and ordeyned them.
The concluſion of this place therefore is, amongſt the diuers impedimentes of that reſt and peace that a man ought to
haue in his hart,Crowing & imperious dames, great impedimentes to their huſbandes. is a woman, ſuch as wil not let her huſband haue the rule as he is appointed. So Sampſon a very noble man was ſeduced by Dalila, a vicious woman. For they will not be contented with their diſtaffe and wooll, but wil preſcribe and rule their huſbandes in things pertayning to the common weale. Such women (ſaith Salomon) I greatly hate: For they are bitterer then death, in that they are great cauſes of our vanitie. For if the huſbands beginne once to yelde vnto them, all thinges goe to wracke, as it happened to Sampſon, and as Salomon alſo doted through his women. This therfore is that he ſayth. Euen as I haue ſéene them that are too iuſt & too wicked: ſo haue I ſéene women pearching ouer their huſbands, which is a great vanitie, not becauſe of the ſexe and kinde, but becauſe of the grinnes and ſnares. Therfore wyſe men according to Gods worde, ſhall auoyde the ſnares, but not the ſexe and kynde.
Beholde (ſayth the Preacher) thys haue I founde, ſeeking one by one to finde the count, & yet my ſoule ſeeketh, but I finde it not. I haue
founde one man among a thouſa
̄d, but a woman haue I not founde a
mong them all.
THat is, through myne experience and obſeruation in thinges,Vnhappie is the wiſedome that is not gouerned of God. I haue learned much, namely how all is vayne, let other learne the ſame alſo. For this is ye greateſt wyſdome that man can attayne to, to know that no wyſdome can preuayle or doe farther then God geueth leaue, as Socrates ſayd: I know that I am ignorant, if he rightly vnderſtoode the ſame. One by one, one after another, that is, I haue runne through all deuiſes: I finde in them all, that man cā
not liue wel after his owne wayes. And my ſoule yet ſeeketh, that is to ſay, I ſée myne owne vanitie and others, and yet I ceaſe not my folly, nor can ſtay my ſelfe, but ſéeke ſtill for that I know I can not finde. I haue founde one mā of a thouſand, yt is, which ſéeth how hys owne wyſdome is of no force, howſoeuer thynges fall out otherwiſe then they deuiſed: ſo rare & ſelde they are, that haue attayned to this denyed wyſdome. So Demoſthenes after he had vttered all his wyſdome ſayde, that wyſdome profited
not. Hereof the Philoſophers ſayde, that all thinges came to paſſe by chaunce and fortune. For they could not imagine that the wiſedome of God was far greater and higher then all mens wayes and deuiſes.
But a woman haue I not founde a
mong them all.
IF men be not able to perfourme this thing, yea almoſt none, much leſſe ſhall women be able to doe it. Agayne he ſpeaketh of womenkinde, as they be out of grace, in nature, and vnder the ſunne. For nature preſcribeth not Gods works and myracles. There may (ſayth he) be founde one among a thowſande which by experience hath attayned to ſay: my coū
ſels and deuiſes can not ſuccéede or preuayle, & ſo by this meane be made méete to gouerne. But not one woman hath atteined hereto, becauſe of gods ordinance. Therefore in theſe caſes they are not to be harkened to.
Onely loe, this haue I founde, that God hath made ma
̄ righteous, but they haue ſought many Inuentions
THe Schoolemē heretofore haue wreſted this ſaying to the eſtabliſhing of frée will, againſt grace,An errour of the Schoole doctours. and againſt Salomons meaning, where as Salomon ſpeaketh of thinges vnder the ſunne, and of thinges corporall in all his booke. Neyther enfourmeth he mens conſciences (as hath bene already declared) before God, ſauing that ſometyme he maketh mention of the feare of God, but he enfourmeth men in gouernement, to brydle and kéepe vnder their harts.
This therefore is his ſaying:No man content wyth his preſent ſtate. God hath ordeyned man to trauell in ye world, he hath appoynted him certaine woorkes, and labours. But man will not abyde therein, but taketh in hande ſuch things, as his deſire leadeth him to. God made man righteous, ſtraight for hym ſelfe, to ſée what was before him, that is to ſay his preſent ſtate, that he ſhould content him ſelfe therewith. But not forſakinge this ordinaunce of God, reaſoneth & compaſſeth matters to come. This is it therfore that Salomon ſayth: I haue founde this by my ſearche, that no mā liueth contented with his eſtate, that all men caſt their eyes aſyde vpon others eſtates, as
Ouyde ſayd.
The ranker Cropp is alwayes ſeene,
apon my neighbours grounde:
And greateſt vdder in his Kydde,
is alwayes to be founde.
And againe:
The ſlouthfull Oxe will ſaddle haue,
And prauncing horſe the plough doth craue.
Such eyes had Peter, when he ſayd: and what ſhall he here doe? Therefore his righteouſnes is in outward matters, that euery man ſhould haue an eye to ye that is right in doing, gouerning, & not looke aſyde.
But they haue ſought many inuen
tions.
THat is they are occupied in manye wayes, and dyuerſe cogitations, how to gouern things herafter, leauing things preſent which god hath ſet before them. So the woman will entremeddle in her huſbandes chardge, & the mā in ye wyues matters. Therfore this ſentence is a concluoſin of the vanitie of man.
Who is wiſe, and who can declare theſe thinges?
THat is to ſay, all thinges are ſo difficulte, that they can not be vttered. For we be ſo drowned in our owne deuiſes and counſelles, that we vnderſtand not how we be drowned in them, as though he ſhoulde ſay, I will not ſpeake of the facte it ſelfe. For men vnderſtande not what right is, ſo farre they are from perfourming it. And this is a declaration how vaine the hart of man is.
The wiſedome of a man maketh his face to ſhine, but vnſhamefaſtnes putteth it out of fauour.
I Iudge theſe ſayinges to pertaine to them that goe before.An acclamation, cō
cluding with the commendation of wiſdome. This figure of ſpeech, that Salomon vſeth here, is partlye knowen to vs by other places of Scripture, which haue the lyke figure. In the ſeuenth of the Prouerbes, it is ſayde of an harlot méetyng with a younge man: With a ſtrong countenaūce ſhee flattred him: Againe, there met him a woman ſtronge in countenaunce. (or whooriſhe in behauiour). So Daniell in the viij. chapiter, hath a
king fierce in countenaunce. This fygure ſignifieth impu
•
encye and boldenes of countenaunce ſuch as where no feare & reuerence is, as we ſay in our prouerbe of a foo
•
e, that he ſetteth a good countenaunce on it, meaning that he bluſheth not,
〈◊〉
is without feare and ſhame.
This place may be vnderſtanded two wayes, firſt actiuely, as wyſdome maketh the face of the rightous to ſhine, that is, wyſedome maketh him cheareful in looke or countenaunce: Contrarywiſe fooliſhe Hypocrites goe ſadly, as Chryſt ſayth of the Phariſies in the ſixth of Matthew: They diſfigure their faces, they looke ſowerly. The wiſe man goeth away with a cleere countenaunce, becauſe he doth that in him lieth. The wicked alwaies haue an hateful & cloudy clooke. It is therfore a kinde of prouerbiall ſētence, as if he ſhould ſay. It is to be ſeene by the eyes, where a meary hart is. The wicked alwayes hath his forhed ryueled and wrinkled. For as their harte is, ſo is their face. Secondaryly, it may be taken paſſiuely almoſt in the ſame ſence, that is, one that is of a meary coūtenance is chereful to other, and delighteth other,
His company is pleaſant and delectable: And in this ſence, it is a concluſion in commendation of a wiſe man.
The viij. Chapiter.
Keepe the kynges Commaunde
ment I warne thee, and the othe that thou haſt made to God.
SAlomon ſéemeth in this booke to fray men from intermedling with worldly affayres:Salomons counſell in this booke. wherewith he hath as much néede agayne to exhort them to be doing. As we while we preach faith, doe vtterly dehort men from working, to ſet forth the true Sabboth. Againe, whē faith is once plā
•
ed, we muſt labour to ſhewe Chriſtians how buſie they muſt be to doe well to their neighbours, and how in this behalf they muſt keepe no Sabboth, but muſt be zelous in doing good workes, ſeruent in charitie toward their neighbours, and kéepe the Sabboth onely before God. So Salomō
teacheth vs in this place, to doe nothing after our counſelles and deuiſe, but all thinges according to the worde of
God. And thus he is occupyed as it were through halfe the chapiter.
Obedience to the magiſtrate commaunded.Where therfore he ſayth: I marke or take heede to the kinges mouth or cōmaundement, he exhorteth mē to ciuile obedience. For this muſt be vnderſtanded of a politike kinge or kingdome, although it may alſo be vnderſtanded of God, but not of a ſubiecte. I (ſaith he) would keepe and obſerue the kings commaundement. I counſel you to be in ſubiectiō to the kyng, and not to follow your owne wayes. You haue inough to doe in the common weale, if you obſerue that the kyng commaundeth, whom god hath ordeyned for you to heare. It is notably ſayd of him ye kyngs mouth: becauſe he will binde vs to ye obedience of his word. Whatſoeuer the magiſtrate commaundeth ſtanding with the lawes, that doe thou (ſayth he) and kéepe the othe of god. Vnderſtād ſuch an othe as thou ſweareſt by to God, and not God vnto thée. Obey (ſayth he) the magiſtrate, as thou haſt ſworne vnto God. For he that ſweareth to the magiſtrate, ſweareth not to man, but vnto God. Here mayſt thou ſée obedience to the magiſtrate trimly compriſed
in the obedience to God. Euen as Paule will haue ſeruauntes obey their maiſters, not as men, but as God.
Be not haſty to goe out of his ſight, nor ſtand not in an euill thing, for he will doe whatſoeuer pleaſeth him. Where the word of the king is, there is power. And who ſhall ſay vnto him, what dooſt thou?
TO goe from the face,What it is to depart from the kyngs face. is an Hebrewe phraſe, much vſed in the Scriptures. In Ionas, in Iob, and alſo in Math. 18. chap. The ſeruant went foorth frō his Maiſters face, and founde his fellowe ſeruaunt. &c. Now to goe from ones face, is nothing els, but to deny, forſake, or refuſe ye obedience we owe to another.
Stand not in an euill matter.
COntinue not in diſobedience, but abyde in obedience, as if he ſhould ſay: Although the matter ſuccéede not by and by as the king commaundeth, although the kyng fall or fayle, yet holde thou on, and ſee that the kynges commaundemēt remayne in his maieſtie & force, and doe not againſt it, becauſe thou ſhalt not eſcape vnpuniſhed.
For he doth what pleaſeth hym.
We muſt obey the magiſtrate.THat is to ſay, in his Realme & kingdome: For he ſpeaketh of ciuile gouernement. He will defende iuſtice: for he is ordeyned of God to this ende: therfore fo
••
e him. It is euen the ſame that Paule ſayth to the Romaines the 13. They that reſiſt purchaſe to thē ſelues damnation. Neither is it poſſible that he ſhall eſcape iudgement, that reſiſteth the magiſtrate. Therfore the ſafeſt way is to obey the magiſtrate without any more adoe. And he declareth the power of the kyng.
Whatſoeuer lyketh hym, that wyll he doe.
HE is ordeyned of God, therfore thou ſhalt not preuaile, nor be able to reſiſt hym, though thou rayſe tumulte, or make any inſurrectiō againſt him. Therfore eyther obey hym to thy profite and commoditie, or els flye from him to thy loſſe and incommoditie.
For the kinges worde is myghty.
THe worde or commaundement of the kyng, is a very Solda
•••
. It commeth
of this worde Salith, which ſignifieth to beare rule. All this is ſayd to the ende to exhort vs to be obedient, and to abyde in the thinges enioyned vs of the kinge, although matter fall not ſtraight way as we wiſhe.
He that keepeth his commaunde
ment ſhall know none euell thing.
THis is a concluſion of the thinges gon before.They that obey, eſcape puniſhmēt. And it may be expounded two wayes. Firſt thus: He that kéepeth his commaundement will know none euell, that is, taketh héede and is well ware, ye he doe none euill. Secondly: He that kéepeth his commaundement, ſhall ſuffer none euill. Both theſe ſences are good, but I lyke the firſt better.
The harte of the wicked diſcerneth tyme and iudgement.
THis worde Iudgement when it ſtandeth alone,Iudgemēt. commonly ſignifieth reuengement, puniſhmentes. So in the xiij to the Romanes: They procure their owne dānatiō, (that is) they remaine not vnpuniſhed. So is it here takē. The wyſe man knoweth there is a tyme appointed
of reuengement agaynſt thoſe ye are diſobedient, & no man ſhould be able to eſcape that tyme. Therefore he ſtandeth in feare of God and worketh none euill.
For to euery purpoſe there is a time and iudgement: for great is the mi
ſery of man vpo
̄ him. For he know
eth not that which ſhall be, & Who can tell him when it ſhall be?
He threateneth with puniſhment thoſe that obey not ye magiſtrate.THis is a commination and threatening of the diſobedient with the puniſhmentes that ſhall followe, as though he ſhould ſay: I counſell you to be obedient and in ſubiection to the Magiſtrates. And if any will not be obedient to them let him goe, but this vauntage he ſhall haue thereby that he ſhall wrap himſelfe in many troubles, and incurre many miſeries & calamities, He ſhall euery houre ſtand in feare and neuer eſcape. Therefore the beſt for him is ſimplie to obeye. For what ſhall it profit him to be diſobedient, ſéeing he cā not eſcape puniſhmēt, as it fell out with the country men and Bowers. Thus ought preachers to exhort thoſe that are ſeditious & rebellious.
For God hath ordeyned and appoynted a Iudgement,God puniſheth them that obey not magiſtrates. and a reuenge and puniſhment for all diſobedient perſons, which none ſhall eſcape. And this is a ſingular comfort to all Magiſtrates, howſekepers and ſchoolemaſters, which hauing donne that in them lieth, and yet finde thoſe vnder their tuition obſtinat and incorrigible and eſcape from them, that they take it in good parte, knowing ye they ſhall not ſtill eſcape vnpuniſhed.
For great is the miſery of hym (that obeyeth not the kinges commaun
dement) for he knoweth not that which ſhall be.
BY a generall ſentence, he prooueth a ſpeciall, as if he ſhould ſay: The diſobedient turneth his eyes aſyde and ſéeth not the thing before his face. He ſeeeth not what he doth, nor how greate an euell diſobedience is. And he knoweth not what is to come. &c. that is, ye diſobedient foreſéeth not what is lyke to fall. His diſobedyence cauſeth him to deſier many thinges, he hopeth to attaine to great matters, and is deceaued. He promiſeth him ſelfe all kinde of ſafetye, but
whē he thinketh leaſt thereon his iudgement and howre is at hand, and he peryſheth in his diſobedience. To be ſhorte. The wicked contenmeth preſent obedience, and looketh not on the puniſhment to come. But the wyſe man doth not ſo. For he knoweth what miſchief followeth the diſobedient, and therefore he obeyeth.
For man is not Lorde ouer the Spi
rit, to retayne the ſpirit, neyther hath he power in the day of death, nor deliueraunce in the battel, nei
ther ſhall wickednes deliuer the poſſeſſers thereof.
Kinges haue long handes.NOwe he declareth what he meaneth by that he ſayd before touching obedience to the kinge. The kinges woorde is of great power, For it is Gods ordynaunce, that he ſhall not eſcape vnpuniſhed that deſpiſeth to be obedient. Man is not of ſuch power ye he is able to withſtand the king. Why therfore doth he not obey him? he cā not forbyd the ſpirit, ye is life, or ye breath of lyfe. He muſt ſtand to it, he ſhall not eſcape: He hath no power in the day of death, nor ſhall not eſcape in the day of battell. To be
bréefe, God hath ſo many iudgmentes & ſo many wayes to puniſhe, that no man is able to eſcape his hands. And although he eſcape all other thinges, yet he ſetteth him out to the battell, to periſhe there. He concludeth therefore that:
Wickednes can not deliuer the poſ
ſeſſours thereof.
THat is, therefore be thou obedient, and doe thy dutie, for there is no way of eſcape in being diſobedient, leaſt any mā ſhould thinke that I teach any rebellion, or ſlacknes in doing our duetye.
All theſe things haue I conſidered, and haue geuen my mynde vnto e
uery worke that is vnder the ſu
̄ne, and I ſawe how one man hath lord
ſhipp ouer an other to his owne harme.
NOw returneth he to his Regiſter,He returneth to hys roll of vanities. repeating againe the miſeries of mans vanitie. Among all theſe thinges that I haue rehearſed, I haue ſéene this, ye man hath power ouer man to his owne hurt. This is to be referred to ye perſon yt is ſubiect, that is, it commeth to paſſe many
tymes, that Tyrantes beare the rule, and their rule tendeth to the afflicting of the ſubiectes.We muſt obeye euen naughty magiſtrats. And yet notwithſtanding, their commaundement muſt be fulfilled, and no tumult or buſines to be made, for although the Prince were a good man, yet hath he no thanke, and not onely he is not thanked, but men alſo become the worſe, euen lyke as the commons in theſe dayes, being deliuered from ye Byſhop of Rome his lawes and bondage. All men deſire to haue tyranny taken away, but when they are deliuered, they can not abyde in that ſtate neyther. He graunteth therefore that magiſtrates are euill in puniſhing of ſubiectes, but that they are notwithſtanding to be borne and ſuffered.
Lykewiſe I ſawe the wicked bury
ed, which walked in the holy place, and they were forgotten, that they had ſo behaued themſelues. This alſo was a vanitie.
The vnthākfulnes of men whē they haue good princes to ſucceede euill.THe like place is in Amos the 6. chap. Woe be to the riche in Sion, which proudly enter into the houſe of Iſraell. To enter into the Church or houſe
of God, is an Hebrew phraſe, ſignifiyng one that beareth office or rule ouer the people of God, as in the 22 of Deuteronomy, the Ammonites are forbidden to enter into the houſe of God, that is, to beare any rule in ye cōmon weale of the Iewes. For the Ammonites were ſuffered to be among the Iewes, but not to beare any office. So likewiſe in this place. They were in the holy place, that is to ſay, they were rulers in the commō weale. Therefore he ſayth:
I ſaw the wicked buryed.
THat is, how tyrauntes dyed,Frederike Duke of Saxony, a very good Prince. and good Princes ſuccéeded, as Dauid did, after Saule was dead. But the wicked once deliuered from their tyrāny, forget their deliuery. Thus men acknowledge not their benefites. So we by and by had forgotten our good Prince Frederike the author of peace. No man remembreth what benefites they got by him, & from what miſchiefes he deliuered them. We alwayes deſire chaunge, neglecting and forgetting thinges preſent. All theſe thinges Salomon ſpeaketh to this ende, that we may learne to know this world,
and wyſely to vſe the fooliſhnes therof.
This booke woulde be redd of new choſen gouernours.Therfore this booke, new rulers ought chiefely to reade on, who hauing theyr heades troubled with diuers opinions, thinke to rule the world after their owne deuiſes, and will exacte the vttermoſt of all men. But theſe men ought firſt to haue learned to know the worlde, namely, how it is vniuſt, ſtubborne, diſobedyent, vngracious, and to cōclude, vnkinde. Let them geue God thankes, if they can bryng but the hundreth parte, to the obſeruing of their lawes. So our Sectaries are not content with the preſent goodnes of God, with the preaching of fayth, and grace of the goſpell, but will diſturbe all the worlde with newe and vayne opinions. Therefore Salomons counſell is to teach vs their vanity,Salomons counſell. and to withſtand it as much as in vs lyeth. Howbeit thoſe whom we are not able by our admoniſhmentes to conuerte vnto the fayth, and to kéepe in the ſame, we muſt bid a dieu. For the euill are made euen obſtinate, and the worſe with continuall puniſhement. Therfore he ſayth:
Becauſe ſentence agaynſt an euyll worke is not executed ſpeedely,
therfore the hart of the children of me
̄ is fully ſet in them to doe euill.
THis may be two wayes expounded. Actiuely thus, that is: the wicked holde on in doing euil, becauſe their puniſhement is deferred. Becauſe God taketh not vengeaunce by and by, as men doe, therefore they waxe the prouder. Paſſiuely thus: we that ſée how ſuch goe vnpuniſhed, are filled with many euils, we take indignation, we are ouercome with tediouſnes, and ceaſe from doyng well. For both theſe thinges puniſhmēt put of, bringeth to paſſe. Firſt it maketh vs obſtinate and the worſe: nexte, it maketh other alſo that ſée theſe thinges, the ſlacker to doe their duties. Both ſenſes are good.
But though a ſinner offend an hun
dreth tymes, and God prolong hys dayes, yet I know that it ſhall goe well with them that feare the lord, and doe reuerence before him. But it ſhall not be well to the wicked, neyther ſhall he prolong his dayes: he ſhall be lyke a ſhadowe, becauſe he feareth not God.
NOw he comforteth not man, but the godly hart. For man can not abyde this, nor ſuffer ſuch ingratitude. Neither could Dauid beare with fooliſhe Nabat, but purpoſed to kill him in his cogitatiō, in the firſt of the kinges the .25. He ſaith therfore, learne onely to know ye world. Thou canſt not redreſſe or amende it, ſhee will not yelde to thee, thou muſt yelde to her, that thou mayſt know it is ingratefull, and vnmyndefull of all pleaſures and benefites: knowing thys, thou ſhalt doe well.
Puniſhmēt commeth once, or at length.This therefore is that he woulde ſay by theſe wordes: though a ſinner offēd an hundreth tymes, that is, though his puniſhment be deferred, and his vniuſt dealing not reuenged, yet ſhall he be puniſhed in tyme to come. It cā not be choſen, but ſuch vngrateful perſons muſt be puniſhed. Therfore be not thou ſo haſty to iuſtifye and make good the worlde, or to be reuenenged of all men. Holde thy ſelfe well apayde, if thou canſt conuerte but the thouſandth parte thereof, and make it thankefull. Let the worlde ſinne, and not thou. For it ſhall not eſcape vengeaūce, no more then ye Iewes,
which murthered ye Prophetes & Chriſt, eſcaped the puniſhment of Veſpaſiane.
¶ And his dayes ſhall not be pro
longed.
IT ſéemeth the puniſhment of the wicked is long differred, ſpecially to thoſe that are afflicted: but when the day and puniſhmēt of the wicked commeth, it ſéemeth thē to vs all to ſoone. As Iob ſaith: That the day of the wicked commeth ſuddenly. And in the 54. Pſalme. Wicked men ſhall not lyue out halfe theyr dayes: that is, where they alwayes take enterpriſes in hand, and hope after many thinges, they dye before they bringe halfe their purpoſes to paſſe.
¶There is a vanitie alſo which is done vpon the Earth: that is, there be righteous men to whom it hap
peneth as if they did the workes of the wicked: and there be alſo wyc
ked to whom it commeth as if they did the workes of the iuſt, & I ſayd: This alſo is a vanitye.
THeſe two thinges greately offend the mynde of man, that the puniſhment
of the vnthankfull is differred and ye good are entreated and dealte with all,A conſolation againſt the offence that ye godly take when the vngodly perſecute them. as if they were wicked: good men hated and enuied, and the wicked had in eſtimation and reuerenced. And yet dayly ſo it commeth to paſſe. Heretofore men gaue the wicked Prieſtes all thinges, but now the Godly haue ſcarce any lyuing. They that teach ſchollers are not mainteined: thoſe that trauell moſt to ſet the worlde at libertie, haue no thanke but are trodē vnder foote. But they that deſtroy and drowne the world in naughtines want nothinge. For now a dayes Souldyers are more déerely waged then good teachers. Theſe thinges for this ende are repeted ſo often to enfourme mans mynde, & to enſtruct ye good to learne what ye world is: Namely a furious beaſt and an vnkinde, which waxeth fierce through benefites, exalting alwaies the wycked, and oppreſſing the good. And other thing then this, muſt we not looke for.
Therefore I prayſed myrth & glad
nes becauſe a man hath no better thing vnder the ſonne, then to eate and drinke, & to reioyce. For this
is all he hath of his labour, all the dayes of his lyfe, that God geueth him vnder the Sunne.
THis is a repetition but very neceſſary, becauſe he had declared ſo many ſorrowfull thinges,He concludeth with his ſentēce ſo often repeated. that he might ſéeme to haue forgottē his purpoſe. The world is vnkinde, looking euer an other way. It lotheth things preſent, although they be good. It ſuffereth to toyle and weary thy ſelfe, and deſpiſeth and perſecuteth thée. Therefore mocke thou the worlde as it mocketh thée. Dooe thine endeuour and duety, and let goe cares and ſorrowfulnes. Be of good cheare & meary, knowing that the world vſeth not to rewarde & conſider the good.
And I applyed my mynde to know wiſedome, and to beholde the bu
ſines that is done on the earth, that neyther daye nor night the eyes of man take ſleepe.
THat is, while I was thus occupied, and vexed my mynde, and deuiſed how to gouerne & order all thinges prudentlye vpon earth, I gat nothing but ſleaples nightes. And euen ſo ſhall it happen
vnto thée, if thou wilte not be meary, but weary thy ſelfe in thine owne wayes and deuiſes, for herein thou dooſt but as that foole did, which would beare all the worlde on his ſhoulders, ye is, would order and rule it, by his owne induſtry and lawes of his owne apointing. Why dooſt thou not rather commit all matters to God, & ceaſe thy curyoſitie in other mens doinges?
Then I conſydered all the workes of God, how man can not fynd out the worke that is wrought vnder the Sun. But the more he laboureth to ſearche it, the leſſe he findeth, yea and although he thinke himſelf wiſe inough, yet he can not finde it.
THis is Salomons copiouſnes. The ſentence is lyke to that that wente before: Conſider the workes of God, how no man can make ſtraight that he hath crookened. Euen ſo here. Let no man take vpon him to redreſſe and amende all thinges. For this is the onely worke of God, and not mans. And impoſſible it is to bring man to doe yt which God alone doth. For man looketh not on
thinges preſent, neither is ſatiſfyed with them, but looketh onely on thinges to come. Mans harte is fylled with dyuerſe deſyres. But God hath all thinges bounded and appointed, thinges preſent, and thinges to come.Vnhappye is the wiſedome of mā not ruled by God. But we are neuer quyet with thinges preſent, nor ſatiſfied with thinges to come, which is nothing els but to make thinges preſent, not preſent, and things to come, not to come, This thing made the Poetes to ſay, that all thinges were ruled by deſtenye, and imagine ye the goddeſſes called Parcae brake of the webbe of our lyfe, euen when we would fayneſt lyue. So Iulius Caeſar founde not, that is, accompliſhed not his deuyſe, he was cut of from his purpoſe in ye middle of his conſultation. For as he deuiſed to eſtabliſh, or rather to reſtore the Roman publike weale he dyed, as he toke the matter in hande. Abſolon caſtinge howe to compaſſe and get the kingdome, periſhed moſt miſerably.
The nineth Chapiter.
All theſe thinges I caſt in mine hart to vnderſtand. There are righteous
men and wiſe, whoſe ſeruaunts are in the hand of God, and yet no ma
̄ knoweth the loue or the hatred of that that is before him.
How thys ſaying, (mā knoweth not whether he is worthy of loue or hatred) is corrupted.
HEre we muſt well remember the argument, that we geeue not eare to them which drawe this texte to the worthynes of the hatred or loue of God, and teach men wickedly that no man can be certayne of the fauour of God. &c. Where Salomon ſpeaketh onely of thinges done vnder yt Sunne, that is, among men, gouernance of ciuile lyfe. Sée (ſayth he) what vntowardnes & crookednes is in this worlde: where I finde there are mē that gouerne iuſtly and wiſely, whoſe ſeruauntes and ſubiectes yet are in the hand of God, and are proſpered and defended, lyke Salomon and Dauid.
And yet no man knoweth whether he is loued or hated.
An admonition yt we iudge not of gods prouidēce, according to proſperity or aduerſitie.
I Take bothe theſe wordes actiuely: that is to ſay, men are ſo vntowarde, that they acknowledge not the iuſt and wyſe men, whoſe ſeruauntes they ſee
God proſpereth and gouerneth, for theyr benefactours, or their loue or hatred. They forget nothing ſo ſoone as benefites. Salomō
gouerned wiſely, in peace, in great plenty: As ſoone as he was dead, they complaine how he yoked thē. There they remembred none of his benefites.
What ſtate or condition the worlde was euer in, it could not away with it. We may ſee by Italy, which whether it be at peace or at warre, it can away with neither. In tyme of peace, they procure wars: in time of warre, they would faine haue peace. So Germany is alwayes newfāgled. In ye beginning of ye Goſpell all men gredilye ranne to heare it: when it had ſpread it ſelfe abrode, euery where they lothed it, forgetting the benefytes that enſue and follow it. Now many men take parte with the Sectaries: and when they ſhall haue cōtinued their time they ſhall be diſdained, and men will deſyre other thinges. To be ſhorte, ye world cā not ſuffer neither good nor bad gouernment: He whom the Lord aydeth not in his gouernement, can not lyue one daye without daunger.
Therefore he yt will ſerue this worlde
either by wiſdom, iuſtice, or whatſoeuer: other good qualities, muſt looke for nothing but all maner of extremitie. Thus Dauid, & Salomō
very good kings, loued ye good & hated ye bad, but ye people acknowledged not their loue, forgetting all their benefits & good turnes.The world is geuen to naughtines. Therfore S. Iohn truely, wrote, that the world was geuen to naughtines, becauſe their is nothing but diſquietnes and all kinde of euell in it. Who therefore can lyke this lyfe, where men liue in ſo great daungers and vnquietnes all the dayes of their lyfe.
They haue both lyke ſucceſſe. For it happeneth to the righteous euen as to the wicked, to the good & cleane as to the vncleane, to him that of
freth, as to him that offreth not. As it happeneth to the vertuous, euen ſo to the ſinners: to him that for
ſweareth, as to him that feareth an othe. This is the woorſte of all thinges that are donne vnder the Sunne, that it happeneth to all men alyke. Whereby the hart of man is fylled with wickednes, and fooliſh
nes remaineth in their harts, all the
dayes of their lyfe.
THis is againe a copiouſnes of Salomon, as though he ſhould ſaye:The vnkind world remembreth no benefites. The worlde is all together vnquyet, and vnkinde, there is as ſmall remembraunce of good men as of euell. This is to be vnderſtanded on the worldes behalfe, not on Gods. The righteous men, that lyue are conteyned of the world, and in the world: But with God they ſtand in good caſe as he ſayd before, He that feareth the Lord it ſhall goe well with him. The worlde rewardeth the good and the bad alyke.
This is the woorſt of all things that are donne vnder the Sunne.
THat is, mans hart is to weake to heare this peruerſenes. They that haue not the feare of God, can not patiētly ſuffer this ingratitude, and that there ſhould be no difference betwéene good mē and euill, but that it ſhould happen to both alyke.
This is the cauſe therefore that me
̄s hartes are fylled with wyckednes:
THat is to ſay, with indignation Intollerable ſorow. Becauſe they haue
not vnderſtanding,An admonition againſt the offence of vnkindnes. nor can not frame them ſelues to doe as God doth, which ſendeth rayne to the good and euyll alyke. I ſuppoſe that the Philoſophers, & Monkes are here quipped, which becauſe they could not beare with theſe thinges forſooke the worlde. They would not ſerue in ſuch an vnkinde worlde. But Salomon will haue vs to be buſyed in the worlde, and to know the worlde, and not to be feared with the ingratitude thereof from doing, but to follow our heauenly father which letteh his ſunne to ariſe vppon the good and euill. Math. v.
And fooliſhnes remayneth in their hartes vntill they dye.
They that are offended with ſome mens vnkindnes wil benefite no man.THat is, they die without hauing done any worke, euen as though they had neuer lyued. They are lyke a ſhadow in this lyfe, profitable to no body. None enioyeth any part of their ſeruice or goodnes. And that they hope after, is preuented by death. So their ende is nothing but death: they leaue no goodnes for poſteritie. But doe thou ſo order thy lyfe, that thou ſéeke to be meary, and to doe
good vnto others.
For among all men lyuing, hope is choſen, for a lyuing dogge is bet
ter then a dead Lyon.
BY this place Salomon prepareth an exhortation for vs to doe good whyle we are able,He exhorteth vs that we will not ceaſe to doe good, though men haue vſed vs ingratefully. that we be nothing mooued with the ingratitude of the worlde, but that we holde on in doing our dutye, and haue a good hope and truſt. Becauſe there is hope in all men as long as they lyue, as if he ſhould ſay: Doe not ſo contemne or deſpiſe this lyfe, that thou eyther deſpayre or forſake the felloſhip of men, for hope or truſt is the beſt thing yt is among men. For as long as men are lyuing, there is hope. Therfore we muſt doe as much as we are able. For becauſe of the remnaunt, we muſt ſerue ye whole.
Thus a good miniſter of the worde of God, for the good Citizēs ſake,We muſt goe thorow in our vocation, euen for a fewes ſake that be good. preacheth the worde of God, although many blame the ſame. So if a good ſchoolemaſter haue two good ſchollers, he muſt take paynes for their ſakes, although he haue twenty other naughty diſpoſed and hopeloftes. Thus muſt ech magiſtrate alſo doe, if he
can not bring the whole City to doe their dutie, yet he ſhal perhaps finde ſome one or two whom he ſhall bring to good paſſe. &c. This is it therefore that Salomon ſayth: Let vs not be diſcouraged through diſpayre, nor yet preſume or take ſo much vpon vs. For we muſt not ſo deſpayre of the lyuing as we doe of ye dead, of whome, there is no hope. We muſt beare with the importunities of men, and not deſpayre of all men, although many be wicked and vngratious.
For a lyuing dogge is better then a dead Lyon.
If thou cauſt not be a lyon be a whelp in thine office.HE enter laceth a prouerbe, meanyng thus: It ſuffiſeth to correcte & redreſſe ſomething in the worlde, as a lyue dog, although he be a beaſt of no great accompt; yet is he better then the great carcaſſe of ye ſtrōgeſt Lyon. This we ſpeakē and vtter in this wyſe. Better is a Sparrow ſure in hand, then a Crane in doubt. Againe, in the Dutch toung: The childe muſt not be poured out with the water that it hath beene bathed in.
For the lyuing know that they ſhall die, but the dead know nothing at
all, neyther haue they any more a rewarde: for their remembraunce is forgotten. Alſo their loue and their hatred and their enuy is now periſhed, and they haue no more portion for euer in all that is done vnder the Sunne.
THe lyuing (ſayth he) know they ſhal die,Be beneficiall to other, becauſe thou knoweſt thou ſhalt dye. & therfore in their life they haue this hope. Let them not therefore put of frō day to day to worke and to doe well, lyke fooles & maycockes, which alwayes looke on other mens examples, and wyll neuer geue any onſet by themſelues, before they ſee other beginne to doe well.
The dead know nothing at all, nei
ther are they rewarded any more.
SAint Hierome wreſted this place fooliſhly,A place to be noted againſt the inuocation of Saintes daparted. to the rewarde of the dead which were in purgatory. For Salomō
ſéemeth to thinke that the deap are without all manner of féeling. And I thinke there is not a place in the ſcripture of more force for the dead that are fallen in ſléepe, vnderſtanding naught of our ſtate and condition, againſt the inuocation of Saintes
and fiction of Purgatory. It is an Hebrew phraſe:
They haue no more any rewarde.
WHich we thus expreſſe in ye Dutch ſpeach: It is all in vaine with thē that be dead, All they can doe is of no auayle, they now can doe nothing that may profite them, lyke as is ſayd other wheres: thy worke ſhall be rewarded. And as Paule ſayth: your trauell ſhall not be in vayne.
¶ Their loue their hatred. &c.
VNderſtand all theſe thinges actiuely as before, that is to ſay: the benefits they did by louing, by obeying. &c. are forgotten:An errour of Saint Hierome. And where as Saint. Hierome caueleth, that although they know not what is donne in ye worlde, yet they know the thinges that are donne in heauen, it is an error, and a folly.
¶ Moreouer they haue no parte or portion in this worde.
THat is, they haue nothing to doe wt vs. He deſcribeth the dead, as lyke to ſenſles Carkaſſes. He will therfore haue
vs vſe this lyfe while we may, and to labour all yt we are able. We are compelled to leaue the greater parte of the world vnto Satan, we can ſcarce bring ye thouſandth parte vnto God. Therefore if the Lyon dye: kyll not the Dogg alſo.
Goe therefore and eate thy breade with ioy, and drinke thy wine wyth a cherefull hart. For now thy works pleaſe God.
AS Salomon is wont after a reherſal of vanitie in this worlde to ioyne immediately ſome comfort and exhortation for vs to be meary, and of good cheere:Comfort often repeated. euē ſo doth he in this place, as though he ſhould ſay: Seing we are conſtrayned to lyue in this peruerſitie it ſhall be beſt for vs, to be meary, and quyet. For we can not chaunge theſe thinges, neyther ſhall we any thinge preuayle, though we take neuer ſo much care there about. He calleth it thy breade and thy wyne, that thou haſt gotten through the bleſſing of God. So Eſay. 4. We will eate our breade. And Paule to the Theſſalonians: Let euery one eate his owne breade.
¶ For thy workes pleaſe God.
The workes of the godly pleaſe God, ergo man knoweth & ought to beleeue ye God loueth him.THis exhortation belongeth to ye Godly, that feare God, as if he ſhoulde ſaye. Thou that art Godly, doo that thou canſt, foraſmuch as thou knoweſt, thy woorkes ſhall pleaſe God. And this is the greateſt wiſedome that can be, to knowe that God will be mercifull to vs and that our workes and labours pleaſe him: as Paule ſayth to the Romaynes the viij. The ſpirit beareth witnes to our ſpirit, that we are the children of God. For oneleſſe our hart place and ſettle it ſelf in the good will and pleaſure of God, it can neuer ſwéeten the bitternes thereof. The harte remayneth euer bitter vnleſſe it be thus filled alway with the good will of God. This place ought to haue béene inough to haue confuted thoſe, which of the wordes ſet before, but manyfeſtly tranſlated: Man knoweth not whether he be worthy of loue or hatred &c. would goe about to make men doubtfull and vncertaine, of Gods good will, and fauour towardes them.
At all tymes let thy garmentes bee white, and let thyne heade be a
noynted with oyle.
SAlomon ſpeaketh here according to the vſage of that Countrey. The Romanes & Gréekes commende purple and ſcarlet. But the Nations eaſtward and ſpecially ye Iewes cōmende whyte apparell becauſe they may be waſhed, and by reaſon of cleanlynes and puritye which they earneſtly profeſſed euē as the Turk vſeth lynnen garmentes, for the moſt gorgious. And we in the tyme of Popery at great feaſtes vſed Albes. This is it he meaneth. Be meary alwayes & vſe ſuch raymēt as thou art accuſtomed at feaſtes and banquetting.
And anoynt thy hed with oyle.
THat is,Whom Salomon exhorteth to be meary. vſe alſo the oyles which God hath geuen thée. Againe he ſpeaketh according to the maner of the countreye, who ſet great pryce and delight in their oyntmentes. This it is he ſayth▪ Thou lyueſt in the myddeſt of vanitie: Enioye therefore thy lyfe, and deſtroy not thy ſelfe with indignation, put away ſorrow out of thy mynde. Thou canſt not better mocke and ge
•
ke ye worlde, then to laugh when it is angrye. Let this be ſufficient to thée that God is mercyfull to thée. For
what is the malice of this worlde to be compared with the pleaſauntnes that is in God. Neyther doth he here perſwade vs to any voluptuous lyfe, or to ſuch royetouſnes, as they vſe which perceiue not this vanity (for that were to add oyle vnto fyre) but ſpeaketh of the godly, which féele and haue experience of the vexations and gréefes of this worlde. Theſe mens hartes goeth he about to chéere and reare vp. Theſe men counſelleth he to be meary, not ye frowarde and vngodly, which otherwiſe lyue in all maner of ſenſualitie and voluptuouſnes. The ſame he meaneth where he ſayth:
Reioyce with the wife whom thou haſt loued all the dayes of the lyfe of thy vanitie, which God hath ge
uen thee vnder the Sunne, all the dayes of thy vanitie. For this is thy portion in the lyfe, and in thy tra
uell wherein thou laboureſt vnder the Sunne.
AS though he ſhould ſay: Thou ſhalt carry no more with thee. So Paul in the firſt to Tymothy the 6. Hauyng foode and rayment, let vs therewyth
be content. For they that be not contēt herewith, but couet after other thynges, and afflicte their ſelues with indignation and cares, adde ſorow vnto ſorow, vanitie vnto vanitie, & at once depriue themſelues of all goodnes.
All that thyne hand ſhall finde to doe, doe wyth all thy power: for there is neyther worke, nor inuen
tion, nor knowledge, nor wiſdome in the graue whether thou goeſt.
THis is the other part of his exhortation which he obiecteth to thoſe idle perſons,Diligence & continuance in labour commaunded. who becauſe they ſée the worlde vnkinde and greuous, ceaſe of from labour, and will doe no more good. He cō
maundeth vs therfore to doe both, namely to be meary, and yet not ſo yt we loyter, but labour according as God hath commaūded. Gen▪ 3. Let vs take labour vnto vs, but put cares of mynde from vs, and be content with the preſent eſtate: adde a third thing, vexe not thyne harte, becauſe thou ſéeſt the worlde is ingratefull. It is notable that he ſayth, ſhall finde, that is, follow not thyne owne counſell, but doe thinges as they fal out,
that which God commaundeth, & offreth taking no care for ought to come. Wheras he ſayth, with all thy power, thereby he requireth induſtry and diligence.
For in the graue there is no worke.
Againſt inuocation of Saintes.AN other place, prouing that the dead haue no perſeueraunce or féeling. There is (ſaith he) no deuiſe, no ſcience, no knowledge, no wiſedome there. Salomon iudgeth that the dead are a ſleepe, and féele nothing at all. For the dead lye there accompting neyther dayes nor yeares, but when they are awaked, they ſhall ſéeme to haue ſlept ſcarce one minute.
What this worde infernus ſignifieth.Hell ſignifieth a pit or graue, but properly (as I iudge) that ſecret withdrawing place, where the dead ſléepe out of this lyfe, whence the ſoule goeth to her place (whatſoeuer it be, for corporall it is not) ſo that thou mayſt vnderſtād hell to be that place where the ſoules be kept, being a certayne graue (as it were) of ye ſoule, without this corporall worlde, as the earth is the ſepulchre of ye body. But what maner of place it is, we know not. So in the 42. and 43. of Gen: I ſhal goe
downe mourning into hell. Agayne: they ſhall bring my white head wyth ſorow vnto the graue. For they that truely are holy, goe not into hell to ſuffer any thing there.Where the ſayntes that be dead are. The dead therefore are out of all place. For whatſoeuer is out of this lyfe, is out of place. Euen as after the reſurrection, we ſhall be cleare from place and tyme.
And I turned me vnto other things done vnder the ſunne, and I ſawe that in ru
̄ning, it helpeth not to be ſwifte, in battell not to be ſtrong, to get liuing, not to be carefull, to get riches not to be wiſe, to be had in fauour, it helpeth not to be cun
ning, but that all lyeth in tyme and fortune.
THis is the ſumme and concluſion as it were of his diſcourſe and roll of vanities, as if he ſhould ſay:Then be our enterpriſes happye, when God proſpereth them and gouerneth their ſucceſſe.
It makes no matter what a mā can doe. Therefore, follow not thyne owne wayes or deuiſes, but that thyne hand findeth, that is, continue in a certayne worke appointed and commaunded by God, leauing the thinges which may hinder thée therefrō,
as Samuel ſayd vnto Saule: thou ſhalt be chaunged into an other man, and that thine hand findeth, that doe. &c. He preſcribed him no rule or lawe, but whatſoeuer thing fell, to take it in good part, and to labour therein.
We muſt goe on with our vocatiō.Thus doth Salomon teach vs in this place. Alwayes goe forwarde with that thou haſt in hand, and belongeth to thy vocation. Thou art a preacher, or miniſter of the word of God, continue in reading the Scripture, and in teaching, be not drawen to any other trade before the Lord draw thée. For whatſoeuer ye Lord doth not ſay or commaūde profiteth not, which thing he proueth by his owne experience, ſaying: I ſawe the ſwifte preuayled not by running, and many ſtrong men, which yet loſt the victory: I ſawe alſo many notable wyſe mē haue litle ſucceſſe, many diligent and good gouernours which litle preuayled. It lies not in the perſon how industrious or witty ſoeuer he be.
All ſucceſſe of matters is of God.Many tymes the ſtrong are ouercōmed in warre of the weake, and many tymes great hoſtes are ſlayne by ſmall number of men, becauſe the matter conſiſteth not
in ſtrength. So Troye was a moſt impregnable thing, wāting neyther ſtrēgth nor power, and yet was it ſubdued and ouerthrowen. For the tyme was come that God had ordeyned it ſhould ſo be. By the lyke reaſon, in the yeares paſſed, the Emperour tooke and vanquiſhed the kyng of Fraunce,
Fraunces kyng of Fraunce takē priſoner. 1525. notwithſtanding he farre paſſed him in ſtrēgth of mē. Where he ſaith, that running helpeth not the ſwifte, it is an Hebrew phraſe, for with them to rūne, is to beare office, as Paul to the Corinthians: So runne I, not as at an vncertaine thing. Agayne: I haue fyniſhed my courſe.
To be had in fauour it helpeth not to be cunning.
THat is,Many notable artificers cōtemned. many are ſkilfull in artes & good learning, and yet they are not regarded, no man ſéeth to them, or taketh care for them. So with vs the worde is plentifull, there are many good wyttes, and yet we can not bring all men to the fayth: and yet not withſtanding we muſt not leaue of from preaching the Goſpell. For God raigneth euen in weakenes, he ſhall gouerne our doinges & bring them
to paſſe. The Lorde is able to kindle a greate fyer & flame, ſo we will preſerue ſparcles. We are alſo meruelouſly troubled and vexed in our myndes about getting our liuing. One becauſe he would be rich, becōmeth a Printer, and loe he conſumeth that he hath. It is not therefore ſufficient to be wiſe and induſtrious. For many ſingular wyttes, and excellent artificers, are vtterly deſpiſed. This is it he ſayth:
The Succeſſe of all thinges depen
deth on fortune.
We muſt trauell, and leaue all ſucceſſe vnto God.THat is, I cā not determine or apoint what ſucceſſe I ſhall haue, when I haue donne all I can. Doo thou onely yt is thy duetye. God ſhall finde a tyme to vſe thy labour. We cā not iudge of theſe thinges, we muſt labour, but appointe no ende and effect of our woorking.
Man knoweth not his tyme, but as the fyſhes which are take
̄ with the angle, & as birdes that are catched with ſpringeſſe, ſo are they ſna
red in the perelous tyme, when it cometh ſvddenly vpon them.
VNderſtand, this tyme to be not onely the very end of life, but euery hower, and occaſion, as if he ſhould ſay: Thou muſt labour, although thou know not what will followe thereof. Therfore applie thy ſelfe to learning, and if God ſo appoint, he will giue thy ſtudy fruite and ſucceſſe. The lyke we muſt do in all other trades & exerciſes of lyfe labouring and commytting all ſucceſſe vnto God. For the tyme of ſucceſſe is not reuealed to vs.
And as fiſhes. &c.
WYth two feate ſimilitudes,All aduerſities cā not be foreſeene he proueth that moſt tymes matters fall out cōtrary to our deuiſes and wéening: the fiſhe is deſirous of meate, & deuoureth the hooke. The byrdes lykewiſe without all feare goe on féeding, and thinke no thing of the grynne, and ſodenly they are caught: So we when we haue choſen and hoped for that we thinke good, are deceaued. And when we thinke euil is toward, then goodnes is at hand, And we ruſhe in to thoſe thinges, which afterwarde we can not get out of, in ſuch a wyſe, as we perceaue not, how we be circumuented. And all this commeth to paſſe, becauſe
we knowe not the tyme and hower. So that experience teacheth vs, how thinges are not ordered by our deuiſes, but moſt tymes againſt them. And hence procedeth ye ſaying of miſfortunat folke: I thought not it would haue ſo fallen out.
This wiſdome alſo haue I ſeene vn
vnder the Sunne, and me thought it a great thinge. There was a lyttle Citie, and a fewe men within it: So there came a great kinge and beſee
ged it, & made great fortes againſt it: and in the Citie there was found a pore ma
̄, but wiſe, which through his wiſdo
̄e deliuered the Citie: Yet was there no body that had any reſ
pecte vnto ſuch a ſimple man. Then ſayde I, wyſedome is better then ſtrength. Neuertheles a poore ma
̄s wyſdome is deſpiſed, & his wordes are not heard.
Fooliſhnes & vnkyndnes of the people reprehended.
I ſuppoſe yt this is ſet after his cōcluſion in ſtead of an example, whereby he declareth all that he hath ſayde before. It is a generall example, the lyke whereof is foūde in many hiſtories. For thus in the ix. Chapter of the Iudges, a woman deliuered
the Citie ſaying Abimelech the king, with a peece of a mylſtone. He calleth it great wyſedome, becauſe indeede that wiſedome of gouernaunce is very greate that delyuereth a litle Citie, of ſmall force, frō valyaunt enemyes. But to forget this wiſedome, and ſo great benefites, as moſt times it happeneth, is greate vnthankfulnes.Themiſtocles. Thus Themiſtocles employed many benefites vpon his Countrey men but he founde greate ingratitude for the ſame. Thus Dauid benifited all Iſraell, ſo did Salomon. But afterward forgetting ſo great benefites, tenne of the Trybes forſooke the houſe of Dauid, Wherefore to pleaſure and benefit ye worlde, is nought els, but to loſe our benefites, and to caſt golde into durt and Pearles before hogges. The beſt is therefore to be mery, and to labour for ye tyme preſent, caſting of all care of things to come. For it were better that my benefites periſhed, then I to periſh with my benefit alſo, as ſayth Phaedria, in the comedye entituled Eunuchus.
And no man remembred the man.
IN déede the wyſe mans wordes were
〈1 page duplicate〉
〈1 page duplicate〉
heard, while he gaue good counſell, but that done, he was by and by forgotten.
The tenth Chapiter.
The wordes of the wyſe are more heard in quietnes, then the crye of him that ruleth among fooles.
Exhortations & reprehenſions mixed togither.
THe effect of this place is to comfort and exhort them which are troubled with worldly affaiers, next to rebuke thoſe which are a let and hindraunce, that wiſe and godly mens counſels goe not forward, as he beganne with the example of a poore man, that wiſely brought a great matter to paſſe, but aſſoone as ye benefite was paſt, it was forgotten. For all preſent eſtate of men as was ſayde before, is deſpiſed. Therfore Salomō
perceauing this matter, ſayth: weary not your ſelues, you cā bring the world to none other paſſe, nor yet the men therein. If matters procéede according to your good deuiſe, commytte them vnto God.
The wordes of the wyſe are hearde in quietnes. &c.
THe wordes of the wiſe are not regarded,Wyſe mens counſelles deſpyſed. therefore they are compelled to harken to the wordes of a fooliſhe ruler. The crying of a captayne preuayleth among fooles, and a fooliſhe prince heareth a fooliſhe Counſellers words, becauſe he ſpeaketh that which pleaſeth him. Thys I ſay, that thou muſt conſider, as is ſayd in the prouerbes: The foole wyll not heare, vnles thou ſpeake that he phā
ſieth in his harte, becauſe affections rule all in the fooles hart, therefore he regardeth not what thou ſayeſt, vnles thou ſay that he deſireth. For they which thus are led with their owne affections & wyſdome, will heare nothing els. Therefore thou ſhalt not preuaile; thou ſhalt not be heard: where myndes are not quyeted, that is to ſay, blinded with affections. So now a dayes,Counſell taketh no place but in myndes wholſomly ſettled. it is in vayne to write agaynſt the Sectaries and heretikes, for thou ſhalt doe no good. Which thing Paule affirmeth alſo: A man that is an heretike, after once or twiſe warnyng auoyde. &c. And it falleth not thus out in matters of religion onely, but alſo in ciuile affayres. Thus it fareth in worldly affayres: if thou geue good counſell, thou
ſhalt not preuayle, nor be heard, but with Neutrals, whoſe myndes are ſetled, and will take parte wyth none. But ſetled myndes at quyet can truely iudge that ye crying of a Captayne is but fooliſhe. We muſt abyde therfore till the affections be appeaſed, for then ſhall he heare. Euen as troubled-water is not cleare, but if thou wilt ſée the bottome, thou muſt tarry till the water be ſetteled: ſo all men that haue conceaued any perſwaſion in their mynde, will not be diſſwaded agayne, vnles that conceit of theirs, wherwith they be as it were bewitched, be put away. This Salomon in an other place expreſſeth in thys wyſe: It is better to meete a Beare, or a Lyon robbed of her whelpes, then a man truſting in his owne foolyſhenes.
Better is wiſdome then weapons of warre, but one ſinner deſtroyeth much good.
Force wt
out counſell can not ſtand.THis ſentence he hath proued with the enſample gone before. And at thys day all that follow warres, prooue the ſame, namely that warlyke engines are naught worth without wiſdome & counſell,
and that wyſedome is of more force and auayle in warre, then is ſtrength. For there are many ſuddaine and diuers chaunces and awaytes. &c. Thus ye Romanes boaſt yt they ouercame the world, not by ſtrength, but by wyſdome. Wiſedome therfore beareth the ſtroke in thys worlde, but ſhée is not heard or cōſidered.
For one Synner deſtroyeth much good.
FOr both in peace and warre there are ſuch vnthriftes and naughty perſons,Peruerters of good counſell. as diſturbe all thinges. There is a counſeller ſtādeth vp and ſpeaketh for peace, ſtraight way a thraſonicall mate & lubber daſheth all, whom thou ſhalt reſiſte but in vayne, becauſe men are led wyth their owne affections, and will geue no eare to ſuch as geue contrary aduiſe, ſo that as Homere ſayth, the greater parts moſt tyme preuaileth agaynſt the better.
Dead flyes cauſe the moſt precious oyntment to ſtinke.
THis is a prouerbiall ſentence againſt fooles,Euill coū
ſellers reprehended. howbeit Salomon hath very hard tranſlations. The tranſlatiō would
haue béene more comely, if he had added, according to the prouerbe, It is as men ſay. The prouerbe is taken from things in vſe among this people, which accompt and eſtéeme oyntmentes among their moſt precious thinges. It ſéemeth to vs the ſimilitude is the more vnpleaſaunt and ſtraunge, becauſe we haue litle vſe of ſuch thinges as that nation had. Lyke therfore as flyes deſtroy a moſt precious oyntment, ſo ſome vnthrift and naughtipacke deſtroyeth the beſt counſell in a common weale, in the Parliamēt chamber, and in warre. Therefore as we are conſtrayned to beare with ſuch noyſome flyes, ſo are we compelled to beare with ſuch peſtilent counſellers.
Therefore a lytle folly ſometyme, is better then wiſdome and glory.
To dote in ſome thyng is helde for high wyſedome.THis is a conſolatiō againſt ſuch chaū
ſes and naughtye Counſellers, He calleth it lytle folly beſauſe of the litle tyme it endureth as the Poetes vſe to ſay To ſeeme fooliſh in place where, is holden for high wiſedome. Therefore when thou ſéeſt a naughty man preuaile
in the Counſell, or in the Parlament houſe &c. let thy counſell geue place, and leaue of thy wiſedome, becauſe thou ſéeſt it is not lyked and vexe not thy ſelfe. It is better thou ſéeme a foole for a ſeaſon: and let them go on in their fooliſhnes, becauſe they wil giue no eare to thée. For by force thou canſt not preuaile. For a foole will be led by no counſell, vnleſſe thou ſpeake according to his mynde. Therefore thou muſt let them alone whē thou haſt ſhewwed thy counſell, and donne what thou cāſt. For if thou wilte goe through wyth thy purpoſe, yu ſhalt wrath theſe waſpes, and méete with an angry Beare, and endaūger thy ſelf without neceſſitie. Theſe counſels be very good for vs, which dwell in this ingratefull worlde, which harkeneth not to our good counſell, whatſoeuer we ſaye or threaten-
Glory ſignifieth not onely fame,Glorye. but pompe, ornamentes, & riches, which are cauſe of fame. So Math. 6. God ſo clotheth the lylyes of the feelde, that Salomon in all his glory, that is to ſay, in all his ryches and pompe, was not ſo arayed.
¶ The harte of a wiſe man is as his
right hande, but the hart of a foole is at his left.
The difference betweene wiſe men and fooles.THis alſo is a kinde of Prouerbe, that is, a wiſe man hath his harte in hys owne rule and power. If he perceaueth that they are fooliſh, and wil geue no eare vnto him, he can for a tyme holde his peace. He cā vſe his wiſedome according to the place and perſons, and as he ſhall perceaue his counſell is lyke well or euil to ſuccéede. But a foole is not maſter of his owne hart, but according to his affection, will runne through with them. It is a great matter to rule and moderate ye harte, which no man doth or can doe, but he that is wel acquainted with the world and hath an eye to Gods iudgementes.
A foole walking in the way and be
ing him ſelfe neuer ſo much a foole thynketh yet that all other are fooles.
Many ſuch glorious braggers in Princes Courtes.THat is, he is not content that himſelfe preuaileth with his naughty counſel, ſo that thou muſt yelde to him, but alſo thou ſhalt be cōpelled to beare with him, in being glorifyed for his fooliſhnes, and naughty counſell, and in ſhaming the
wiſedome of other men. For if thou geue good counſell, he will ſtraight way be vpon thy back, and reprooue thy wiſe ſaying and counſelling. But aūſwere thou thus: I haue ſhewed my counſell, I compell no man, but haue ſaid that I thinke good. Firſt therefore a foole will not heare thée: nexte he will throng with his owne imagination: and laſt of all, whatſoeuer thou ſayſt to the contrary, (as thou art bound) but not to follow it, if thou thinke it will not preuaile, he will deride it, & reproche it as fooliſhe and wicked. This we ſée in our dayes and finde true by our ſelues.
Therefore if the ſpirit of thy ſuperi
our haue his purpoſe againſt thy mynde: be not thou diſconten
ted, for to giue place pacifieth great euill.
THis we thus expreſſe in our prouerb:Fooles muſt not be ſtriuē with, but yelded to, for a tyme.
He that can haue patience will be a wyſe man. He ſaith therefore, if their ſpirite preuaile, that is to ſay, their force or counſell, be not impatient or angry, leaue not thy place, remayne by thy ſelfe and continue. For if thou reſiſt, and wilt haue thy counſell followed and allowed,
thou ſhalt but vexe the waſpes onely, & kicke againſt the pricke, for it is a greate pointe of wyſedome, to diſſemble & giue place. For it allayeth many euels which by ſo being quyet, that is by geuing of place be caulmed, and at length of them ſelues come to ſilence, which otherwiſe would ſtyrre vp much trouble, if thou wouldeſt withſtand them. Thus the Romans glory in their Fabius, which by ſuffring and leaſure ouercame Hannibal. Thus our Frederick Duke of Saxonye, by kéeping ſilence and lying ſtill, kepte downe the Erfordians, and was auenged of them. Thus Virgill alſo ſayth: All fortune muſt bee ouercōmed by ſuffering. For ſuch ſayinges as theſe are taken out of the experience of this worlde.
❀ There is a great euell that I haue ſeene vnder the Sunne, namely ig
norance, that is much ſeene among Princes. For ſome foole is aduau
̄
ced to great honour, and the riche ſyt in the duſt. I haue ſeene ſerua
̄ts on horſe backe and ſome Princes lyke ſeruauntes goe on foote.
IT is no meruell ſayth he,All thyngs repleniſhed wyth folly. if the violēce or counſell of fooles preuaileth agaynſt wiſe mē and them that giue good counſel. For I ſée few princes but they are fooles, and take no wiſe way in gouerning their charges. Thus ye foole ruleth euery where in the Counſell chamber, in the Princes courte. &c. The world is fooliſhe and gouerned with fooles, & with fooliſhe opinions: Wherefore if thou counſell them otherwiſe, they will not heare thée. If thou holde on, the more is the foole moued, & for hatred will doe that ſhall turne his Countrye to great hinderaunce.Whome he vnderſtandeth by riche men, & ſeruauntes. The rych that ſytt in the duſt, he vnderſtandeth to be ſuch as ought to beare rule, becauſe they knowe well how to gouerne. He cauleth them Seruauntes that ought to bee ruled, as though hee ſhoulde ſay: They which ought to be ruled, them I ſée ſet alofte and in authoritie, being but ſlaues and fooles, and wiſe men want, and ſcarce haue any lyuing. Therefore when thou ſéeſt ſuch Centuaries and Thraſones beare rule, which ought rather to doe the ſeruice, meruell not at it, remember this is the kingdome of the worlde.
He that diggeth a pit ſhall fall into it, and he that breaketh a hedge, a ſerpent ſhal ſting him. He that re
moueth ſtones ſhall hurt himſelfe thereby, & he that cleaueth wood, ſhall be in daunger thereby.
Gouernāce a perillous enterpriſe.HEre Salomon cowcheth as it were a heape of prouerbes together, all which he applyeth to his purpoſe, ſaying as it were: it commeth to paſſe in this world, as theſe prouerbs declare. Whatſoeuer thou doeſt in this worlde, it commeth to paſſe, as ſayth the prouerbe: He that diggeth a pit. &c. Men doe not eſcape from it without hurte. Lykewyſe to rule men, is as to breake vp an hedge, where many tymes, it chaunſeth that a Snake ſtingeth him. Wherefore, if miſhap betyde thée, play the ſlackarde neuer the more, but remember that thus it goeth in this worlde. For to rule men is in Gods power onely. Therefore, he that is called to auctoritie, muſt remēber that he taketh that in hand that mās wit can not compaſſe. For the hartes of men are not in our power. Onely they which haue the feare of God in them are eaſely
gouerned. This prouerbe is taken from thē that dig pits or graues,Gouernāce muſt not be caſt of, for the perrils therin. whoſe chaūce it is many times vnawares to fall into ye ſame. So to beare rule in this worlde, is to dig a pit: there be thou fenced, & know thou art in perill. Which excepte thou wilt doe, thou ſhalt fall into many ſuddē and vnforeſeene daungers. For daungers foreſéene leſſe hurt vs. Thus dyd Demipho in Terences Phormio well geeue warning of. Wherfore (ſaith he) All mē whē they are in moſt proſperity, moſt chiefely conſider with thēſelues how to ſuffer and beare aduerſitie, daungers, loſſes, baniſhement. When he commeth out of the coūtrey, let him alway thinke, my ſonne may haue cō
mitted ſome faulte, my wyfe may be dead, my daughter may be ſicke: theſe be common caſes, and it may be that they ſhall not be ſtraunge vnto thee. Whatſoeuer falleth out otherwiſe thē thou hopedſt for, take for a
•
vaūtage. That if any thing ſo happen, thou mayſt ſay, thus I thought and looked for, and thinke no ſtraūge thing is happened vnto thée. And if any good hap or fortune betyde thée, take it for a dayly gayne.
Thou muſt not ſtraight way leaue of digging, though thou fall vnawares into the pit. The lyfe of man is full of daungers: and as in breaking downe an hedge, it is to be feared leaſt ſome Serpēt lying hidden may ſting vs: ſo in gouerning a common weale, we muſt beware we be not hurt. If thou hap to be bitten or hurte, thou muſt beare it: for it is no newes.
He that remooueth ſtones.
An other ſimilitude.HE that turneth ſtones, ſome hurteth his hand or féete. He vnderſtandeth ſuch huge ſtones, as can not be remooued without ſome great hurt. So to haue to doe in ciuile matters, is to turne ſuch ſtones. Therefore when thou art hurte, ſay: If I had not turned theſe ſtones, I had not béene hurte, but becauſe I mooue and turne them, what maruell is it that I am hurt? If thou be an houſholder, remember thou muſt turne this ſtone alſo. That that followeth is lyke.
He that cleaueth wood, ſhall be in daunger thereof.
Daunger ioyned with gouernāce.THat is, things publike cā not be weldded without hurt and daunger. Beſt
is therefore to Bulwarke and fence the mynde, and to looke for whatſoeuer falleth out, that if any thing chaūce wel in ye common weale, we take it as a myracle. Benefites, the more they happen beyond our expectatiō, the more they reioyce vs, euen as miſhaps the leſſe hurte vs, the more they are foreſéene. Let vs therfore thinke we ſhall be alway in hazarde, and not ſtill in good caſe.
If the yron be ſo blunt, that one can not ſharpen it, he muſt then put to more ſtrength: but the excellencie to directe a thing is wiſdome.
AGayne he comforteth them that are in office:An hard thyng to gouerne a corrupt cō
mon weale. Euen as an yron toole cankred with ruſt is hardly made cleane and ſharpened, ſo is the worlde lyke a ruſtye yron, and hatchet full of gappes, looſe in the handle or helue, which no man can worke well wyth. This is a very handſome ſimilitude. And as it is a very labourious thing, and troubleſome to cut or hewe with ſuch a ruſty and hacled hatchet: ſo is it a wofull and miſerable ſtate to be a gouerner in a realme or an houſe. For it is an vnprofitable & marred toole,
and yet muſt we be doing, in, and about the ſame. So when men are euyll and full of naughty affections, there is neede of great wiſdome to rule & moderate thē. Thus he ſayth: If it be ruſtyed & blunt, then is there néede of a wyſe workmā, that is: It muſt be a cunning workmā that can well whet out an olde ruſtye Axe. So it is néedefull he be a wyſe man that can handſomly vſe ſuch euill tooles, that is the worlde, and ſuch peruerſe and vntoward men. Men by nature are diſſpitefull. But God hath authorized ſuch men, that at leaſt they myght therfore be obeyed.Great wiſdome is needefull, to correct euill manners. For he ſayth: I will that thou be obedient vnto this man, for if thou diſobeyeſt him, thou contemneſt me. But yet they obey not by this neyther. Therfore publyke gouernāce or howſe keping is but ſuch a ruſtie toole as is ſpoken of. Vſe therfore the ſame hatchet thou haſt, ſins thou cāſt handle none other, as ſaith the Prouerbe. He that hath no lyme, muſt builde his wall with doonge or lome. If thou be an houſeholder, or an officer, thinke thou haſt this ruſty iron, that is, ſuch as thou cāſt not rule, nor wil be ruled, occupie it, and cut with it as ye
canſt that thou maiſt at leaſt kéepe ſome parte and ſhew of a common weale. For men ſhall neuer be able to doe ſo well in a common weale, but much euel ſhall remaine there ſtill. Therefore he muſt be a good woorkeman that can ſo ſharpen an olde ruſtye iron, that yet he can vſe it handſomely. Theſe are the thinges that muſt comforte vs in ſuch caſes.
If the Serpent byte when he is not charmed, no better is a babler and blab of tounge:
THis perteyneth alſo to the common weale. As a ſerpēt (ſayth he) vncharmed,A precept how to beare ſclaū
ders and back bytyng. that is, vnknowen or vnlooked for, (for a ſerpēt yt is charmed byteth not, becauſe he obeyeth the charmers voyce) euen ſo byteth a blabbe of his toung. Neyther is a blab of his toung better then a byting Serpent, for he is not maſter of his owne tounge, he curſeth or ſpeaketh euell of his ruler and gouernour. Euen ſo it fareth whether in publike or priuate gouernaunce. If thou be an houſekéeper, thou ſhall doe many thinges, that ſhal offende thy wyfe, and familie &c. Emongſt whom thou ſhalt fynde ſome that wil depraue
the well doinges, which the euill diſpoſed will carry abrode to the Citizens and neighbours and this alſo thou ſhalte be compelled to beare with. Thou ſhalt to thy power withſtand it, but if thou be not able to let it, thou muſt ſuffer it. It is in déede a tedious and greuous caſe to be thus diſhoneſtly rayled at by tounges of ill willers, & thou not wytting it, but what ſhalt thou doo? Theſe ſlaunders and detractors thou canſt not ſtop. Onely ſtop thine eyes & eares, & do that thou art able. Euen as we be compelled to beare with the woordes and workes of men that reſiſt vs. For the worlde will not ceaſe to perſecute magiſtrates, and thoſe that giue them good counſell.
The wordes of a wyſe mans mouth haue grace, but the lips of a foole deuoureth him.
The deuiſes of wyſe mē, hindred by ye ſclaundering of fooles.THat is to ſay, a wiſe man ordereth his doinges well, and with a kynde of grace, but becauſe he is amonge euill tounges, he hath litle ſucceſſe. For the detractor commeth, and deuoureth and ouerwhelmeth ye good mā with his words: for ſo referre I this worde him, to ye wiſe
man & not to ye foole. For the word of the wyſe that hath in it ſuch grace, is made in effectuall through the taulke of ye foole. If a good and wiſe man geue good counſell, the ſlaunderer and deprauer cōmeth, and ouerturneth his counſell. So happened it to Paule in ye Actes, when he was in ſhippwracke. Menne and bretherne (ſayth he) you ought to haue obeyed me, and to haue ryd it out in Creta. &c. To conclude, the foole deuoureth ye wyſe, and the woorſe ſyde ſtill preuaileth
❀ The beginning of his woordes is fooliſhnes, and the latter ende of his taulke is madnes.
THat is to ſaye,Fooles deuiſes preferred before wyſe mens. thus it happeneth to fooles, which will ſeeme wyſe, and iudge all other fooles in cōpariſon of thē
ſelues: whether they begin, or make an ende, yea all their taulke is nothing but fooliſhnes. And ye more a foole goeth about to ſéeme wiſe, the more he plaieth ye foole: and yet he preuaileth aboue the wyſe mā and deuoureth his good counſels. Euen as the Phariſes preuailed againſt Chriſt the beſt preacher, the Iewes and falſe Apoſtles againſt the Apoſtles. The Arrianes
deuoured the good teachers in their dayes. And we in theſe dayes preache Chriſt, but the heretikes perſecute and deuoure vs. But let vs yet looke for greater matters, taking it for a vauntage in the meane ſeaſon, that yet we retaine & kéepe ſome goodnes, for that ſome holde faſt the true doctrine.
¶ The foole multiplieth woordes.
Fooles be full of wordes.
A Wiſe mā diſpatcheth briefly and in fewe woordes what he thinketh, for truth is content with plaine and ſimple vtteraunce, but fooles haue aboundance of wordes, and can by no wordes be made holde their peace, but for one worde will geue a thouſand. Thus Chriſt vſed allwayes in fewe wordes to aunſwere the lawyers and Phariſies when they ſlaunderouſly ſayd, his doctrine was of the deuell, and not of God.
¶ Man knoweth not what is before him, & who can tell him what ſhall be after him?
THat is, man ſéeth not things preſent, which are in his ſight, he is neuer cō
tented with thinges preſent, his eye is
ſtil on other men, and on things to come, leauing that God hath geuen and appointed for him. Now is the Goſpel geuē vs, but we geue our ſelues to other thinges, but of this hath inough beene ſaid before.
The labour of the fooliſhe doth weary him, for hee knoweth not how to get into the Citie.
THat is, although fooles multiplye wordes and preuaile,The foole is vexed with his labour, but ye wyſe man reioyceth in hys. yet get they naught thereby but multiplication of toyle and labour. They ſcorne & caſt day and night with themſelues how to bring their matters to paſſe, but this trauell doth nothing, but more and more diſquyet them. And theſe two contraries are to be well noted. The foole of hys labour reapeth miſery, the wyſe man myrth. When the foole ſéeth that his deuiſe commeth not to paſſe, he is vexed and troubled in his mynde: for he can not, nor knoweth not how to commit the ſucceſſe vnto God. But the wyſe mā at all times is ſtill of one mynde, becauſe he knoweth that thinges be not ruled by mās coūſels and deuiſes, but by the will and appointment of God. To him therefore he committeth
all ſucceſſe & effect of his deuiſes.
They know not how to goe into the Citie.
Fooles know not of what weight matters are, nor what is needfull to be done.THis is an Hebrew phraſe, ſuch as is to be ſeene in the Pſalmes: and the way of the citie they haue not knowē, that is, they goe vp and downe wādring, and can not hit on the way how to come to reſt: For all wayes lead to ſome place where men are dwelling, but they wander in all wayes, they continue in none, whereas wiſe men abide in the way, and kéepe their place, although diuers daungers and impedimentes happen, becauſe they foreſaw this woulde come to paſſe. Let euery man therefore goe about hys buſineſſe mearely. He ſhall mearely ſo doe, if he remember he is in the worlde, in the middle of daungers. &c. Thus miſhap is ouercomed, before it come.
Woe to thee ó land, when thy king is a childe, and thy princes eate in the morning.
What a diſcommoditie a fooliſhe prince is, & geuē to voluptuouſnes.HEtherto we haue heard that ye worlde goeth thus that fooles chiefly preuaile and beare the ſwinge, although to theyr
great loſſe, that when they haue oppreſſed the wordes of the wyſe, they paye for their fooliſhnes. Therfore, where thinges thus goe, it is very daūgerous for ye king to be a childe, ſeeing among ſuch aboundaunce of fooles, the kyng alſo is vnwiſe. In this caſe ſtand the kingdomes of Germanie and Spayne at this day, where ye Princes iudged of all other to be moſt wyſe, rule and doe all for their owne cō
moditie and auayle. The reſidue can doe nothing but ryde on a great horſſe, kéepe harlots, quaffe. &c. committing all matters to their Coūſellers, which ſéeke but their owne gayne, nothing regarding the common weale. And thus all Germanie lyeth waſt as it were, hauing in her no ciuilitie of manners, no care of well bringing vp their youth, the lawes & all good diſcipline and artes being decayed, and no conſideration of Iuſtice being had.
A good Prince is a great gifte,A good Prince is a great gifte of God. which conſideration and vnderſtandeth how to benefite his country, which foreſéeth what is fit for euery man, that all things may be done and ordered according to lawes, that all men may haue and enioye theyr right. And yet all thinges ſhall not ſuccéede
with this man, yea many thinges ſhall chaunce contrary, but for all that, let him not ceaſe from his purpoſe, but holde on to doe that he is able, according to the forme aforeſayd. For ſuch a good and a wiſe Prince or king was Salomō: in ſo much that he wrote prouerbes for the inſtruction of youth, and yet had he but his labour for his trauell. If then matters ſuccéede no better with the beſt Princes, what will they doe where the kyng is but a childe, and doth no exployte worthy for a Prince?
Whoſe princes eat in the morning.
THat is, which diſtribute not their doinges into their tymes: which haue no care how the affayers of the common weale fare, ſo they may doe well. Yea if any man be deſirous to geue the Prince good counſell how to procéede, they wyll ſéeke to oppreſſe him. In the morning, is as much, as firſt and formoſt, afore all other thinges: for the morning is the firſt houre to labour and doe any thing in. Theſe men eate in the morning, when they firſt of all make prouiſion for theyr owne game and belly: and as for the affaiers
of the kyngdome, they are put of till the euening, that is, they are handled laſt of all.
Bleſſed art thou o lande, when thy king is the ſonne of Nobles, & thy Princes eate in tyme, for ſtrength, and not for drunkennes.
THeſe be Hebrew phraſes, the childe of lyfe, the childe of death, the childe of the yeare: euen ſo the childe of Nobles, is he that hath nobles of his kynne. For the Hebrew worde ſonne, we commonly expreſſe by this word hath, as in Ezechiell, it is ſayd of Pharao: I am the ſonne of wiſe men, that is, I haue many wyſe men. The Hebrew word Horim ſignifieth men in white. For it was the māner of the people in the Eaſt, to weare white apparell, as the Romaynes vſed purple and ſcarlet. Princes therefore are called white of the garment they weare, euen as ſome of the Romaynes were called Torquati of the bandrikes they weare about their neckes.
Whoſe Princes eate in their tyme.
THat is,Princes Courtes. which prefer not their owne belly before the affayres and cares of
the kingdome, ſéeking for their owne aduauntage. But where are they founde? Such couetouſnes raigneth in the courte, the nobles are couetouſnes her ſelf. This maiſt yu ſée in our Princes, where kingdomes are waſted and conſumed, & great men and nobles are enriched, By reaſon of theſe peſtelēt Péeres, we can not bring to paſſe that poore people may be prourded for, that Schooles may be ſett vp & mainteined, that poore maydens maye haue competent Dowries appointed thē, and ſuch other workes of Godlines may be accompliſhed: where they not with ſtanding can exhorte and get of Princes euery thing. Truely therefore is ye lande bleſſed, whoſe Péeres eate in due tyme, and not for ryotouſnes, that is wich are content ſo to vſe the Princes liberalitie, that they and their familie may haue ſufficient, and be maynteyned, and not ſéeke to hande and gather together infinite maſſes of treaſure.
¶Through ſlouthfulnes the balkes of the houſe decaye, and through Idle handes, it rayneth into the houſe.
HE addeth a prouerbiall ſentence,Diligence cōmaūded, whether in publike or priuate gouernaunce. as if he ſhould ſaye. In ſuch a kingdome where Princes and Péeres ſéeke their owne, and the king is a foole, it happeneth as to a negligent howſeholder, who where he myght in tyme with one penny coſte kéepe his rafters from rotting, letteth it runne till the houſe be lyke to fall. Where therfore the houſeholder is not diligent, and euery day repayring where decay is, here alwayes one damage and loſſe followeth an other. But a diligent body ſtraight way repayreth a thing falllen in decay, & preſerueth not onely that he hath, but alwaies amendeth where he ſeeth faulte or breach, ſtill making his houſe more and more comelye. And that he ſayth of the houſe, he will haue vnderſtanded of all thinges belonging to houſe kéeping. Euen as the building being neglected decayeth, ſo doth the houſe keeping decay being neglected. A diligent houſeholder is alwayes increaſing ſomewhat: a ſlouthfull and negligent, alwaies loſeth ſomewhat. Thus many Byſhoprickes and Dukedomes haue decayed, becauſe no man hath ſet his hand to the reſtoring of them. He that neglecteth that is ſmall
by lytle and lyttle loſeth all. An houſeholder muſt be both a ſparer and liberall, and he muſt make much of ſmall things, that when tyme ſerueth he may be liberall, For many ſmall maketh a great.
Frederike Duke of Saxony, a moſt laudable Prince.Our Prince Fredericke a moſt praiſe worthy houſeholder ſo ordered his houſe kéeping, that he ſéemed a Niggard: for he payed all his ſeruauntes, Cookes and other their wages in their hand, but to thoſe that came to his Court which were to be rewarded, he was moſt bountifull, which he ſhould not haue bene able to do vnles at other tymes he had ſpared it. And thus he brought to paſſe, that he had a moſt well ordered houſe and familie. So Princes when they neglect one or two vſerers, or other Malefactors, it cō
meth to paſſe at length that they puniſhe none at all, & ſo the whole cōmon weale falleth. So ye Romane Captaines would haue no enemye deſpiſed, were he of neuer ſo ſmall force. To conclude, where the kinge is a foole, there is a fooliſh gouernement, & ſuch a kingdome as muſt néedes fall. For ſo is it in a kingdome, as in houſe kéeping. And ye houſe to drop, is as much as to periſh and decaye.
With laughing thei get their liuing, and wyne maketh them meary.
THat is,Princes Courtes. theſe peſtilent Gluttons and Cormarantes, haue no honeſt trade of lyfe, but get their wages and liuing onely by toyes and gaudes, by flattering and clawing men by the backe, by bolling and drinking, and thus they waxe rich. Such are for the moſt parte in Princes Courtes. Yea amongeſt foure hundred, hers are ſcarce fower or fyue, which by honeſt meane and trade get their lyuing, and tender the common weale.
Wyne maketh them meary.
AS much as to ſay: they care for nothing but how they may lyue pleaſauntly, they doe Princes no good, but ſpende their prouiſion, and charge them with néedeles expences.
But vnto mony all thinges are obe
dient.
WE in the Germane tong, properlye expreſſe it thus: All things be done for money. They looke all together for money and gaine, be it with or againſt ye common weale.
The eleuenth Chapiter.
Curſe not the king in thy thought, nor the rich in thy bed chamber. for the ſoules of heauen ſhall carry thy voice, & they which haue wings ſhall bewraye it.
An exhortation to good workes.
THe Chapiter going before was a kynde of inuectiue agaynſt fooles, and a diſcription of the kingdome of this worlde, what a kynde of thyng it is, ſo that whoſoeuer beareth office, may know he hath a troubleſome adminiſtration. And to knowe that the kingdome of this worlde is ſo troubleſome and incorrigible, is the greateſt wiſedome that can be. Now this chapiter exhorteth to good workes: for whē men are taught how vniuſt the kingdom of this world is, then their hartes begin to waxe weary, and they deuiſe how to geue vp all kinde of adminiſtration, and to forſake the world, being ouercommed with the malice of men, as was declared heretofore. But Salomon teacheth, that the more vnhappye and vngracious the worlde is, the more we ſhould trauel and
indeuour to doe ſome good.
And firſt he beginneth with honoring of the magiſtrate,A cōmaundement to honour the magiſtrate. for the magiſtrate is an ordinaūce of God, and the better part of the worlde vnder the Sunne: and by this ordinaunce God doth all thyngs that are done vnder the Sunne. But the wicked beginnes with cōtemning of the magiſtrates, becauſe they heare in the ſcripture that God reprehendeth them: but it is Gods office to rebuke & reprooue magiſtrates: and where thou heareſt God thus doe, thou muſt not follow him therin, for thou art not God, or any ordayner or reſtorer of godly ordinaunce: but as God reprooueth thē, euē ſo reprooueth he thée alſo in his ſcriptures, that thou alſo mighteſt doe thy duety, but thou forgetting the beame in thine owne eye, begynneſt to eſpye a moate in an other mans eye, and reprehendeſt thy ſuperiours, of whom thou oughtſt rather to be reprehē
ded. For if thou wert in their office, thou wouldſt commit farre more faultes then they, and wouldſt not performe ſo much as they doe: let vs therefore heare how God rebuketh the magiſtrate, but not follow him in ſo doing.
Euen euyll magiſtrates are to be honoured.This therfore is his meaning, I haue ſayd many things of of Princes how they deſtroy ye world: but doe not thou ſpeake euill of the king within thy ſelf, or in thy hart, nor of ye rich mā in thy ſecret chamber, yt is to ſay, men yt are in authority, muſt be reuerenced becauſe it is no mās ordinaūce, but Gods. For although Peter call the magiſtrate an ordinaunce of man, becauſe they are taken from among men, yet is their power of God. And although they be euill men, yet are they to be honoured becauſe of Gods ordinaūce. Why therefore wilt thou ſpeake euill of thē which are troubled wt ſo many cares & trauailes for thy weale, if they be good men, and if they be euill men, their wickedneſſe is, and bringeth them euils inough. Beare with them therefore, but thus we doe not, yea the worlde doth the contrary, it rendereth vnkyndneſſe to the good, it ſpeaketh euill of others, it commendeth fooles, and maketh good men out of the way.
Men alwayes impatient and diſcontent.To conclude we can ſuffer neyther our ſelues, ne yet others, neither proſperitie, no yet aduerſitie. If God try vs with a litle affliction, with ſickneſſe, or pouerty,
we become impatient and accuſe God, if he geue vs ouer to our owne deſiers, neyther can we be ſo cōtent. It is a great patience of God that can beare with vs in ſo great vnthankfulnes. Let vs ceaſe therfore to ſpeake euill of ye magiſtrates, but geue them honour, whether they be good or bad, geue God thanks for them, if they be good: if they be euill, lament it and beare with them. And let the preachers rebuke them, and not the commōs.
For the foules of heauen ſhall carry thy voyce, and they which haue winges ſhall bewray it.
THe Hebrwes call a birde or foule, a man of wings or huſband of feathers, or one that hath feathers. This he meaneth, if thou ſpeake euill of the kyng, it ſhal not lie hidden but commeth to light, and ſo thou ſhalt be puniſhed. For the wrath of ye king is death, but his louing fauour is as the euening dewe.
Caſt thy breade vpon the waters, for after many dayes thou ſhalt finde it.
THis agayne is an Hebrew phraſe, as
Salomō
aboundeth in ſuch figures.A cōmaundement to be liberall. This is it he would ſay: Be liberall to euery man while thou mayſt, vſe thy riches euery where, by pleaſuring euery man. And he ioyneth a promiſe thereto: For if thou liue long, thou ſhalt receaue an hū
dred folde. So in his prouerbes: He that hath pitie on the poore, lendeth vnto the Lord. So Chriſt alſo: Geue and it ſhall be geuen vnto you. And Paule: God loueth a chearefull geuer. He yt will be a begger, let him geue nothing to other men. He ſayth therefore, Caſt thy bread, that is, diſtribute & deale of that liuing which God hath geuen thée: vpon the waters, that is, geue boūtifully, and with a ſingle eye, although it ſéeme to thée thine almes periſh, and thy bread be throwen in the water. For Salomon vſeth a metaphore, whereby he ſignifieth that thou being a man ſhouldſt féede and nouriſhe man.
For after many dayes thou ſhalt finde it.
THat is, if thou liue long thou ſhalt finde that bread that thou didſt caſte into the water, as though he ſhould ſay:
it ſhall not be loſt that thou geueſt to others, although it ſéeme ſo, yea the Lord will geue thée bread for a long ſeaſon. Pſal. 36. The righteous is euer mercifull and lendeth. Againe: In the time of dearth they ſhall haue plenty. For God will not ſuffer himſelfe to be ouercommed in liberalitie, but will far paſſe and ſurmount our bounty and largeſſe.
Geue a portion to ſeuen and alſo to eight, for thou knoweſt not what e
uell ſhall be vpon earth.
HEre againe he exhorteth,The commaundemēt of liberality repeated agayne. and ioyneth a threatening to his exhortatiō. Deuyde ſaith he thy breade among ſeuen or eight, that is geue plentifully. For he that ſoweth ſparingly, ſhall reape ſparinglye, He that ſoweth aboundantly ſhall reape aboundantlye. As Paule ſayth: Thinke it not to much whatſoeuer thou geueſt. And although y• ſhouldeſt giue all yu haſt, yet ſhouldeſt thou not want, ſo that thou haſt to geue, and gyueſt of thine owne, as Chriſt ſayth in his goſpell.
Becauſe thou knoweſt me, what e
uell. &c.
THat is, it may come to paſſe, that to morrow thou ſhalt dye and leaue thy goodes to vnworthy mē, or els ſome other calamity may ſuddeinly fall, & then thou repent thée that thou didſt not geue or beſtowe thy goodes, and now being willing arte not able. Geue therefore thy goodes while thou haſte them and art able: thou knoweſt not what wil afterwarde betide. For when Princes gather and maſſe vp infinite treaſures, they doe but miniſter occaſion of warres, and rich men doing ye lyke miniſter matter of lawe and contention.
¶ If the Cloudes be full, they will powre fourth rayne vpo
̄ the earth.
THeſe be meere exhortatiōs & threats. If the cloudes, that is the poore, be full, they will ſend downe rayne into ye earth. This may be vnderſtanded two wayes. Firſt thus: Doe as the cloudes doe, which when they are full, let ye raine fall: euen ſo doo thou, poure out vpon the poore. Secondly it may be a promiſe, which I lyke better, after this ſorte. If thou haſt ſubſtaunce geue it to thē, which be like wandring cloudes, and haue nothing.
Fill I ſay theſe cloudes, and thou ſhalt ſee thy ſelfe alſo filled. The commination followeth.
¶The tree whether it falleth to the South, or to the North, in the place that it falleth there it ſhall be.
THat is,A commination agaynſt Niggards. thou knoweſt not how longe thou ſhalt liue, and poſſeſſe thy goods. As a trée when it is cutt downe, whether it fall to the South, or to the North, remayneth there ſtill: ſo howſoeuer death taketh the, in whatſoeuer ſtate or condition, thou remayneſt in the ſame. If the Lorde finde thee in the South, that is to ſay fruitefull, and rich in good woorkes, it is happye for thée: If in the North, that is to ſay, with no good woorkes, woe to thée. Howſoeuer thou ſhalt be founde, ſo thou ſhalt be iudged, ſo thou ſhalt receiue alſo.
He that obſerueth the wynde ſhall not ſowe, and he that regardeth the Cloudes ſhall not reape.
THis alſo apperteyneth to exhortatiō.We muſt geue liberally. We in the Dutche tounge expreſſe this ſentence thus: He that is afrayde of
the buſhes, muſt neuer come into the woodes or forreſt. It ſéemeth to him ye geueth, that he ſhall leaue nothinge at home, but loſe all. And this is the cauſe we geeue ſo vnwillingly. Therefore (ſayth he:) If thou wilt feare penurye & ingratitude of men, thou ſhalt neuer be beneficiall. He that regardeth ye ſubſtance he geueth, more then the woorde of ye promiſer, beleueth he ſhall not be nouriſhed in tyme to come nor haue inough. Therfore looke vpon the woorde and promiſes of God: Man lyueth not by bread onely. If thou wilt beléeue this woorde, he will bleſſe the in thée féelde, at home. &c.
He ſhall neuer be liberall that is voyde of fayth and feareth pouertie.Therefore he ſoweth not ye regardeth the windes, nor reapeth, that obſerueth the raine. For in the harueſt raine is not good, but men looke for fayre wether, and reape not till that be come. I would geue gladly (ſay ſome) if I knew I ſhould not lacke my ſelfe. Thou wilt geue onelye yt whereof thou haſt no néede. But thou muſt know that the poore muſt eate with thée, ſo that thou ſhouldeſt rather ſomewhat defraude thy ſelfe, then he ſhoulde lacke. But he that beleueth not the Lord will doo no good. He that omitteth his
worde, will omitt his worke alſo.
As thou knoweſt not which is the waye of the Spirites, nor how the bones doe growe in the wombe of her that is with Childe: So thou knoweſt not the worde of God that worketh all.
SAlomon vſeth this copiouſnes of exhortation,Becauſe our life is vncerteine, we muſt be liberall. to awake and ſtyrre vp our ſlouthfulnes: Euen (ſayth he) as thou knoweſt not the waye of the winde, and how the bones are ioyned together &c: euen ſo thou knoweſt not the worke that God doth euery where or in all mē. Thou knoweſt not what God will determine of thy ſelfe, or of any other, whether thou ſhalt lyue or dye to morrowe, whether thou ſhalt be ſicke, or haue any other myſhapp. If God would haue prolonged our lyfe and our dayes, ſo that we might haue knowē how long, we woulde haue beene the woorſt Creatures on the earth. But now know we not whether we ſhall lyue one hower, and yet we wil not ceaſe our euill doing. This ſimilitude Chriſt vſeth in the thirde of Saynte Iohn: Thou heareſt the blowing of
the wynde, and yet thou knoweſt not whēce it cōmeth, nor whether it will, and no more knoweſt thou whether thou ſhalte goe. As therefore thou feeleſt the wynde preſent, ſo vſe thou thy preſent goodes.
And how the bones be ioyned to
gether.
The workes of God be vnknowen to vs.LIkewiſe (ſaith he) are beaſtes and men made in their mothers wombe, thou knoweſt not how. Pſal. 38. My bones are not bid from thee though
〈◊〉
be made ſecretly. & in all that Pſalme of Domine probaſti. &c. And though the wombe were opened,He that made thee, will feede thee. yet could we not ſée how theſe thinges came to paſſe. For we all ſée that trées doe growe, and yet we ſée not how the bowes, leaues and fruites of them doe grow, neither can we ſhewe any reaſon thereof. Euen ſo other men ſée that we growe. Seing therefore we vnderſtand not thinges preſent and before our eies, how ſhall we vnderſtand things to come. To cōclude, Gods works are to vs vnknowen, and ſo are thoſe things that are to come.
In the morning ſowe thy ſeede, and
in the euening let not thine hand reſt: For thou knoweſt not whether ſhall proſper this or that, or whe
ther both ſhall be alyke good.
HE ſpeaketh not this of tyllage onely,He repeateth his former exhortations and comfortes. but generally of all the woorkes of man, and chiefly of doing good workes as Paule ſayth: Let vs doo good while we haue time. In the morning, that is, betimes or alway. The reaſon is, becauſe yu knoweſt not which will ſooneſt grow. Caſt thou thy ſéede in ye ground, and doe that thou oughteſt, and then commit all thy labour & ſucceſſe hereof to God. Doe wel vnto all men, marke not the windes, nor care not for that is to come. Thus muſt we doe our good works, & not looke for our thankes here. If the world doth giue no thankes, God thanketh, if both cometh to paſſe ſo much is it the better. And if Daungers enſue, receiue them thankfully.
We ſée therefore in all this booke that Salomon teacheth vs to vſe the thinges preſent that God ſendeth, and armeth vs againſt daūgers and calamities to come, that when they light we take them not as ſtraunge. That that followeth is a
kinde of wiſh or prayer ſuch as we vſe in our ſermons and exhortations, in Dutch on this wyſe: woulde to God it went ſo to woorke.
Light is ſweet, and a pleaſant thing it is for the eyes, to ſee the Sunne.
THis is an allegory, he meaneth if were a pleaſant thing, if a mā would expreſſe this doctrine in lyfe: If the Princes and people would folow this doctrine which I haue taught & doe teach in this booke.
Though a man lyue many yeares, and in them all reioyce, yet he ſhall remember the dayes of darkenes, becauſe they are many, all that com
meth is vanitie.
A man ſhal ſcarce finde one yt hath liued mearyly all the dayes of his lyfe.THis is a very comprecation or prayer as I ſayd, lyke as he ſhould ſaye: that age would I faine ſee that had obſerued the contentes of this booke, the ſame were an excellēt man. Looke how pleaſaunt & ioyfull the Sun & light is, ſo pleaſaunt a thing it is to ſée a man many yeares inured with the experience of theſe matters, & yet meary at his hart,
and conteyning all worldy Daungers. He ſhould ſée in déede much darkenes, yt is, myſeries of this worlde. But this ſhould delight him, that he could ſet them lighter, as one knowing and perceiuing long before, that this were the ſtate and trade of the worlde.
The xii. Chapiter.
Be meary therfore O young man in thine youth, and let thine hart be glad in thine young daies.
AFter that he hath deſcribed a rare kinde of byrde,He exhorteth youth, to enioy their goods mearyly & in the feare of God. namely ſuch a man as hath lyued all his life with a meary harte, and hath laughed at the troubles & malice of the world, then he ioyneth to a kinde of exhortation: Thou young man therefore (ſayth he) that haſt litle experience of the world, if thou wilt lyue mearely, harken what I write for the, and teach thée, that thou paſſe not thy boūdes. Liue ſo as thou mayſt contemne ye world and ouercome the naughtines thereof. And here maiſt thou ſée what Salomon calleth contempt of the world, not to forſake our ſelues, or other men, but to be
conuerſaunt in the worlde, in the myddle of the broyles thereof, but ſo as we muſt kéepe, a quyet and peaceable harte in all maner of aduerſities. This it is therefore that he ſaith: If thou wilt attaine to this gole or marke to haue a quiet hart, in the myddle of all troubles, enure thy ſelfe with troubles, & that from thy childhode: For ſo ſhalt thou ſafelie ſtand al ſtormes and daungers.
Let thyne hart be glad.
How youth ſhould be brought vp.THat is, take proſperitie mearyly when it commeth, and be not ouercommed of aduerſitie, when God ſendeth it. Thus ſhould youth be brought vp and inſtructed. And vnles youth follow ſuch an admoniſher, he ſhall neuer doe lyke a man. For youth is ledde altogether with affections, & is vnſkilfull, which vnſkilfulnes is cauſe yt it cā not beare nor yelde hereafter to the naughtines and ingratefulnes of the world. Salomon therefore is an excellent inſtructer of youth. He forbiddeth not ioyes and pleaſauntnes, as the fooliſhe maſters the Monkes haue done. For this is nothing els but of yoūg men to make blockes. And as Anſelme
the veryeſt Monke of all other ſayd: to ſet a great tree in a litle pot. Thus theſe Monkes ſhut vp their youth in a coupe, and forbid them the ſight and communication of men, becauſe they ſhould learne nor perceaue nothing, where as nothing is more daungerous for youth, then ſolytarines.
The mynde muſt be well infourmed wyth good vnderſtanding and opinions,The mindes of youth muſt be well inſtructed. that it be not corrupted wyth the company and familiaritie of naughty men, but the body muſt be conuerſaunt in euery thing. We muſt beholde the world, and heare it, onely ſée that we haue a good maiſter and teacher. Therefore we muſt beware that youth be not in ſorrow and ſolitarines. For myrth is as neceſſary for youth as meate and drinke. For the body doth battel through mirth of minde. And we muſt not beginne with the education of the body, but with the mynde that it be not corrupted. Whē the minde is well taught and enfourmed, there the body is ſoone well gouerned. We muſt therfore beare with youth to be meary, and to doe all thinges with gladſomnes of hart: onely we muſt take héede that
they be not corrupted with the pleaſures of the fleſhe. For theſe quaffinges, ſurfetting, and amourouſnes, are not the myrth of the mynde that Salomon here ſpeaketh of, but rather the ſorrow of the ſame.
Walke in the wayes of thyne hart,
We muſt enioy the goods that God geueth vs, with feare of ye Lord.THys place cauſed me to thinke that all this Chapiter from the beginning was but a kynde of deriſion and ſcorne, becauſe if a man walke after the wayes of his owne hart, it is commōly taken in euill part. But we muſt ſticke to the argument and conſequēce of the text. This it is then that he ſayth: when thine hart is well taught and enſtructed, no ioy or myrth ſhall be able to hurt it, ſo that it be lawfull ioye, and no ſuch naughty and wofull myrth, as I ſpake of before.
And walk in the ſight of thine eyes
THat is to ſay, enioy that, that cōmeth to thy ſight. Vexe not thy ſelfe about thinges to come, leaſt thou doe as the Monkes doe, of whom there were ſome, namely, Syluanus the Monke, which taught men they ſhoulde not looke vpon
the Sunne. They would bereue youth of their ſight, of hearing, of taulking, & all their ſenſes, and ſhut them vp lyke Capons into a coupe, being in déede vngodly, and ye true Miſanthropi, that is, haters of men. Therefore if thou ſee or heare any pleaſaunt matter, enioy it, ſo thou offend not agaynſt God. Appoint or preſcribe thy ſelfe no rules in this behalfe, but enioy euery thing, in the feare of God. Sée thou follow not the peruerſe pleaſures of the worlde, which will corrupt thy mynde. Thus far, for one part.
Put away greefe out of thyne hart, and cauſe euill to depart from thy fleſhe: for childehode and youth are vanitie.
IT is as much as if he ſhould ſay:Fret not againſt god, though aduerſitie fall, and be not ouercōmed with voluptuouſnes. euen as I would haue thée ſtayed by ye feare of God from following filthy & noyſome pleaſures: ſo woulde I keepe thee from being ouercommed with ſorrowes and aduerſitie. Put ſorrow therefore out of thy mynde, that is, vſe not to be angry, nor to conceaue indignation, whē things goe not as thou deſireſt. If any ſad or ſorowfull matter fall, know that it is the
ſtate of this world. Let other enuy, hate, and fret at it, but doe not thou. For ſuch doinges marre the pleaſaunt lyfe, according to the prouerbe: Enuie is the rotting of the bones. For enuye is a fretting and a conſuming ſicknes. Let thine hart alwayes be one, neyther doe thou corrupt it with ouermuch worldly pleaſures, ne yet wyth too many worldly griefes. &c.
Put away euill from thy fleſhe.
Sorow muſt be put away.THat is, whatſoeuer may vexe or trouble thée, put from thee, not that he forbiddeth man to chaſten his fleſhe, but in vayne (ſaith he) dooſt thou vexe thy ſelfe, while yu letteſt ſuch thinges trouble thee. Frowne not at theſe matters therefore, but be of meary cheare: Onely ſee yt thou feare God. For a meary countenaunce declareth a meary hart. And euen as I will haue thée to be meary in mynde, ſo will I thou be alſo cherefull of body.
For childehode and youth. &c.
Tēperance & modeſtie muſt be obſerued.THat is, remember thou art young, and ſet all together in the way of vanitie. For youth of it ſelfe is a vayne
thing, and led with ſundry and diuers paſſions. Be thou wiſe therfore, and put not oyle into the fier, as the prouerbe ſayth: Be thou neyther in loue, ne yet in ſadnes, be meary and enioy thy goods. And vſe thy ſelfe hereto in thy youth, that thou mayſt know how to doe in thine age. For they that liue quietly and pleaſauntly in their youth, ſhall come alſo vnto a pleaſaunt age.
¶ Remember thy Creator now in thine youth, before the euell dayes come, & the yeares approch: where in thou ſhalt ſay, I haue no pleaſure in them.
ALl theſe thinges ſay I vnto thée,He exhorteth youth to feare God. becauſe I would haue thée free from all youthly affections, that thou mayſt feare God, and vſe thoſe thinges which he geueth thée, Before the euell dayes come, that is, before thou waxe olde. For age of it ſelfe is a ſicknes, although it haue none other dyſeaſe beſyde. For olde men loſe the ſtrength of mynde and body both. He deſcribeth age by many wordes and fygures, and how age hath nothing but euell dayes, and is vnprofitable to be entangled
with buſynes.
Whiles the ſonne is not darke, nor the light, nor the Moone, nor the Starres, nor the Cloudes, returne after the rayne.
A deſcription of age.LYght ſignifieth felicitie, darkenes, affliction, and miſerye, as where it is ſayd, A light is riſen vp in darknes, to them that be true of harte. This he meaneth: Before the infelicitie and miſfortune of age come, when neyther the ſunne ſhall be pleaſaunt to thée, nor the light delighteth thée. There the cloudes returne after the rayne, that is to ſaye there is a continual entercourſe of tribulation and ſadnes. In other ages, as in youth and myddle age &c. there is a kinde of enterchaungeable myrth, and after a tempeſt cometh cleare weather, & after ſadnes myrth. But in olde men, after cloudes come rayne. One miſchaunce vpon another, one foule weather vpō an other. And thus the Poetes called age, ſad, or heauye.
¶ When the Reapers of the houſe ſhall tremble.
THeſe are deſcriptions and very pictures of age. This he meaneth.The hand
••
the garde of the body. Acquaint thy ſelfe to beare aduerſitie, liue in the feare of God, before the keepers of the houſe tremble or ſhake, that is, before thine handes tremble. For the handes are the Protectours of the body, as Ariſtotle calleth the hand the inſtrument of inſtruments. Becauſe it ſerueth ſo many vſes, namely, all the members, wherein all other membres haue their diſtinct and ſeuerall offices and duetyes. For our body is lyke as it were an houſe, wherein a man may beholde a preſident both of publicke and priuate gouernment, the kinge of which publicke gouerment is the hed, and the hands are ye kéepers, or garde. &c.
❀And the ſtrong men ſhall bowe them ſelues.
THat is, when the legges and knées ſhall waxe faint, and yelde.The legs. For vnto the bones and legges is attributed the ſtrength of man, as in the Pſalme. The Lord hath no pleaſure in the ſtrength of a mans legges.
When the Grinders ſhall ceaſe, be
cauſe
they are fewe.
The teeth.OLde age is toothles. The téethe are the grinders of the meate, and the mouth is as the Myll. There is euell grinding where the teeth be fallē out.
¶ And they waxe darke that looke out at the wyndowes.
The eyes.THat is, whē ye eyes waxe to be dimme of ſight. For age hath no cleare ſight, by reaſon that the ſtrength of all ſenſes in olde men is diminiſhed.
And the ſtreat dores be ſhut with
out, & the baſe ſounde of the grin
ding waxe weake.
The mouth and lippes.THat is, when the mouth and chawes hang downe, and are not faſt. For the mouth is the dore of the hart. Math. 17. Out of the hart procede. &c. The throte ſhutteth in the voyce making it ſmall. Thus the doores are ſhutt. For the twoo lippes are the doores or gate, out of the which our hart commeth forth, euen as by a doore into the ſtreate.The voyce. This doore in olde men is ſhutt, becauſe they can not ſinge, hallowe, and ſpeake out, yea they can ſcarſe drawe their breath.
When they ſhall ryſe at the peping of the byrde, and all the daughters of ſinging ſhall waxe fainte.
THat is,Sleepe. they ſhall not onely ſpeake with much paine, but hardely catch any ſleape. For by reaſon of the dryneſſe of humors in olde men, ye roote and cauſe of ſleape is taken away. For ſleape hath his feeding of the humors in man. Olde men therefore are awaked with euery litle chirping of a byrde: where younge men ſleape lyke hogges, and though the Cockes do crowe, the Dogges doe barke or it thunder, they ſleape ſtill:
The daughters of ſinging.
ARe bothe the eares.The eares. It is an hebrewe phraſe, as the Sonne of helpe, of light of darkenes, as hath beene declared heretofore. So the eares are called, the daughters of ſinging, that is, they that are buſied in hearing of ſonges. Theſe daughters of ſinging waxe fainte or weake: They become weake and feble. &c. that is, Olde mens eares waxe deaf, they delight not in muſicke.
When the height ſhalbe afrayed, &
feare in the waye.
The head-ſhaking or trembling.THat is, the olde man ſhall goe ſtowping with ſhoulders and head. For the head and ſhoulders are the heigth of the body. This heigth feareth, that it waxeth crooked. This he meaneth, olde men go fearefully in euery place becauſe they goe hanging downe their head and ſhoulders, as they vſe that are afrayed.
¶ When the Almonde Tree ſhall floriſh.
White head.THat is, when the head waxeth white. For the Almond tree of all others beareth whiteſt flowers. Of this floriſhing Almond trée, he boroweth his metaphor of hoary Age.
❀ When the Graſhopper ſhall be a burthen.
Leanneſſeand bones ſticking out.THat is, ſuch an olde man is lyke to a graſhopper. The whole bodie is nothing but ſkinne, and bone. For his bones ſticke out, and his body is worne away. And ſo he is become a very Image and Counterfet of death.
When pleaſure and delight abateth
FOr thus had I lieffer to enterpretate the hebrewe worde:Lothſomnes of meat and drinke. for he vnderſtandeth not the venerous pleaſure, which chiefly in olde men is ceaſed, but alſo all other kinde of lawfull & honeſt pleaſure, as if he ſhould ſaye: An olde man taketh delight in nothing, but is vnfitt to all ſuch purpoſes. There is no pleaſaunt taulke or familiaritye with him, but he is euen a liuing corps. Thou ſéeſt therefore that he ſpeaketh here of decrepite Age, good for nothing, not of ſuch age as is able yet to be occupied in ſuch buſineſſes.
For man ſhall goe into the houſe of his age, and the mourners ſhall goe about in the ſtreat.
HE entermedleth a place which enforceth me to vnderſtand this chapter of age. This he meaneth:The buryall & graue. It remayneth ye man muſt goe to the houſe of his eternitie, that is, to his graue. For the graue is the houſe of his eternitie or worlde, becauſe he goeth thyther and returneth not againe: yet we mourne and bewaile him thus going to his graue, With houling, and mourning is he brought to his graue. Serue God therfore before thou
waxe olde, for then there remayneth nothing, but that thou muſt be carryed to the graue.
Before the ſiluer corde be taken a
way, and the golden Ewer broken.
Nutrimēt, or foode.THat is before thine eating and drinking ſlake, which is cōpared to a ſiluer corde, and to a rundlet of golde, or whéele, or ringe of golde. For as a whéele or circle runneth about and commeth to his circle againe: So meate and drinke alwaies returne, and are in déede lyke to a ſiluer ſtring, becauſe our lyfe hangeth, and dependeth on them.
Before the Pytcher be broken at the well, and the wheele at the Ceſterne
Breath and lyfe.THat is before thy breath and lyfe faile thée. Our body is lyke to a pitcher, which hath alwayes néede of reparation. The whele vpon the ceſterne, is the ſtomacke and other members, which giue inſtrument to the body.
And the duſt returne to the earth, as it was in the beginning.
SAlomon hath a reſpect to the place of
Geneſis. 2. Chapiter: as if he ſhould ſay,The body returneth to duſt. After death duſt returneth to earth as it was before. We were all duſt, therefore when we dye, we returne to duſt, as we were before.
And the ſpirit returne to God that gaue it.
ANd here alſo he hath reſpect to an other place of Gene. in the ſame chapter.The ſpirit returneth to God.
The Lorde God breathed into the face of man, breath of lyfe. He appointeth not whether the ſpirit goeth, but ſaith it returneth to God from whence it came. For as we know not whereof God made the ſpirit: euen ſo we know not whether it goeth.
Vanitie of vanities ſayth the Prea
cher, and all is but vanitie.
HE concludeth hys booke with the ſame ſaying,A greuous compalynt of the miſerie of mans lyfe. wherewith he begonne it, and addeth a cōmendation to his doctrine, and an exhortation, that we ſhould not be led about with ſtraunge and diuers learninges, but abide in that, that hath béene taught vs. For this is a great miſery that when God hath ſett vp his
worde and good teachers, by and by ſtart vp heretikes and wicked teachers, which through emulatiō draw the people after thē. Thus all the Apoſtles care was to keepe vs in holſome doctrine. But thys peruerſenes is the holſome doctrine and worde of God compelled to beare: when God rayſeth vp his worde, in come heretikes, and Apes, that will counterfet hys word. Moſes appointed a ſeruice for god and certeine Ceremonies, and forthwith certeine Apes erected Idols. Thus in all Artes and Sciences it commeth to paſſe: If there be a good Poet, he wanteth not his zoili: If there be a good Artificer, there will be counterfets to follow hym. Thus all Artes haue their imitators, that is, their deſtroyers. But this of all other is the worſt, that the multitude foloweth theſe fooles, and preferre them before the true Artificers, as Chriſt ſayd of them: They ſhall deceaue many. This is it that Salomon in this place complaineth on.
This Preacher was not onely wyſe, but alſo taught the people know
ledge: he was very diligent, ſought
forth and gathered together ma
ny Parables.
THat is, this preacher gaue himſelfe altogither to teach the people truely,The dutie of Preachers. but it ſuccéeded not, nor followed. He was a very diligent man, he ſought how to ſet all thinges in good order, he was diligent in teaching. He appointed & ordered many thinges in excellent wyſe, but where are they that liſten to hym, and receaue his learning? There foloweth no more fruite but wordes. For eyther he hath no hearers, or els wicked teachers and peruerters ſuccéede.
He ſought to finde out pleaſaunt wordes, and vprightly to write the worde of trueth.
THat is, he laboured to profit mē with holeſome and worthy wordes, or as Paule ſpeaketh it, with wordes worthy of all acceptation, and he truly wrote the wordes of trueth. He did not wrappe or folde them vp in darknes, as theſe imitators doe, who by reaſon they vnderſtoode not thinges rightly, can not teach rightly. For Ariſtotle ſayth, it is a tokē that a man hath knowledge, that can
teach well. And Demoſthenes being demaunded how a man ſhould teach well, aunſwered, if he ſpake nothing, but that he knew and vnderſtoode well. For he that hath good vnderſtāding, is able well to teach. And this is a commendation of the author, as if he ſhould ſay: he taught very well and plainely, in ſo much that by his booke, a man may vnderſtand, what to thinke, what to take in hand, what to doe, or to leaue vndone.
The wordes of the wyſe are lyke goades, and like nayles faſtened by the maſters of the Aſſemblies, and geuen by one Paſtour.
He exhorteth vs to abyde in the true and holeſome doctrine of the church.HEre he exhorteth vs that we be not led about with diuers and ſtraunge doctrines, as if he ſhould ſay: you haue a notable maſter and teacher, beware therfore of new teachers. For the wordes of this maſter, are goades and nayles, that is, they are planted and ſet faſt. They be faſtened. Such are the words of Dauid and of the Prophets: The words of the inconſtant wauering mē be as skūme vpon the water. And of this place I coniecture there were certeine bookes and
hiſtories, and to digeſte them into certeine annalles and Chronicles of the Hebrewes, and to compacte all other bookes in order, thereby to purchaſe authoritie vnto the bookes, and to ratifie and allow thoſe that were worthy to be read.We muſt keepe to the bookes receaued, and allowed by God.
So there are many authors that haue written Bibles: But of them all thoſe onely are receaued and allowed, which at this day we call ye Bible. This it is therfore that he would ſay: Take héede my ſonne, that thou ſtick faſt to thoſe bookes that are receaued, as for other, ſet them at naught, becauſe theſe wyſe men haue ſet them at naught. For it commeth to paſſe, that when one good booke is ſet forth, ten other euil be ſet forth again, as may be ſéen in our dayes. But ye words of ye wyſe are firme & true, which a man may take holde on. For they are nailes faſtened, they haue their authoritie of the men of the congregation. Other bookes are not lyke them.
But are geuen by one Paſtour.
THat is to ſay, one kyng being Paſtour,The ſonne of God the onely ſhepeheard of the Church. hath appointed wiſemen to peruſe and allow bookes. Theſe men in this
booke haue acknowledged the holy ghoſt, and allowed it to be had of the people. Thus were the Goſpelles receaued and allowed of the Fathers, that is, the Fathers acknowledged the holy Ghoſt to be in them. Now we muſt not hereof inferre, therefore the Church or Fathers are aboue the Goſpelles:The church is the piller and witnes of ye trueth. As it followeth not, I know God to be the true and lyuing God, and his worde, Ergo I am aboue God and his worde. As he is not aboue the Prince that acknowledgeth the Prince, nor aboue his father that acknowledgeth his father: euen ſo in this. Theſe men teach not this Paſtour, but receaue of our Paſtour. So I make a difference among bookes, and ſay, this Epiſtle is Apoſtolike, and this is not. Now, this is nothing els but to beare witnes vnto the trueth. Now followeth the exhortation.
¶ Of other bookes beſide theſe my ſonne take thou heede.
THat is, followe thoſe bookes, which are allowed of them that haue the holy ghoſte, and haue acknowledged them to be geuen, of one maſter and Paſtour.
¶ For there is none ende in making of bookes.
HEre he toucheth the infelicitie of mās nature,The inconuenience of many bookes writing. ſeeming to imitate and followe theſe good men and wryters, but full vntowardly & vnhandſomely. This he meaneth. Thou haſt to doe in ye world where thou ſhalt happē on innumerable bookes, ſet out to edifie the people, but abyde thou within a certen numbre of thē preſcribed: And hold thy ſelfe vpon the ſcripture.
Much ſtudy and reading, is a weari
nes of the fleſhe.
THis he ſaith not of the wearynes of the perſon that wryteth but of his diſciples or hearers, as if he would ſaye. Theſe men with their many wrytinges and bookes doe nothing but cauſe men to weary themſelues, whō yet they would ſéeme to benefit, alwayes learning, and neuer attayning vnto the truth. This I ſay is the fruite of theſe bookes▪ to trouble mens conſciences, and to weary yt people Therefore we muſt perſiſt and abyde in the opinion of one Teacher.One maiſter to be folowed. We muſt
cleaue either to one, or to a fewe which haue the trewe forme of doctrine. Other we muſt beware of, which go about onely to ſéeme to bring ſome newe deuyſe, and to ſéeme better learned then others, as nowe many Sectaryes, and their likes doo. Well therefore doth S. Iames ſaye: Be ye not many maiſters.
Let vs heare the ende of all, feare God, and keepe his commaunde
mentes.
The ſūme of the doctrine of this booke, comprehending all worſhyp and feare of God, fayth, and good workes.THat is, this is the ſūme of all, feare God and worſhipp him, and ſet hym alwayes before thine eyes: and ſo ſhalt thou perfourme all I haue written in this booke. For vnleſſe a man feare God, he can accompliſhe none of theſe thinges. He hath ſet forth the examples of them which haue lyued wiſely and notablye without feare, who when aduerſitie and diſtreſſe commeth, waxe inſolent and trouble themſelues. But they that feare the Lorde can contemne and ſet light all aduerſityes & troubles, when they come, & giue God thankes whē they come not.
¶ For this is the dutie of all men.
THat is, belongeth to all men and is profitable for all mē. By other trades and kindes of lyfe, men ſeeke for gayne, by this for godlyneſſe. The ſame Paule affirmeth in this wiſe: Theſe thinges be proffitable for men. As for vaine talke auoyde.
For God wil bring euery worke vn
to iudgement, with euery ſecreat thing, whether it be good or euell.
THat is, all thinges at length ſhall come vnto iudgement. Be they good, or be they euil, vaine talkers, backbiters, fooles at length ſhall be confounded, and their opinions ſhall no lenger endure. Thus zoilus at length was throwen downe aliue from ye topp of a mountaine. But Homer abydeth the Prince of all Poetes ſtill in deſpight of all the zoili, or of whoſoeuer is more wicked then they. Thus all other good authors, eſpecially of the ſacred Scriptures, by Gods power and appoyntment, are likewyſe hetherto preſerued.
¶ With euery ſecret thinge.
THat is to ſaye, hypocriſie. Becauſe
theſe Apes counterfet a ſhewe of lyfe and good doctrine. So in the 25. Pſalme alſo it is ſayd. I will not keepe companye with diſſemblers, that is, ſuch as Chriſt calleth hipocrites. Paule ſayth: They haue a ſhewe of Godlines. Therefore God ſhall Iudge euery worke, that that may remayne and abyde, that is perfect and ſincere, all coulor & fainednes being taken away wherewith they hid and cloked their workes. He ſpeaketh not of the latter iudgment, but after the maner of ye Scripture in generall of all iudgments, eyther ſuch as heretikes be iudged and put to death by, or what ſo euer ſorte of wicked perſons. All theſe thinges haue their iudgment and time appointed them of God which they muſt abyde. Thus the Pope euen at this day is brought to iudgement, & is almoſt condēned. Thus was Arius and diuerſe other heretikes, brought to this iudgment, and the Lorde reueled their ſhamefullnes as Peter ſaith: In the time of his viſitation and inquirie.